The Leveraged Practice Podcast: Recent Episodes

Stephanie Clairmont

As a health practitioner, you have the power to significantly change lives, prevent disease, heal the body, and support people in their quest for happiness and health. This podcast is dedicated to helping you leverage your knowledge, training and practical experience to make a bigger impact on the world. You’ll get quick tips, insightful interviews and actionable strategies so you can get your program out into the world to change more lives and grow your practice.

Is free content attracting “freebie seekers” or does it actually work to get clients into your services and programs?

In this episode, Stephanie breaks down the truth about the “free stuff” strategy, what works, what doesn’t, and what kind of lead magnet actually brings the right people into your business.

You’ll hear how most health professionals and private practice owners are unintentionally giving away too much, repelling buyers instead of attracting them. Stephanie shares one powerful strategy that flips this script and turns your freebie into a trust-building, client-converting machine.

Join Stephanie’s upcoming Lead Magnet Fix workshop where you’ll learn how to implement this strategy into your own business.

Save your spot for the workshop: training.theleveragedpractice.com/lmfix

🎧 Listen + Subscribe on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or your favorite podcast app.

Connect with me:

Website: theleveragedpractice.com
Instagram: @theleveragedpractice
Email: hello@theleveragedpractice.com

Welcome back to The Leveraged Practice Podcast! After a brief pause, I’m back behind the mic to share why I’ve been intentionally “missing” and what’s been happening behind the scenes as I restructure and grow my business on purpose — for profitability, sustainability, and freedom.

In this episode, I open up about:

Why patience (my least favorite skill!) has become a necessary part of my business evolution
The reality of organic growth vs. intentional growth
The behind-the-scenes work I’ve been doing to create lower-cost offers, build stronger backend systems, and restructure for long-term scalability
How business growth without structure can leave practice owners overworked and underpaid — even as their business gets bigger
Why it's critical to create multiple access points for clients at different stages while building true client experiences (not just self-study courses)
How I’m personally helping health professionals and practice owners grow intentionally

If you’ve ever felt like your business growth has outpaced your backend structure — or you're stuck in the same place even as more clients come in — this episode will help you reflect on where you are and what the next intentional step might look like.

👉 Interested in working with me this summer? I'm opening up a limited number of 1:1 coaching spots and small group mastermind seats to help you design backend systems, scalable offers, and client experience pathways that support profitable growth. Email us at hello@theleveragedpractice.com or DM me on Instagram to apply.

🎧 Listen + Subscribe on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or your favorite podcast app.

Connect with me:

Website: theleveragedpractice.com
Instagram: @theleveragedpractice
Email: hello@theleveragedpractice.com

How do you sell your online program without sounding salesy or making promises you can’t guarantee? If you’ve ever felt stuck between wanting to help more people and fearing that your sales messaging might be “too much,” this episode is for you.

In this episode, I’m diving into the sweet spot of ethical and effective sales messaging—especially for health professionals like you who want to grow your programs without feeling out of integrity.

You’ll hear:

Why vague sales copy is costing you clients (even if your program is amazing)
The spectrum between “unflavored” and “sensational” marketing—and where YOU should land
Real examples of how I marketed my IBS program using honest stats (not hype)
Why Harvard’s approach to selling applies to your practice too
How to confidently talk about results without overpromising

Whether you’re launching your first online program, refining your messaging, or trying to scale your sales, this episode will help you clarify what you say, how you say it, and why people need to hear it.

👉 Being ethical doesn’t mean being invisible. It’s time to own your value and share it clearly with the world.

🎧 Mentioned in this episode:

💥 Join the FREE Masterclass: Learn how to create, structure, and sell online programs for your health business — without hype or overwhelm. ➡️ https://leverageyourpractice.com

💡 Get Instant Access to 40+ Trainings + Software: Join the Healthcare Impact Academy starting at just $149/month ➡️ https://healthcareimpactacademy.com

Let’s connect! 📱 DM me “masterclass” on Instagram → @theleveragepractice

📩 Questions or feedback? Email us at hello@theleveragepractice.com

In this episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast, we dive into a question I’ve been getting from my community: “Should you start your online program journey with a high-ticket signature program or a low-ticket starter course?”

If you're a health professional who’s been thinking about adding an online program to your practice, but you’re stuck on where to start, this episode will help you figure out which option makes the most sense for you. Whether you're aiming for a high-ticket hybrid group program to replace your 1:1 clients or prefer to start small with a low-ticket intro course, I’ll walk you through:

Why a low-ticket course can help you get started faster (and what I did when I launched mine)
When a high-ticket program makes more sense—and how to know if it’s right for your business
How to decide based on your goals, time, and energy
My personal journey of starting small and scaling to a thriving business

By the end of this episode, you’ll have the clarity to move forward with confidence and take that first step toward creating a successful online program.

Mentioned in This Episode * Episode 284: Intro Courses: Are They the Right First Step for You? * Healthcare Impact Academy Membership: The # 1 Learning Community for Health Professionals Teaching Online Join Here * Masterclass: Want to hear my full story? Sign up here

Want My Help Launching Your Online Program? Join me inside the Healthcare Impact Academy Membership where I teach you how to plan, build, and sell your online program—with done-for-you templates, tech, and support. Plus, you’ll get free access to our course hosting software, email platform, and funnels.

Join the Membership Here or DM me the word “Membership” on Instagram

Bonus Resources for You FREE Masterclass: How to Structure and Sell Out Online Health Programs & Courses … so you can decrease 1:1 clients, make more impact and create more time freedom in your schedule Register Here

Loved This Episode? Leave a Review If you enjoyed this episode, please take a minute to leave a 5-star rating and review on Apple Podcasts. It helps me reach more health professionals who want to grow their business and impact.

Is your business starting to feel like a grind? In this solo episode, Stephanie shares real stories and tips on how to reconnect with the why behind your business—and how to bring the joy, fun, and creativity back into your day-to-day.

You’ll learn:

Where pressure creeps into business (and how to release it)
How to use creativity to spark passion and revenue
Client stories that show what’s possible with flexible models

Join the Healthcare Impact Academy Membership for only $149 today and start building a business model that feels better and earns more: www.healthcareimpactacademy.com

Have you been thinking about launching an online program but keep putting it off? You know it’s a great idea, you see others doing it successfully, but for some reason, you’re stuck. In this episode, I break down the four biggest reasons why you might be procrastinating and, more importantly, how to move past them.

I’ll walk you through a simple and effective strategy to launch your first online program in just 30 days—without overcomplicating the process. Whether you’re afraid it won’t be perfect, feeling overwhelmed by all the options, worried no one will sign up, or simply stuck in your daily routine, this episode is for you. Plus, I’m inviting you to a live workshop, where I’ll help you set up and launch your very first “Intro Course” step-by-step in the next 30 days.

Tune in and take action—because your online program isn’t going to launch itself!

In This Episode, You’ll Learn: * The 4 main reasons you’re procrastinating and how to overcome them * Why perfectionism is just another form of procrastination * How to decide what type of program to create (without getting overwhelmed) * Who to launch your program to? * A proven 30-day plan to create and launch your first “Intro Course”

Join the Live Workshop: 💡 Want step-by-step guidance on launching your first online program? Join my live Intro Course Workshop inside the Healthcare Impact Academy Membership! 📅 Date: March 25 🎟️ Special Offer: Join for just $129 (limited-time pricing) 🔗 Sign up now: HealthcareImpactAcademy.com

Resources & Links: 📌 Follow me on Instagram: @theleveragedpractice 📌 Learn more about Healthcare Impact Academy: HealthcareImpactAcademy.com

Enjoying the Podcast? ⭐ If you love this episode, please leave a review - it helps more health professionals like you take action and grow their businesses!

What happens when you launch your first-ever membership and get 101 people signed up in three days? A whole lot of learning, fast.

In this episode, I’m sharing the behind-the-scenes story of launching my very first membership as an IBS dietitian back in 2016, and the biggest lessons I learned that will help you avoid some of the mistakes I made.

You’ll hear:

The pricing strategy that helped me sign 100+ members in one weekend
The mistake that almost burned me out (so you can avoid it)
The biggest lesson about software that no one talks about
How these takeaways apply to any online program, course, or membership

If you’re thinking about launching—or optimizing—a course, membership, or group program, you need to hear this.

Want to launch your own online program? Join my free masterclass on how to work two days less in your practice while growing your income using online programs, groups and products.

Register here: https://training.theleveragedpractice.com/programmasterclass

Let’s connect. DM me “Podcast” on Instagram and tell me your biggest takeaway → @theleveragedpractice

This episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast explores a crucial question for private practice owners: Does your practice need a passive income product or a passive income product suite?

With the rapidly changing landscape of healthcare, education, and how people consume information, creating passive income streams has become more relevant than ever. Stephanie Claremont, CEO and founder of The Leveraged Practice, breaks down why the answer is a resounding yes and shares actionable insights on building these products to enhance your practice.

In This Episode, You’ll Learn: * What is a Passive Income Product? Understand what a passive income product is and how it can benefit your private practice. From digital downloads like workbooks and guides to self-study courses, there are many ways to create products that generate income without ongoing time investment. * Why Your Practice Needs Passive Income Products: + Align with Modern Learning Trends: People are increasingly learning online through affordable and convenient products. + Stand Out as an Expert: Don't let less qualified individuals dominate your field—your expertise is needed! + Create Flexibility and Reduce Burnout: By supplementing your income with passive products, you can reduce your one-on-one workload and avoid burnout.

Who Are Passive Income Products For?
People with budget constraints who can't afford one-on-one services.
Those who are short on time and prefer the convenience of self-paced learning.
Clients for whom your service isn't a massive priority but still need guidance.
Individuals seeking accessible and lower-risk ways to engage with your expertise.
Real-World Example: I share my journey from creating my first online program in 2013, generating $7,000, to publishing a book called The IBS Master Plan. This experience showed me the power of passive products in helping more people while reducing my workload.
The First Step Strategy: How passive products serve as a "first step" for potential clients, lowering the barrier to entry and building trust, ultimately leading to more significant opportunities, such as group programs or one-on-one services.

Key Takeaways: * Passive income products are not just an opportunity but a necessity for health professionals in 2025 and beyond. * They help you build a more sustainable practice, reach a broader audience, and create a better work-life balance. * These products also offer a solution for clients who need flexibility, affordability, and convenience.

Join the Healthcare Impact Academy: If you're ready to create your own online programs, courses and passive income products, I invite you to check out the Healthcare Impact Academy Membership. Our academy offers step-by-step guidance, an incredible community, and free access to software that simplifies the entire process.

👉 Visit: healthcareimpactacademy.com

Love This Episode? If you found this episode helpful, please:

Leave a Review: On iTunes, Spotify, or wherever you listen to podcasts.
Subscribe & Comment: If you're watching on YouTube, hit subscribe and let me know your thoughts in the comments.
Share: Sharing helps me understand what content resonates with you and ensures I create more of what you love.

Thank you for tuning in, and I’ll see you in the next episode!

Welcome back to The Leverage Practice Podcast! In this episode, we are thrilled to announce the official launch of the Healthcare Impact Academy Membership. This is the first of it’s kind - a game-changing opportunity for healthcare professionals to create and grow online programs, courses, groups and products with expert guidance, resources, and community support.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode: * Why I decided to completely flip my business model and transition to a membership structure. * The challenges healthcare professionals face when trying to start or grow online programs. * How the Healthcare Impact Academy Membership breaks down barriers with accessible pricing and multiple support tiers. * A full breakdown of what’s included in the membership, from courses to live workshops to an all-in-one HIPAA-compliant software platform. * How this membership will help you build a scalable, profitable business while maintaining work-life balance.

Why This Membership? For over a decade, I’ve worked with health professionals - dietitians, doctors, mental health professionals, therapists, OT’s, SLP’s, PT’s, and more to help them create, market, and sell online programs for their practice. This type of arm to their business has allowed 700+ clients to reduce their overall working hours, decrease 1:1 appointments and increase their income.

One of the biggest challenges I’ve seen is the high cost of entry, with most traditional “business coaching” programs priced between $5,000 and $10,000 for only 6 months. While those investments can be valuable, many healthcare professionals hesitate due to the financial risk. As well, these kinds of programs give short term results, and we all know business takes years to develop to the level of success you desire.

That’s why I’ve designed the Healthcare Impact Academy Membership to make high-quality education, proven strategies, tools, and support accessible at a fraction of the cost of traditional coaching and courses.

Enrollment is Open! (Limited Time Only) The membership is open for enrollment from Monday, February 24 through Friday, February 28 at midnight. This initial launch is focused on ensuring a smooth onboarding experience for new members, testing workflows, and refining the experience before scaling further.

We already have 140 pre-registered members and aim to welcome 100 more this week, making this an incredible opportunity to be part of our founding group!

What’s Included? * Extensive Course Library – Over 40+ micro-courses covering everything from lead magnets to program launches. * Monthly Live Workshops – Action-focused sessions where you’ll implement key strategies. * Private Community Access – Connect with like-minded professionals, collaborate, and get support. * All-in-One HIPAA-Compliant Software – Manage courses, sales pages, email marketing, and more—completely free with your membership. * Support Tiers to Fit Your Needs: + Standard Membership: Access to courses, community, and software. + Premium Membership: Live Q&A calls and Monday-Friday tech support. + VIP Membership: Small group coaching, hot seats, and deeper mentorship.

Limited-Time Founder’s Rate! For this launch, we’re offering a 33% discount on the membership. This is your chance to lock in the lowest price and start building or scaling your online program today!

Join Now Before Doors Close! Visit HealthcareImpactAcademy.com to learn more and sign up. If the doors are closed when you visit, be sure to join the waitlist for the next opening.

Have questions? Email us at hello@theleveragedpractice.com or DM me on Instagram @theleveragedpractice.

Don’t wait—this is your chance to create a more sustainable, scalable, and impactful healthcare business while leveraging your expertise online. I can’t wait to welcome you inside!

Are you pushing so hard against a metaphorical glass window, trying to break through to success, when an open door is right behind you? In this episode, I share the powerful lesson of the fly who couldn't see the easier way out—and how this same struggle has shown up in my own life and career.

I take you behind the scenes of my journey from struggling to become a dietitian to breaking barriers in my field, launching an online program before anyone else was doing it, and proving that success doesn’t always follow a traditional path. And now, I’m making another bold move—flipping my business upside down to make it more accessible to the health professionals who need it most.

Join me as I unveil The Healthcare Impact Academy Membership, my brand-new program designed to remove the financial barriers that keep health professionals from creating scalable online programs. If you've been waiting for the right opportunity to grow your impact and income with online education, this is it!

What You’ll Learn in This Episode: * The story of the fly—and how we often block our own path to success * How I overcame rejection and built a thriving career against all odds * The real problem with high-ticket coaching programs in the online business world * Why every health professional needs to understand online education in today’s world * How my new Healthcare Impact Academy Membership makes it easier than ever to create, launch, and grow your online program

Doors Open Soon! Join the Healthcare Impact Academy Membership 🚀 We’re launching next week! If you want to be part of this first group, you’ll get founder pricing, exclusive bonuses, and direct access as we build this together.

📅 Enrollment opens: Monday, February 24 ⏳ Enrollment closes: Friday, February 28 at midnight

🔗 DM me on Instagram @theleveragedpractice or check out the podcast next week for info to register.

Resources & Links 📖 Books Mentioned:

You² – Price Pritchett
The Big Leap – Gay Hendricks

Find me on Instagram to connect @theleveragedpractice 🎧 Subscribe to the Podcast: https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcasts/

💡 If you loved this episode, share it with a fellow health professional who’s ready to break out of the box and create a life of freedom and impact.

In this episode of The Leverage Practice Podcast, Stephanie Claremont dives into how health professionals can expand their impact by moving beyond the traditional one-to-one client model. Whether you’re a dietitian, therapist, coach, or other health expert, Stephanie offers actionable insights on creating multi-tiered service offerings to better serve your clients and grow your business.

Learn how to diversify your services with options like group programs and digital products, while addressing common objections about time, effort, and technology. Stephanie shares real-world examples, discusses pricing strategies, and explains how even small changes can lead to significant income growth.

If you’re ready to rethink your business model and explore sustainable ways to help more people while achieving your goals, this episode is for you.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode:

Why the traditional one-to-one model isn’t enough for many health professionals.
The benefits of creating tiered service offerings for your clients.
Examples of group programs, digital products, and pricing strategies.
How to start small and repurpose your existing knowledge into scalable offerings.
The impact of offering options on both client outcomes and your bottom line.

Links and Resources Mentioned in This Episode:

Join Stephanie’s Free 5-Day Workshop: LeverageYourPractice.com
Learn how to identify new opportunities, structure offerings, and market them effectively.
Get step-by-step guidance on integrating technology to streamline your services.

Connect with Stephanie:

Instagram: @TheLeveragedPractice
Subscribe to The Leverage Practice Podcast on your favorite platform.

If you enjoyed this episode, don’t forget to leave a review and share it with other health professionals looking to grow their practices. Tune in next time as we continue to explore ways to create a thriving, sustainable business.

In this episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast, we’re diving deep into two powerful ways to structure your online programs: passive and leveraged income models. Both can transform your business, but which one aligns with your goals and lifestyle?

I’m sharing the differences between these approaches, from fully hands-off, passive income to partially automated leveraged programs that let you scale without burning out. You’ll learn how to identify which model works best for you—and why blending both might be the key to a thriving, balanced business in 2025.

Whether you want to create freedom, increase income, or design a business you love, this episode will show you the possibilities.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode: * The truth about “passive income” and why it’s not always as effortless as it seems. * How “leveraged” income can give you time back while still serving your clients. * Practical examples of passive and leveraged programs, from downloadable eBooks to cohort-style group programs. * Questions to ask yourself as you plan your 2025 business strategy. * Why creativity and customization are the future of online programs.

Don’t Miss This: 🎉 Ready to design a business that gives you freedom and income? Join my free 5-day course, Find Freedom with Online Health Programs, from February 3–7. You’ll learn how to create and sell online programs that fit your life and goals. Sign up now at leverageyourpractice.com.

💡 Want to explore all the different types of online products you can create? Check out my Product Portfolio course for just $29. Get started here or DM me the word “PORTFOLIO” on Instagram for the link.

Resources & Links * Sign up for the free course: leverageyourpractice.com * Grab the Product Portfolio course: https://online.leverageyourpractice.com/product-portfolio * Connect with me on Instagram: @theleveragedpractice * Visit the podcast website: https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcasts/

Subscribe & Review If you found this episode helpful, make sure to subscribe so you never miss an update. I’d love for you to leave a review and share what resonated most with you!

Join host Stephanie Clairmont for a special year-end episode of The Leveraged Practice. As we bid farewell to 2024 and welcome 2025, Stephanie shares a comprehensive review of The Leveraged Practice over the past year. Learn how her business has evolved, key lessons from 2024, and what these insights mean for digital health professionals moving forward.

Key Takeaways:

Business Evolution and History:
- Stephanie started The Leveraged Practice in April 2019, which has since specialized in helping health professionals create, market, and sell online programs and digital courses.
- She initially ran a professional development company focused on dietetic work and private practices since 2012.
- Revenue and Growth:
- Despite explosive growth in 2020 due to COVID-19, maintaining a consistent revenue between $650,000 to $750,000 over the past few years brought several learning experiences.
- Market Changes in 2024:
- Buyers became more discerning, needing more touchpoints and information before making a purchase.
- Traditional marketing techniques like repeating the same events were less effective.
- A shift in price points was noted, necessitating a range of offerings from low-price to higher ticket products.
- Team Management:
- Lessons on managing a team effectively while navigating hiring, firing, and scalability.
- In 2024, Stephanie operated with a smaller, more efficient team consisting of one full-time staff, contractors, and additional specialists as needed.
- Personal & Professional Balance:
- Emphasis on creating more personal time and space for well-being, including engaging in personal activities and spending time with family.
- Plans for 2025:
- Continuing with efficient, sustainable growth; potentially adding one more team member.
- Further leveraging the structured and automated systems developed in 2024.
- Emphasis on more personal adventures and hobbies for a more balanced life.

Resources Mentioned:

Product Portfolio Course: A new course to help with creating various priced products and increasing market efficiency. Go to https://online.leverageyourpractice.com/funnels for more details.
Instagram: @theleveragedpractice

Join the Conversation:

Connect with Stephanie and share your thoughts and learnings from 2024. Message her on Instagram at @theleveragedpractice.

Happy Holidays and see you in 2025!

Welcome to another insightful episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast, where host Stephanie Clairmont delves into the intricate art of creating effective sales funnels and utilizing strategic lead magnets to boost your online programs in 2025. With her extensive experience and consistent success in the industry, Stephanie shares her journey and the key strategies that can transform your approach to building and selling programs online.

Key Topics Covered: * Introduction to Upcoming Programs: + Discover the newly updated sales funnel program for 2025 at https://online.leverageyourpractice.com/funnels , available for presale at a 50% discount. Classes begin in January, offering weekly modules and live calls with Stephanie. + Introduction to the Everyday Enrollment Method, priced at $999 with a three-payment plan option. This program is also offered at a 50% discount and includes seven live coaching calls in January and February.

Effective Lead Magnets:
Explore the concept of lead magnets, essential tools for converting potential clients into paying customers.
Various forms of lead magnets: Guides, Mini Classes, Live Masterclasses, and Multi-day Series.
Common pitfall: Collecting emails without converting leads into sales.
Communication & Connection:
The importance of nurturing communication and connection with potential clients to influence their purchasing decisions.
Differentiate between marketing (raising awareness) and sales (encouraging purchases).
Tested Business Strategies:
Stephanie’s tested and refined systems, helping to achieve daily sales from strategically crafted lead magnets and resources.
Stephanie’s Personal Experience:
Insights from Stephanie's own journey of expanding her email list and overcoming initial conversion challenges.
Success stories from her IBS programs and the evolution of her strategies over the years.
Comprehensive Approach for 2025:
Focus on building reliable systems that function like an "ATM" for consistent sales growth.
Emphasizing free and paid resources for leveraging consistent sales and sign-ups.
Upcoming Enrollment Opportunities:
Detailed information on enrollment and program options, including contacting Stephanie via Instagram for queries.

Core Marketing Principles: Understanding timeless marketing and sales strategies, while continuously learning and adapting to new nuances for effective implementation in online programs.

Join Us: To learn more about these systems that convert interest into sales effortlessly, tune in and discover how you can make 2025 a profitable year for your online business.

Conclusion: Stephanie Clairmont is thrilled to guide you through enhancing the profitability of your online programs in the year ahead, utilizing well-crafted systems and resources for ongoing success.

Resources Mentioned:

Program Details and Sign-Up: https://online.leverageyourpractice.com/funnels
Contact Stephanie Clairmont via Instagram for questions or further information.

Thank you for tuning in! Ensure you subscribe to The Leveraged Practice Podcast for more expert insights and strategies to propel your online business forward.

Are you a health professional looking to diversify your income and make the most of your expertise? Join host Stephanie Clairmont in this episode as she breaks down the concept of passive income specifically for health and wellness professionals. Stephanie brings clarity to what truly passive income means, how it differs in the healthcare field, and why leveraging your current knowledge and skills can create new opportunities for your business.

If you're tired of trading hours for income and want to create a more balanced business, this episode is packed with practical advice, encouragement, and actionable insights to help you take the first step.

Key Topics Covered: * What Passive Income Really Is: Stephanie clarifies the difference between traditional concepts of passive income (like investments) and the kind of passive income health professionals can generate by optimizing their knowledge and expertise. * Breaking Free from the One-on-One Revenue Model: Why many health professionals are missing opportunities by offering only one type of service and how diversifying your offerings can reshape your business. * Challenges Unique to Health Professionals: Learn about the nuances of creating passive products in the healthcare space, including how to maintain outcomes and results for clients. * Examples of Passive Income Opportunities: Stephanie shares actionable tips on how to use your existing expertise to create passive products.

Get Started with Stephanie’s 3-Part Course This episode also introduces Stephanie’s 3-part course designed specifically for health professionals who want to build a profitable product portfolio. Here’s what you’ll learn during the course:

The three categories of products and how to decide which ones are right for your business.
How to map out curriculum and content for passive products that deliver results.
Step-by-step strategies to plan your 2025 marketing and launch activities.

Course Details:

Regular Price: $99
Early Bird Special: Only $29 (limited time!)
Start optimizing your business today and launch with clarity in 2025!

How to Register: * Visit https://online.leverageyourpractice.com/product-portfolio to sign up for the course. * Have questions? Reach out to Stephanie’s team at support@theleveragepractice.com or connect on Instagram at @theleveragepractice for personalized help.

Why This Episode Matters: Stephanie draws on over a decade of experience in online education and business strategy to guide you in building a business that aligns with your lifestyle and goals. This episode is your starting point to creating passive income streams that not only generate revenue but also allow you to serve your audience in meaningful ways.

Take this as your motivation to optimize what you’ve already built and create sustainable income!

Links & Resources:

Sign up for the Product Portfolio course: https://online.leverageyourpractice.com/product-portfolio
Follow Stephanie on Instagram @theleveragepractice
Email Support Team: support@theleveragepractice.com

Make sure to subscribe to the podcast so you don’t miss upcoming episodes packed with actionable advice for health professionals!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 264 The 2 Ways Health Professionals Can Be Super Successful with Online Programs
Ep. 265 How to Completely Eliminate Private 1:1 Sessions
Ep. 270 How to Launch Your Online Program in 2025: A 5-Step Plan

In this episode of The Leverage Practice Podcast, host Stephanie Clairmont dives into how health professionals can break free from the "worker bee" mindset and transition into true business owners. If you've been trading time for money, it's time to explore the world of informational products and build a business that works for you. Stephanie shares her journey from private practice dietitian to online business owner and coach, providing practical insights and inspiration to create a more scalable, profitable business model.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode:

Stephanie’s story: From a capped income to a $4M online business.
Why health professionals need to create additional revenue streams.
The power of informational products: What they are and why they work.
How to build a portfolio of offerings inspired by businesses like McDonald’s and Spanx.
The growing e-learning industry and why now is the perfect time to start.

Key Takeaways:

Shift from hourly rates: Stop trading time for money and start creating scalable products.
Create a product portfolio: Start with one offering, then expand into complementary products.
Leverage your expertise: Package your knowledge into one of three categories of digital products from completely passive offers to high-touch premium offerings - there’s a product suite that will work best for you.
Follow the trends: The e-learning industry is booming, with massive opportunities for health professionals.

Ready to Leverage Your Knowledge? If you're ready to stop feeling like a worker bee and want to transform your business, this episode is your starting point. Learn how to turn your expertise into profitable, scalable products that work for you while helping more people.

You’re ready for the next step to develop your own product portfolio leveraging your knowledge into products that can make you money day and night, week after week, no matter where you are in the world.

Join me for the “Create a Product Portfolio for Your Private Practice” 3-Day Course in December. Save 70% now with our Early Bird Rate of just $29.

Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to grab your seat.

In this episode, Stephanie Clairmont, CEO and founder of The Leveraged Practice, shares valuable lessons learned from her extensive experience with free opt-in resources, known as lead magnets in the health and wellness industry. Stephanie was a registered dietitian, specializing in digestive health who built a successful online business and used lead magnets to grow her email list by over 1,000 subscribers per month.

What you'll learn:

What is a lead magnet? Stephanie defines lead magnets (also known as freebies or opt-ins) and explains their crucial role in online marketing for health and wellness professionals.
Why is a lead magnet important? Stephanie will illustrate how lead magnets help you take potential clients from casual online interactions to a deeper level of engagement.
Mistakes to avoid: Stephanie shares her early missteps, emphasizing the importance of understanding the strategy behind a lead magnet and avoiding simply copying what others are doing.
Types of lead magnets: Stephanie discusses various types of lead magnets she's experimented with, including guides, recipe downloads, webinars, and multi-day series and which ones work best.
The importance of follow-up: Stephanie highlights the critical role of follow-up communication in nurturing leads and building trust, emphasizing that a lead magnet is just the first step in the client acquisition process.
The long game: Stephanie reveals insights from her data, showing how long it takes to purchase after downloading a lead magnet.
Connection marketing: Stephanie introduces the concept of connection marketing, which involves building genuine relationships with potential clients through lead magnets and email marketing.

Key takeaways:

Don't copy blindly: Understand the strategy behind any marketing tactic before implementing it.
Quality over quantity: Avoid giving away too much for free in your lead magnet.
Follow-up is essential: Nurture your leads with consistent and valuable communication.
Be patient: Clients may take time to make a purchase, so focus on building long-term relationships.

Resources mentioned:

Free class: Register for “From Clicks to Clients” to learn more about Stephanie's client attraction system using lead magnets https://training.theleveragedpractice.com/c2c

Connect with Stephanie:

Send Stephanie a message on Instagram here: @theleveragedpractice

Don't forget to subscribe to the Leveraged Practice Podcast for more valuable insights on building a successful online health and wellness business.

In this episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast, host Stephanie Clairmont dives into the journey of creating consistent, daily revenue from online programs, courses, and memberships. If you're a health or wellness professional looking to scale your business beyond one-to-one client sessions, this episode is packed with valuable insights.

Episode Highlights:

Breaking the Revenue Ceiling: Stephanie explains how online programs allow health and wellness practitioners to move away from the limits of one-to-one sessions. By creating online offerings, practitioners can build a "sales-per-day" system that doesn't rely on trading time for money.
From $99 Failure to Daily Sales Success: Stephanie shares her early struggles with launching an online product and the lessons she learned along the way. Starting with a single $99 sale from her email list of 5,000, she didn't give up—instead, she refined her approach to online marketing and developed a system that now generates a sale every day.
The Power of Sampling: Stephanie introduces the concept of “sampling” as an essential part of online sales. Much like a food sample at Costco, a carefully designed lead magnet or freebie can help potential clients experience a taste of your program's value, enticing them to invest in the full offering.
Visibility and Trust: Building a trusted, visible brand is crucial for consistent sales. Stephanie discusses the importance of guest appearances, collaborations, and sharing valuable content to establish authority in the wellness space.

Free Training Opportunity: To dive deeper into the art of effective lead magnets and how to build a system for daily sales, Stephanie is hosting a live class, "From Clicks to Clients". Health professionals can join for free to learn how to create powerful lead magnets that attract more clients.

These proven strategies have been used with hundreds of clients since 2015 to grow email lists with leads and fill health programs consistently.

Register Now

In this episode of the Leveraged Practice Podcast, Stephanie Clairmont dives deep into current market trends and consumer behaviour to answer the burning question: should you lower your prices?

She discusses the impact of inflation concerns, discerning consumers, and the increasingly noisy online world on your health and wellness business. Stephanie provides actionable advice on creating a tiered product portfolio, leveraging different online program models, and adapting your marketing strategy to build trust and rapport in today's market.

Key Takeaways:

The online learning and health and wellness industries are still growing despite economic concerns.
Consumers are more discerning and price-conscious, demanding more value and touchpoints before purchasing.
Lowering prices is not always the solution; creating a diverse product portfolio with tiered pricing is key.
Diversifying income streams with leveraged offers like group programs and self-study courses can increase revenue and impact.
Marketing strategies must adapt to build deeper relationships and trust with potential clients.

Actionable Steps:

Analyze your current offerings: Evaluate your current services and identify opportunities to create different tiers or package your expertise into various online program models.
Explore the 7 models of online programs: Sign up for Stephanie's free training to learn about the 7 different models and how to expand your product portfolio with various price points. LINK
Create captivating offers: If you're struggling to sell your existing online programs, consider Stephanie's "Captivating Offers" course to master packaging, positioning, and pricing. LINK
Adapt your marketing plan: Incorporate long-form content like blogs, podcasts, and newsletters to build rapport and nurture relationships with your audience.

Resources Mentioned:

Free Models Training
Captivating Offers Course

Remember: You have the power to make a bigger impact and achieve greater success by understanding market trends and adapting your business strategy accordingly.

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 265 How to Completely Eliminate Private 1:1 Sessions
Ep. 266 How to Fill & Sell Out Your Online Programs
Ep. 268 Should I Start with a Course or Coaching?

Ready to launch your online program in 2025? In this episode, Stephanie Claremont, CEO of Leveraged Practice, provides a clear 5-step plan to help health professionals like you finally get your program launched and filled with clients. Learn why January/February is the ideal launch time and discover the essential steps to create, market, and sell your program successfully.

Key Takeaways:

Why January/February is the best time to launch: Stephanie explains why the new year energy makes these months ideal for attracting clients who are eager to make changes.
The 5-step launch plan:
Create your framework: Define your unique approach and what makes your program stand out.
Develop your content: Outline your modules, lessons, and resources. Consider teaching live for your first launch to save time and reduce stress.
Tech setup: Choose a platform and set up your sales page, checkout, email sequences, and membership site.
Craft your offer: Position your program and package your knowledge in a way that attracts your ideal clients.
Market and sell: Build anticipation and enroll clients through strategies like waitlists, masterclasses, or webinars.

Resources Mentioned:

Free Models Training: Discover 7 proven ways to structure your online program. LINK: https://training.theleveragedpractice.com/modelssignup
Your Unique Framework Course: Get your program outline created with this $44 course. LINK: https://online.leverageyourpractice.com/yuf

Important Notes:

Stephanie emphasizes the importance of starting now to prepare for a successful launch in early 2025.
She encourages listeners to focus on their "why" and remember the impact they can have by helping more people through their online programs.

Don't wait any longer! Take the first step today by accessing the free "Models" training or planning Your Unique Framework with our starter course for just $44 today.

Are you a health and wellness professional struggling to make sales from your online program? In this episode, Stephanie Claremont dives into three critical mistakes that are preventing you from achieving the results you desire. She explains why simply gaining visibility online isn't enough and provides actionable steps to build a sales process that converts followers into clients.

Key Takeaways:

Mistake #1: Your program isn't truly addressing your ideal client's needs and desires. You need to speak their language and focus on their pain points, not just your expertise.
Mistake #2: You're focusing too much on visibility and not enough on building connections. While visibility is important, it's only one piece of the marketing puzzle. You need to prioritize building rapport, trust, and authority to convert followers into buyers.
Mistake #3: You don't have a sales process. A successful sales process guides potential clients from initial awareness to a confident purchase decision. This involves providing valuable information and nurturing relationships before pushing for a sale.

Call to Action:

Connect with Stephanie on Instagram or email her team to learn more about upcoming programs that can help you build and sell your online program effectively.

Ready to turn things around?

These mistakes are common, but they’re also fixable! By focusing on your ideal client’s needs, building genuine connections, and creating a strong sales process, you can transform your online presence into a thriving business.

Need help?

A great place to start is with our Captivating Offers course. You’ll learn how to create an offer through mastering positioning, pricing and packaging so you can fill up your spots and help more people.

Learn more and enroll in Captivating Offers for only $255 here.

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 262 How to get Incredible Outcomes for Clients in an Online Program
Ep. 265 How to Completely Eliminate Private 1:1 Sessions
Ep. 266 How to Fill & Sell Out Your Online Programs

"Understanding the level of support and interaction each model provides is crucial in choosing between an online course and a coaching program."

What if you could transform your healthcare practice into a scalable online powerhouse without sacrificing the personal touch of one-on-one consultations? Our host Stephanie Clairmont unpacks the world of online programs for health professionals. This episode isn't about abandoning your traditional practice—it's about enhancing it. You’ll learn about how integrating online courses and coaching can not only expand your reach but also offer you greater freedom and financial independence.

Get ready to navigate the exciting yet challenging waters of digital transformation in healthcare. This episode is crafted to guide you through strategic decision-making processes, emphasizing the importance of understanding the support levels required by online courses versus coaching models. You'll also find valuable insights on legal considerations and how to choose the right digital product to align with your financial goals. With these insights, you're equipped to create impactful and profitable online programs that complement or even replace your existing practice model.

Key Topics:

Defining Courses and Coaching (00:00)
Considerations for Choosing Between a Course and Coaching (09:22)
Examples of Starting a Course (12:44)
Reasons to Consider Starting with Coaching (19:45)
Wrap-Up and Your Next Action Steps! (21:52)

Resources:

Free models training https://training.theleveragedpractice.com/modelssignup Your unique framework course sales page https://online.leverageyourpractice.com/yuf

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 262 How to get Incredible Outcomes for Clients in an Online Program
Ep. 265 How to Completely Eliminate Private 1:1 Sessions
Ep. 266 How to Fill & Sell Out Your Online Programs

"Today we're not talking about anything fun like sales or marketing or webinars or selling out or scaling back your hours by half or getting rid of all your one-to-one patients or hitting six figures. Nothing cool like that. Today we're having a real conversation about what the hell you're supposed to do with your license."

Our host, Stephanie Clairmont explores the essential yet often overlooked topic of professional licensure for health and wellness professionals aspiring to create online programs. This episode provides valuable insights into navigating the complexities of holding a professional license while expanding into the digital space. Stephanie shares key considerations and options available to licensed practitioners, emphasizing the importance of legal consultation. You'll hear how others in the field have successfully integrated their expertise into online group programs, ensuring compliance with governing bodies while broadening their impact.

Stephanie discusses four main strategies: limiting client intake to licensed areas, collaborating with a multi-licensed team, offering compliant educational group programs, and potentially operating under a different title or second business for legal protection. Understanding your regulatory body and consulting with legal experts are crucial steps in responsibly and effectively expanding your professional services online.

Key Topics:

Licensure and Online Programs for Health Professionals (00:00)
Understanding Licensure and Regulatory Bodies (06:12)
Legal Considerations and Options for Running Online Programs (10:45)
Creating a Second Business and Functioning Under a Different Title (17:01)
Wrap-Up and Your Next Action Steps (23:50)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 262 How to get Incredible Outcomes for Clients in an Online Program
Ep. 264 The 2 Ways Health Professionals Can Be Super Successful with Online Programs
Ep. 265 How to Completely Eliminate Private 1:1 Sessions

"You need to create sales systems that take a new human who just heard your name, allow them to get to know you, build trust with you, and demonstrate your authority."

Can you imagine skyrocketing your online program's success by harnessing proven strategies tailored for health professionals? Our host, Stephanie Clairmont shares the tactical roadmap that has transformed countless health practices since 2013. By distinguishing between foundational strategies and actionable implementations, she offers a proven system to navigate the complexities of modern marketing, helping you make informed decisions and launch your online health programs with confidence.

This episode unpacks the Sold-Out Strategic Sales Framework, guiding you from the initial spark of interest to a fully booked program. Learn how to effectively capture attention, nurture leads through email communication, and present irresistible offers. Whether you use demand-driven marketing with a waitlist or another proprietary method, you'll hear about real-life case studies and testimonials that demonstrate conversion rates two to nine times higher than the industry average.

Discover the secrets behind converting webinars and masterclasses into consistent sales-generating machines. Through a step-by-step system integrating opt-ins, email communication, live events, and compelling offers, you'll learn how to create automated processes that work even while you sleep.

Key Topics:

Introduction to the Healthcare Impact Academy (00:00)
Difference Between Strategy and Tactic (04:52)
The Sold-Out Strategic Sales Framework (10:57)
Demand-Driven Marketing and Sales System (19:19)
Live Event Strategy (21:07)
Benefits of Joining the Healthcare Impact Academy (27:48)
Wrap-Up and Action Steps! (29:12)

Join the Healthcare Impact Academy to launch an online program that gives you the freedom and flexibility you desire. Get access to the step-by-step system to add 6 and multiple-6 figures of revenue to your health & wellness business with online programs >>> HealthcareImpactAcademy.com

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.260 How to Have High Profit Months with Half or a Quarter of your 1:1 Caseload
Ep. 262 How to get Incredible Outcomes for Clients in an Online Program
Ep. 264 The 2 Ways Health Professionals Can Be Super Successful with Online Programs

“We are very strategic here. We are not teaching trends and tactics. You don't need to be doing crazy $h!t every three months because something new is happening out in the world of sales and marketing. We're integrating in components that are important to today's market. But the strategy, the core strategy, has been tested for you for eight to 10 years and shown that it works.”

What if you could help more people, increase your income, and avoid burnout—all by transitioning from private one-to-one sessions to impactful online programs? As a former dietitian turned strategic business advisor, our host, Stephanie Clairmont, experienced firsthand the transformative power of digital offerings. In this episode, she reveals the practical steps to successfully make this shift. Learn from her journey and discover how to prepare for this significant change, optimize your approach, and ultimately achieve financial stability while expanding your reach.

Stephanie walks us through creating effective sales funnels and crafting engaging offers to captivate your audience. She shares comprehensive strategies and proven marketing systems that have doubled or even tripled industry-standard conversion rates. She discusses the importance of integrating current market nuances with foundational strategies for long-term success.

Key Topics:

Replacing 1:1 Sessions with Online Programs (00:00)
The Structure Behind Online Programs (10:36)
Building a Sales Funnel (12:57)
Introducing The Healthcare Impact Academy! (19:19)
Wrap-Up and Your Next Steps to Success! (24:51)

Join the Healthcare Impact Academy to launch an online program that gives you the freedom and flexibility you desire. Get access to the step-by-step system to add 6 and multiple-6 figures of revenue to your health & wellness business with online programs >>> HealthcareImpactAcademy.com

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.260 How to Have High Profit Months with Half or a Quarter of your 1:1 Caseload
Ep. 262 How to get Incredible Outcomes for Clients in an Online Program
Ep. 264 The 2 Ways Health Professionals Can Be Super Successful with Online Programs

“You're going to have to create a community around it, you're going to have to create a reputation for yourself and your name, so that when people see your name, they think about that topic that you have your programs and courses in.”

Unlock the secrets to creating a thriving online presence and generating substantial income through well-crafted online health programs! Our host Stephanie Clairmont walks us through the transformative benefits of online programs, including reduced working hours and increased profitability, while upholding high-quality patient care. Learn essential strategies for marketing and selling your courses, with actionable insights designed to help you map your success.

In this episode, Stephanie delves into building a powerful brand that can propel your success in online education. Discover how leveraging an established community or clientele can lead to successful program launches, with real-life case studies of health professionals who made significant career shifts and earnings. Additionally, uncover the importance of focusing on a specific topic to create specialized programs that open new revenue streams. Whether transitioning from a fully booked private practice or starting fresh, this episode offers the guidance and inspiration you need to make your online business dreams a reality.

Key Topics:

Defining Success with Online Programs (0:00)
Client Success Stories (04:29)
Building a Strong Brand for Your Online Program (07:06)
Challenges and Solutions for Health Professionals (23:27)
Wrap-Up and Next Steps (23:43)

You’re invited to our upcoming FREE Workshop called “Find Freedom with Online Health Programs” so you can create and fill a profitable, passive online program for your practice. Happening live September 17-20.

Register here.

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.260 How to Have High Profit Months with Half or a Quarter of your 1:1 Caseload
Ep. 261 What’s the Best Program Topic for You to Start With?
Ep. 262 How to get Incredible Outcomes for Clients in an Online Program

“I think having the community of people kind of ahead of me to help, and people with me and just being able to encourage each other, I really, really value that.”

Could the key to managing burnout and achieving greater flexibility lie in an online program? Our host Stephanie Clairmont sits down with Marian Cooper, a passionate social worker and art therapist from Houston, Texas. Marianne opens up about her incredible journey from part-time work to running a full-time private practice, all while maintaining a focus on helping anxious overachievers through her distinct therapeutic approach. She shares the invaluable impact a coach had on her transition, along with how the pandemic prompted her to explore online programs to broaden her reach and gain more control over her schedule.

Discover the ups and downs Marian experienced while building and launching her first online program, specifically designed to address the unique challenges faced by BIPOC individuals. Stephanie and Marian delve into the importance of niching down, the iterative process of refining her program, and the crucial role of community support and expert guidance. Marian also reflects on how her online program has helped her manage burnout and set healthy examples for her clients. Additionally, they discuss evolving strategies for online marketing and how the Leverage Practice Workshop can guide health professionals in planning, launching, and delivering successful online health programs. Don’t miss out on Marian’s valuable insights and experiences!

Key Topics:

Introducing Marian Cooper! (0:00)
Marian’s Journey into Private Practice (02:55)
Exploring Online Programs and Overcoming Perfectionism (05:30)
Developing the Artful Resilience Program (07:09)
Refining the Program and Future Plans (16:10)
Marian’s Experience with The Leveraged Practice (17:22)
Wrap-Up and Inspiration (19:30)

You’re invited to our upcoming FREE Workshop called “Find Freedom with Online Health Programs” so you can create and fill a profitable, passive online program for your practice. Happening live September 17-20.

Register here.

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 258 Two Things That Will Help You Choose the Kind of Program You Need
Ep. 261 What’s the Best Program Topic for You to Start With?
Ep. 262 How to get Incredible Outcomes for Clients in an Online Program

“You’ve developed an incredible expertise and specialty. There’s something magical about you and you can leverage it so that you’re not only making money when you’re sitting down with a client or a patient, giving them the ideas out of your head. You know that there’s a better way to do that.”

Ready to revolutionize your health practice and boost your profitability? Imagine transforming your one-on-one consultations into dynamic, results-driven online health programs that not only extend client engagement but also utilize your time more efficiently. In this episode, our host Stephanie Clairmont uncovers the secrets to building impactful online courses that can surpass traditional methods in delivering exceptional results. Learn how group programming can enhance learning opportunities and help you manage your time better while achieving higher profit margins.

Curious about leveraging your expertise to create high-profit health programs? Stephanie delves into the essential steps of identifying your ideal client, crafting a support-driven program and pricing it correctly for maximum impact. Don’t miss the low-cost virtual training to get your online program rolling!

Key Topics:

Building a Program that’s Results-Driven (0:55)
The Power of Group Programming (05:22)
The Assessment Phase in Online Programming (06:08)
The Education Element, No More Repeating Yourself! (10:35)
Education vs Implementation (12:14)
Next Step: Join the Training! (13:43)

You can only have high profit programs running in your practice when you learn how to turn your services into structured results-driven experiences for your clients. We’ve helped 500+ health practitioners like you make millions with results-driven, high profit health programs and now I’m going to show you exactly how to do that in this upcoming 3-day live taught High Profit Health Programs.

Register Now

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 257 The Types of Programs that Are Most Successful Right Now in Health & Wellness
Ep. 258 Two Things That Will Help You Choose the Kind of Program You Need
Ep. 261 What’s the Best Program Topic for You to Start With?

“We need to get them purchasing the program, seeing how valuable it is, and not looking at your program as just one more course on the internet. I know you don't want that. So it's not just about the marketing and sales tactics. It is about the content as well. Content matters.”

Unlock the secrets to transforming your brick-and-mortar health practice into a thriving online program with actionable strategies and insights from our host, Stephanie Clairmont. This episode guarantees you'll learn how to choose the perfect topic for your online venture, leverage your network, and stand out in the digital wellness space.

Stephanie shares her personal experiences and the importance of niching down in a broad field such as digestive health. Discover how identifying a niche within a niche can create unique, results-driven programs that surpass client expectations. With over seven years of experience in helping health professionals grow their online businesses, Stephanie provides an invaluable guide to avoid common pitfalls and succeed in the online marketplace. Whether you're an established expert or seeking to expand your reach, this episode equips you with the tools to build a successful online practice.

Key Topics:

Choosing the Best Topic for an Online Program in Healthcare (02:02)
Transitioning From Brick-and-Mortar to Online (06:11)
Local vs Online Marketing Approaches (11:35)
Creating a Profitable Online Program for Health Practitioners (17:50)
Next Steps: Getting Your Online Program Started! (21:22)

You can only have high profit programs running in your practice when you learn how to turn your services into structured results-driven experiences for your clients. We’ve helped 500+ health practitioners like you make millions with results-driven, high profit health programs and now I’m going to show you exactly how to do that in this upcoming 3-day live taught High Profit Health Programs.

Register Now

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 255 How to Market an Online Course or Program?
Ep. 257 The Types of Programs that Are Most Successful Right Now in Health & Wellness
Ep. 258 Two Things That Will Help You Choose the Kind of Program You Need

“You need to start with the end in mind, you need to have an easy, clear system to make the money you want.”

Unlock the secrets to generating substantial revenue and achieving financial freedom as a health professional with the High Profit Program Method. In this episode of The Leverage Practice Podcast, Stephanie Clairmont shares strategies that have empowered countless private practice owners to transform their businesses.

She guides us through the three essential keys to positioning your program for maximum profitability and unveils common pitfalls to avoid when launching your courses. She introduces a unique live-taught training program designed to streamline your journey from planning to delivery, complete with lifetime access to resources. Don’t miss this chance to revolutionize your practice and enjoy the freedom and income you deserve!

Key Topics:

The High Profit Program Method (02:59)
Key #1: Discovering the Niche Within Your Niche (05:36)
Key #2: Package Your Program in a Results-Driven Package (08:40)
Key #3: High Cashflow Model (12:38)
Wrap-Up and Action Steps! (18:40)

The High Profit Program Method (👈details here)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 252 Shifting your Mindset from Custom Treatment Plans to Holistic Programming
Ep. 257 The Types of Programs that Are Most Successful Right Now in Health & Wellness
Ep. 258 Two Things That Will Help You Choose the Kind of Program You Need

"It's about crafting the right offer for people, putting together a program that actually helps people, and then finding the confidence and having a plan to launch it out in the world, and believing in yourself and not giving up.”

What if you could turn your summer slump into a $10,000 windfall? Discover how you can achieve this financial milestone by leveraging online programs, as discussed in this latest episode of the Leveraged Practice Podcast. Our host Stephanie Clairmont shares insights from the Healthcare Impact Academy Summer School. Designed to guide health professionals through a six-week journey, this program focuses on setting clear timelines, curriculum, and goals to ensure your success.

Stephanie explores a variety of program formats tailored to different needs and budgets. Whether you're considering high-touch small group cohorts or more affordable 12-week group programs, you'll find strategies suited to your business model. Discover how to generate substantial revenue with minimal direct access, and the benefits of enrolling participants in lower-priced programs. Don’t miss this episode if you’re ready to transform your practice and make a meaningful impact.

Key Topics:

10 Different Ways to Make $10k with Online Programming (05:16)
Hybrid Programs (08:24)
Less Access to You (11:49)
Less Intense (Standard Group Program) (13:58)
Smaller Price Point (16:09)
Wrap-Up and Next Steps (17:43)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 248 How Can I Support Clients in Online Programs Seamlessly?
Ep. 257 The Types of Programs that Are Most Successful Right Now in Health & Wellness
Ep. 258 Two Things That Will Help You Choose the Kind of Program You Need

"If you want to create this life and this financial amount, then we have to get serious about what kind of program you're going to put together and how much you're going to price it at.”

Our host Stephanie Clairmont unpacks the critical motivations behind creating online health programs. Drawing from the recent live workshop insights, attended by over 950 participants, Stephanie emphasizes the need to align your program type and pricing model with your financial ambitions and desired work-life balance. Reflect on how much you want to earn and what kind of program fits your lifestyle to build a thriving online health venture.

Stephanie continues by sharing her excitement about the Healthcare Impact Academy Summer School, a strategic program designed to help you master the art of actionable financial planning. With special bonuses for North American participants this summer, the aim is to gear you up for a successful launch this fall. Don’t miss this opportunity to transform your practice and achieve the freedom you’ve been dreaming of!

Key Topics:

Two Key Things to Help Choose the Kind of Program You Need (03:47)
How Much Money Do You Want to Make? (05:42)
How Many Hours Do You Want to Work? (08:36)
Wrap-Up and Action Steps (10:50)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 247 Should I Start with a Smaller or Larger Program?
Ep. 248 How Can I Support Clients in Online Programs Seamlessly?
Ep. 257 The Types of Programs that Are Most Successful Right Now in Health & Wellness

“I honestly believe that you have a bag of tricks. I think you have a toolbox of like 20 different things that you give out to people. And if you sat down and actually structured that, you’d have a structure to what you do…I’ve never sat down with someone and not built a program with them.”

Unlock the secrets to transforming your health practice with scalable online programs that not only leverage your expertise but also ensure sustainable growth. Our host Stephanie Clairmont reveals the most successful structures for online health programs in today's competitive wellness industry. By the end of this episode, you'll have actionable strategies to choose the right niches and topics that resonate with your audience, helping you build a thriving online business without feeling overwhelmed.

Discover the untapped potential of customized health programs that cater to specific niches such as women's health during perimenopause. Learn how to enhance client engagement and outcomes by integrating personalized elements such as nutritional testing and bespoke supplement plans. Stephanie explores the importance of finding market gaps and the increasing demand for tailored wellness solutions, emphasizing how these niche programs can command higher prices and deliver better results.

Key Topics:

Types of Programs that Are Most Successful Right Now in Health & Wellness (01:56)
Marketing and Structuring Health and Wellness Programs (04:24)
Successful Health and Wellness Programs for Women over 40 (10:06)
Customizing Online Health Programs for Maximum Success (14:28)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Find Freedom with Online Health Programs Happening June 17-21 at 1:00pm EDT Daily In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to develop digital programs, what tech is needed and how to setup an automated sales system for your established practice. You’ll make a plan for a fulfilling career that also allows you to work less with private patients, while making more. Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 247 Should I Start with a Smaller or Larger Program?
Ep. 248 How Can I Support Clients in Online Programs Seamlessly?
Ep. 252 Shifting your Mindset from Custom Treatment Plans to Holistic Programming

“If you are not surrounded by people that think as big as you, that dream as big as you, that have these desires that come out of your heart, your soul, your mind, it is hard some days to keep believing in that dream.”

Welcome back to the Leverage Practice Podcast! Today, our host Stephanie Clairmont opens up about the role of self-awareness in the entrepreneurial journey. It's a candid look at the internal dialogues shaped by our past and how they can sometimes be barriers to growth. She talks about perfectionism, worth, imposter syndrome, and the incredible power of therapy and community support. Discover the formula that, despite life's inevitable challenges, has driven Stephanie to substantial financial success—and how you can apply it to your dreams.

Stephanie lays out the blueprint for establishing a successful online business, drawing parallels with the strategies local realtors use to gain exposure. Tune in as she discusses cultivating customer relationships through social media and email marketing, and the importance of having a scalable product or service to make it happen. This episode is a call to action to trust in your worth and the value you bring to the world.

Key Topics:

The Leveraged Practice’s Biggest Launch Event Ever (00:42)
Overcoming Self-Doubt and Imposter Syndrome in Entrepreneurship (07:08)
Overcoming Fear and Believing in Your Dreams (13:35)
The Formula for Making Millions Online (18:01)
Your “Homework” For Today. How Can We Better Support Ourselves? (21:33)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 242 Impact or Income â€“ Can HealthCare Professionals have Both?
Ep. 250 Me First Business: How to Make Yourself A Priority
Ep. 251 Calendar Planning To Prevent Burnout

“I've seen it over and over again: a poorly written sales page just up on a website, or maybe a Link In Bio on Instagram, maybe even directly talking to people buying it. It doesn’t do much.”

Our host Stephanie Clairmont guides us through the evolution of her journey from a traditional dietitian to an online marketing expert. She’s spilling the beans on effective marketing strategies for healthcare professionals - because let's be real, popping a course up on your site and expecting miracles is wishful thinking, at best.

From the critical stages of building customer awareness to that pivotal moment they decide to hit 'purchase', you'll get a behind-the-scenes look at the nuts and bolts of the marketing machine. Expect real talk about the power of trust in the healthcare industry and why likability and being the preferred choice, is key. Take these teachings to the next step of implementation in the free Find Ideal Clients & Fill Your Programs Workshop in April!

Key Topics:

Intro: Marketing an Online Course or Program (correctly!) (05:04)
Mapping out the Customer Journey (07:22)
Step 1 of the Customer Journey: Know (08:44)
Step 2 of the Customer Journey: Like (09:35)
Step 3 of the Customer Journey: Trust (and prefer) (11:08)
Step 4 of the Customer Journey: Buy (12:00)
Building the System within the Customer Journey (12:25)
Online Presence and How People Get to Know You (13:11)
How Those People Connect with You (14:14)
What’s the Next Step? Opt-In (15:03)
Recap of the Customer Journey System and Invitation to the Free Workshop: Find Ideal Clients & Fill Your Programs (17:27)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Find Ideal Clients & Fill Your Programs Happening April 1-5, 2024 at 12:00pm EDT Daily In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to build an "email list" and expand your audience of potential clients, so you can market your programs and bring in more and more clients to expand your reach. Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 232 Do I Need an Online Presence to Launch a Digital Program?
Ep. 253 How to Use Online Marketing to Grow Your Health Practice
Ep.254 Develop Your Online Presence

“We want people to find us online. We want to grow an online presence, even though it doesn't have to be gigantic, and it doesn't have to solely rely on social media.”

Ever wondered how a modest-sized email list and a handful of social media followers can catapult you into the realm of significant revenue and impact? In this episode of the Leveraged Practice Podcast, our host Stephanie Clairmont, tears down the facade that big numbers equate to business success. Her own path to steering a multimillion-dollar business began with just that—a small but mighty audience. And she’s here to guide you through the steps that can transform your marketing efforts from hopeful to triumphant, without the obsession over building a gargantuan following.

This isn't your run-of-the-mill chat about online presence; it's a deep dive into converting those social media scrolls into steadfast customers. You'll learn the secrets behind value-driven content that not only engages but also transitions your audience to eagerly clicking 'buy' on your health programs. Stephanie walks us through the various methods to polish your online presence, whether that's through blogging, guest posting, or even starting your own podcast. If you're ready to see your online health programs flourish, this episode is the golden ticket you've been waiting for.

Key Topics:

Today’s Topic: All Things Online Presence for Healthcare Businesses (00:40)
Myths Around Online Presence (04:28)
Info on the Upcoming Workshop: Find Ideal Clients & Fill Your Programs (10:32)
Developing an Online Presence through Search and SEO (13:38)
Developing an Online Presence through Social Media (18:23)
Developing an Online Presence through Ads (19:23)
Developing an Online Presence by Contributing to Community (20:10)
Wrap-Up (24:45)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Find Ideal Clients & Fill Your Programs Happening April 1-5, 2024 at 12:00pm EDT Daily In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to build an "email list" and expand your audience of potential clients, so you can market your programs and bring in more and more clients to expand your reach. Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 228 How Many Followers Should You Have Before You Launch a Digital Program?
Ep. 232 Do I Need an Online Presence to Launch a Digital Program?
Ep. 253 How to Use Online Marketing to Grow Your Health Practice

“My intention is not that you become a marketer. You don’t have to become a marketer to have a successful business. But what I believe you need to know and understand as the CEO of your business, as the business leader, as the entrepreneur, is you need to understand marketing strategy.”

In this episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast, our host, Stephanie Clairmont, unravels the essential world of online marketing for healthcare professionals. Listen in as she shares her personal journey, evolving from a registered dietitian to a seasoned business coach, and reveals why understanding marketing strategies is a non-negotiable for achieving your business aspirations. As we navigate the post-COVID era, where digital comfort is at an all-time high, there’ve been significant shifts in how healthcare services are marketed and delivered. This conversation is a must for healthcare practitioners looking to harness the power of online marketing to expand their reach and positively impact more lives with their services.

In fact, the necessity for passionate healthcare professionals to learn and employ online marketing has never been more critical, to responsibly share their expertise and connect with those seeking their help. Whether you're pivoting, growing, or just starting, you'll discover strategic insights into establishing a powerful online presence that's more than just a static website—it's about meeting people where they are in their health journey.

Key Topics:

The Truth About Online Marketing for Healthcare (00:51)
Free Upcoming 5-day Workshop! (07:30)
The Shift in Education, Services, and Marketing to Online Platforms (09:40)
Analyzing the Steps People Take When They Have a Health Problem (16:05
Having Patience in the Online Marketing Realm (19:20)
Your Action Plan: Next Steps (21:12)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Find Ideal Clients & Fill Your Programs Happening April 1-5, 2024 at 12:00pm EDT Daily In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to build an "email list" and expand your audience of potential clients, so you can market your programs and bring in more and more clients to expand your reach. Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 228 How Many Followers Should You Have Before You Launch a Digital Program?
Ep. 231 Do You Need an Email List Before You Launch a Program?
Ep. 232 Do I Need an Online Presence to Launch a Digital Program?

“You have to be okay giving people more from the buffet than they may have chosen on their own or that you would have chosen for them to create this beautiful experience and know that it's going to be great anyway.”

Have you ever felt the spark of realization that your one-on-one healthcare work could evolve into something bigger, something more far-reaching? That's exactly the epiphany our host Stephanie Clairmont unpacks in the latest Leveraged Practice Podcast episode. She navigates through the transition from individualized health care to crafting holistic online programs. This transformation from one-to-one care to group programming isn't just about scale; it's about amplifying your impact and breathing new life into your business.

Shifting gears, Stephanie dives into the heart of holistic health education. It's time to step away from one-size-fits-all solutions and embrace the diversity of our community's needs and the foundational principles that can benefit all, while offering a 'buffet' of options to cater to individual needs. This episode isn't just about theory; it's a practical guide, complete with a roadmap for implementing high-touch hybrid models into your health practice. If you're ready to expand your professional horizons and create health programs with a lasting impact, you won't want to miss this episode.

Key Topics:

Traditional Treatment Plans vs Holistic Programming (01:41)
The Overlap of Healthcare Professions (04:17)
Shifting from One-On-One Healthcare to Holistic Programming (09:12)
Creating Holistic Programming for Personal Growth (16:36)
Wrap-Up and Your Action Plan Toward Online Programming (21:13)

Resources:

theleveragedpractice.com
hightouchhybrid.com

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 246 How Do I Run an Online Program with 1:1 Visits?
Ep. 247 Should I Start with a Smaller or Larger Program?
Ep. 248 How Can I Support Clients in Online Programs Seamlessly?

“Whether I do one-to-ones or group work just like you, that now takes… Well, it's always taken a lot of energy for me. But now I get to give myself permission to balance out my schedule and my days to allow for that. No one taught you that, which pisses me off because we have millions of health care workers and professionals and doctors and brilliant humans out there doing the work, who are burning out because they feel bad or guilty or selfish or stupid or whatever, for taking the time to rest after you show up big, big, big energy.”

Ever find yourself wishing there were more hours in the day? Our host, Stephanie Clairmont, has been there…heck, we’ve all been there! The key is creating a schedule that's not only productive but also nourishing for the soul. From reshaping Monday madness to perfecting a weekly rhythm that accommodates client work, personal care, and family time, Stephanie shares the strategies that have revolutionized her days and can do the same for yours.

The dance between client interactions and solo work can be tricky, but who says you can't lead with grace? Stephanie walks us through a nuanced approach to managing your energy, illustrating how to strike a harmonious balance between 'people-facing' hours and 'non-people' times. It's all about fine-tuning that professional choreography to ensure every step is as effective as it is enjoyable.

This episode wraps up with a glimpse into the transformative experience that awaits those ready to take their health practice online. Whether you're looking to deepen your impact or simply thirsty for a more fulfilling professional journey, this is the sign you've been waiting for. So, tune in, get inspired, and let's embark on this adventure together.

Key Topics:

Stephanie’s Journey into Online Practice (01:26)
Managing Work-Life Balance for Healthcare Professionals (05:46)
The Energy Required for Different Types of Work in a Business (10:37)
Reducing Workload and Improving Work-Life Balance (19:15)
Taking the Next Steps in For Online Practice (30:10)

Resources:

How to Reduce Your 1:1 Client Caseload to Expand Your Impact & Achieve Your Big Vision

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 240 Your Business Vision, Re-Imagined
Ep.249 Why I Stopped Podcast Recording for 2 Months
Ep. 250 Me First Business: How to Make Yourself A Priority

"I care about my business, but I know that taking care of me as number one will impact the business and the business will be built around me.”

Have you ever felt the pull to take charge of your life and career, to mold them into the perfect union of success and serenity? That's exactly what our host Stephanie Clairmont has been exploring on her own journey. In this episode, she’s peeling back the curtain on the lessons learned while having a turbulent 2023 and how she’ll use those lessons for a more balanced and healthy 2024.

Imagine a business that rises from the core of your personal energy, one that adapts to your rhythms and thrives on your well-being. This is the 'Me First' business model Stephanie has embraced, and in this episode, we get a look at how this shift in perspective has reshaped her strategy. Reducing product launches and continuing the integration of automated systems hasn’t just changed her business—it’s changed her life. And, you’re invited to take the next steps to change yours! Don't miss the chance to revolutionize your practice and your life—head over to theleveragedpractice.com and take that first step towards a brighter, more balanced future.

Key Topics:

Stephanie’s Story Up Through her 2023 Burnout (00:40)
What is a “Me First” Business and Stephanie’s Take (11:40)
Scaling a Business Through Automation and Consistent Energy Management (13:35)
Prioritizing Personal Health and Wellness in a Busy Life (17:29)
Recap of Steps to a Me First Biz (22:55)
Summary and How to Take the Next Steps for Your Online Practice (25:10)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 226 What Keeps Your Fire Burning?
Ep. 240 Your Business Vision, Re-Imagined
Ep.249 Why I Stopped Podcast Recording for 2 Months

“Let's learn that we don't have to push ourselves so hard. Let's learn that we can still test things, we can still fine-tune offers, we can still go out in the world, but know that we have boundaries. And we don't have to be such high achievers, that we have to commit to a launch every single month or a certain timeline. Because it can burn us out so bad.”

How do you find the sweet spot between professional growth and personal well-being? That’s what our host Stephanie Clairmont chats about today in the return of the Leveraged Practice Podcast (after an unplanned two-month hiatus). She’s taking you behind the scenes to unfold the reality of burnout and the art of returning with a fresh perspective on consistency in content creation. It’s not just about keeping a schedule – it's about redefining what productivity means when life decides to throw you curveballs like a global pandemic or the need to press pause for mental health.

Reflecting back on the rollercoaster year of 2023, Stephanie shares how ambition led to a rigorous schedule of monthly launches, with the aim to hit incredible financial milestones. But what happens when the drive for success results in a crash? She recounts the experience that brought her to a standstill and the consequential time off that became a turning point. For fellow health professionals aiming to expand their practice online, Stephanie underscores the structured support that the Leveraged Practice Workshop offers, guiding your journey to an impactful and balanced online presence. Tune in as she pulls back the curtain on the highs and lows of the past year and offers a path toward a more sustainable approach to achieving your dreams.

Key Topics:

Welcome Back to the Leveraged Practice Podcast! (00:45)
Redefining Success and Consistency in Business and Motherhood (05:01)
Burnout and Taking a Break (09:51)
Creating the Biz and Personal Life that Feels Good and is Thriving (14:22)
Launch Strategy and Getting Support (18:28)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 226 What Keeps Your Fire Burning?
Ep. 243 3 Systems for Online Health Program Success
Ep. 244 5 Online Health Programs You Can Launch in Your Private Practice By January 2024

"Nothing should stop you from putting your energy and effort now and into next year, into building out this program for your practice, taking out all those repeatable parts that you say over and over again. And then using your time to really, truly change lives and help people, moving up into that visionary leader that you know you are and that you want to be."

Ever thought about how digital programming can empower your health practice? As someone who has successfully scaled a program to over 5,000 people, our host, Stephanie Clairmont, is here to help you debunk the common misconception that self-study courses are the only way to reduce patient load and free up time. Instead, let's explore other program models like hybrid and group programs that can offer support to hundreds or even thousands without consuming all your time.

Stephanie delves into the potential of scaling your impact in the health industry through effective support systems. Discover how you can leverage your practice through online programs and how the Leverage Practice Workshop can assist you in planning, launching, and delivering your online programs. So, tune in, and prepare to amplify your impact in the health industry like never before.

Key Topics:

Behind the Birth of the Leveraged Practice (01:21)
A More Leveraged Way to Help Clients and Patients (04:10)
Streamlining Customer Service and Tech Support and Hiring Help (09:34)
Different Ways of Supporting People in Online Programs (13:53)
Wrap-Up and Action Steps (15:54)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Find Freedom with Online Health Programs Happening December 11-15 at 12:00pm EST Daily In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to develop digital programs, what tech is needed and how to setup an automated sales system for your established practice. You’ll make a plan for a fulfilling career that also allows you to work less with private patients, while making more. Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.229 Becoming Health Entrepreneurs with Integrity with Jaime Mass
Ep. 243 3 Systems for Online Health Program Success
Ep. 244 5 Online Health Programs You Can Launch in Your Private Practice By January 2024

“Okay, so you all have a way that you work with your patients and clients one-on-one, you've just never mapped it all out. So your brilliant file cabinet of a brain pulls out a folder here, opens this drawer, moves this one handout out…that’s what you're doing constantly in your brain. Instead of doing that over and over again, what if you could dump out that entire file cabinet and take all those file folders and all those pieces of paper and all those tools in your toolbox and all the pieces that you use and put them into a streamlined step-by-step system? That’s what you're gonna do with your program.”

Tune in as Stephanie Clairmont walks the path to discovering the best duration for your tailored digital health courses, looking into taking content usually covered in one-to-one sessions, and creating an efficient system that ensures your clients receive comprehensive and personalized guidance. Whether your program lasts six weeks, 12 weeks, or even longer, the focus is on evading redundancy and offering extra support to your clients. It's time to strike that balance between time, content, and the type of content to bring about successful outcomes for your clients.

Key Topics:

“How long should my program be?” (00:52)
How Much Content You Have (04:55)
How Long do People Have to Work with You to Get a Result? (07:37)
The Kind of Content (11:04)
Wrap-Up (15:45)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Find Freedom with Online Health Programs Happening December 11-15 at 12:00pm EST Daily In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to develop digital programs, what tech is needed and how to setup an automated sales system for your established practice. You’ll make a plan for a fulfilling career that also allows you to work less with private patients, while making more. Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 233 Will an Online Program Work for My Practice?
Ep. 234 Which Type of Program is Best for My Private Practice?
Ep. 244 5 Online Health Programs You Can Launch in Your Private Practice By January 2024

“One of the early models that we played with was what I call a High Touch Hybrid. This is a hybrid model where we blend one-to-one individual appointments and they can be in-person or virtual along with online education. Think about videos, handouts, workbooks, audio trainings, those kinds of things and we blend it together.”

What if the secret to expanding your health practice, making a greater impact, and achieving excellent patient outcomes resides in the world of online education? In a quest to unravel this, our host, Stephanie Clairmont, takes us through her journey from a traditional in-person practice to an online platform. In this episode, she explores the power of blending one-to-one sessions with online programs, a concept that has revolutionized her approach to healthcare.

Drawing from the wealth of knowledge amassed over a decade of running online health education programs, Stephanie will be sharing insights into effective learning concepts prevalent in online education and how to integrate them into your practice. This episode is a deep dive into the intricacies of developing your online health programs, with an emphasis on refining your product and understanding the nuances of online learning.

Key Topics:

Product Development Phase Series (00:48)
Running an Online Program with One-to-One Sessions (01:50)
High Touch Hybrid Model (03:50)
Structuring a Coaching Program with a Duration and Content Map (06:29)
Getting More Help Applying this Shift in Your Practice (11:11)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Find Freedom with Online Health Programs Happening December 11-15 at 12:00pm EST Daily In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to develop digital programs, what tech is needed and how to setup an automated sales system for your established practice. You’ll make a plan for a fulfilling career that also allows you to work less with private patients, while making more. Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 233 Will an Online Program Work for My Practice?
Ep. 234 Which Type of Program is Best for My Private Practice?
Ep. 244 5 Online Health Programs You Can Launch in Your Private Practice By January 2024

“Research in about 30 studies compared student learning in traditional classrooms versus flipped classrooms. About 12 of the studies showed that flipped learning was more effective than traditional learning. About 8 studies showed no difference. About 6 studies showed mixed results. One study showed that it was less effective. More research is needed. But it gives us this optimistic angle of how we could leverage our time, our education, and better help our clients out.”

Buckle up and prepare for a journey into the innovative world of digital programming designed specifically for health professionals. This episode centers around the power of research in shaping online programs, specifically along the lines of Flipped Learning. Our host Stephanie Clairmont dissects the unique blend of online coursework and face-to-face learning that leads to flexible and results-oriented learning for patients.

Ever wondered how to free up 10+ hours a week? Let's explore the magic of implementing a hybrid model, which allows you to provide education on a larger scale, while still seeing one-to-one patients. No matter where you stand on your digital journey, this episode is a treasure trove of actionable strategies, quick tips, and insights that can transform the way you design and execute online health programs.

Key Topics:

Intro (00:41)
Digging Into The Research (03:33)
The Issue with the Traditional Method (05:49)
Blended Learning in Healthcare (06:55)
Flipped Learning Healthcare with Examples and Research (07:58)
Benefits of Flipped Learning (11:43)
Wrap-Up and Your Action Steps (13:50)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Find Freedom with Online Health Programs Happening December 11-15 at 12:00pm EST Daily In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to develop digital programs, what tech is needed and how to setup an automated sales system for your established practice. You’ll make a plan for a fulfilling career that also allows you to work less with private patients, while making more. Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 233 Will an Online Program Work for My Practice?
Ep. 241 Is Your Practice Ready for an Online Health Program?
Ep. 242 Impact or Income – Can HealthCare Professionals have Both?

“What we do now is going to determine our success for next year.”

Welcome to the Leveraged Practice Podcast with Stephanie Clairmont! This episode will revolutionize the way you approach your private practice. Stephanie discusses the potential of launching five different online health programs in the new year that could drastically increase your profits. Real examples from clients she works with, their pricing strategies, and the potential earnings will give you a clear picture of what to expect. This is an invaluable guide for those looking to take their private practice to the next level.

The episode doesn't stop at just sharing ideas; it also gives you the math behind the profit. The potential revenue from each of these options is impressive, and the discussion about the Academy at The Leveraged Practice, a resource designed to help you set up these programs smoothly, is not to be missed. Listen in as Stephanie discusses how to make 2024 a year of growth and expansion for your private practice.

Key Topics:

Intro (00:40)
Make 2024 The Year You Launch Your Online Program (01:40)
Increasing Profitability, Freedom and Flexibility (05:55)
5 Online Health Programs You Can Launch in Your Private Practice By 2024 (08:46)
1: The $47(ish) Live Workshop (08:50)
2: The $99(ish) Per Month Membership (12:08)
3: The Self-Study Course (13:30)
4: The Group Program (16:16)
5: The High Touch Hybrid Model (18:22)
Wrap-Up and Getting Your Online Program Started! (25:00)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 233 Will an Online Program Work for My Practice?
Ep. 237 Which Idea Should I Start With?
Ep. 241 Is Your Practice Ready for an Online Health Program?

Prepare to unlock the power of systems and automations in your entrepreneurial journey. Our host, Stephanie Clairmont takes us on a transformative exploration of how you can save time, increase efficiency, and enhance profitability. Drawing from her wealth of experience in selling online programs in the health industry since 2013, she delves into success stories from clients who have launched multiple programs. The common thread? The power of repetition and well-established systems.

Ponder on this - what does success mean to you? For Stephanie, success equates to freedom and flexibility in her work life. She discusses how your business model directly affects your success and lifestyle, and how implementing clear systems can help you reach your goals. Remember, success isn't a destination, it's a journey that requires consistency, resilience, and continuous refinement of your systems. Don't skip this episode, it's a treasure trove of actionable insights you can leverage to propel your practice to greater heights.

Key Topics:

Intro to 3 Systems for Online Health Program Success (00:42)
The Power of Leveraging Your Expertise Online (01:51)
Consistency and Repetition in Business Success (06:43)
Creating Systems for Sustainable Business Growth (09:12)
The Three Systems (09:59)
Getting Help with Systems in The Leveraged Practice (14:51)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Find Freedom with Online Health Programs Happening October 30th-November 3rd at 12:00pm EDT Daily In this free workshop, you'll learn how to develop digital programs, what tech is needed and how to setup an automated sales system for your established practice. You'll make a plan for a fulfilling career that also allows you to work less with private patients, while making more. Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 227 What Are the Best Tools to Use with Digital Programs?
Ep. 233 Will an Online Program Work for My Practice?
Ep. 241 Is Your Practice Ready for an Online Health Program?

“We can have a bigger impact. We can have better outcomes for healthcare clients and patients by allowing them to access an expert online or an expert program or expert-led community online.”

Are you tired of feeling unfulfilled in your healthcare career, despite the relentless hours of work? What if there was a path towards both a meaningful impact on your patients, and a prosperous income for yourself? In this episode, our host Stephanie Clairmont challenges traditional norms and sheds light on the potential of innovative technologies to revolutionize healthcare experiences for practitioners and patients alike.

Stephanie confronts the issue of burnout amongst healthcare professionals, and delves into how technologies such as automated communication systems and online portals can help alleviate this issue. These systems not only benefit practitioners but also enhance patient experiences, ensuring a win-win situation. Prepare to walk away with actionable strategies and insights that will empower you to carve your own path in the healthcare industry, maximizing both your impact and income.

Key Topics:

Impact AND Income as a Healthcare professional (01:29)
Healthcare Regulations and Client Satisfaction (04:04)
The Healthcare Systems’ Lack of Support for Patients and Professionals (07:59)
The Generalist vs. The Specialist (15:13)
The Solution: Tech and Online Programs (15:53)
Stephanie’s Anecdotes of True Impact through Online Programs (17:29)
Your Action Steps (21:28)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Find Freedom with Online Health Programs Happening October 30th-November 3rd at 12:00pm EDT Daily In this free workshop, you'll learn how to develop digital programs, what tech is needed and how to setup an automated sales system for your established practice. You'll make a plan for a fulfilling career that also allows you to work less with private patients, while making more. Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 233 Will an Online Program Work for My Practice?
Ep. 239 Can Health Professionals Make Passive Income?
Ep. 240 Your Business Vision, Re-Imagined

Ever wondered if your business is primed and ready to tap into the power of online programs? Have you considered the potential of leveraging technology to boost profit margins and save your precious time, all the while helping more people? Join our host, Stephanie Clairmont, as she walks you through a comprehensive audit designed explicitly for business and private practice owners like you!

Discover how setting a clear vision and crafting a robust strategy can transform your business and life. Whether it's products, programs, or courses, Stephanie will guide you on how these can feed into your personal, career, financial, and life goals. Stephanie explores the critical aspects of prioritizing and planning for success. Unearth how to find your niche, test the market, and cultivate winning habits. All this and more in today’s episode of The Leveraged Practice!

Key Topics:

The New Online Health Practice Audit (00:49)
Leveraging Tech and Online Education in Healthcare (3:22)
Connecting to Ourselves and Setting the Vision (06:27)
Identifying Market Needs and Personal Growth for a Business (11:05)
What do You Need to Be Successful at this? (13:48)
Your Action Steps! (17:19)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Find Freedom with Online Health Programs Happening October 30th-November 3rd at 12:00pm EDT Daily In this free workshop, you'll learn how to develop digital programs, what tech is needed and how to setup an automated sales system for your established practice. You'll make a plan for a fulfilling career that also allows you to work less with private patients, while making more. Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 231 Do You Need an Email List Before You Launch a Program?
Ep. 232 Do I Need an Online Presence to Launch a Digital Program?
Ep. 234 Which Type of Program is Best for My Private Practice?

Join our host, Stephanie Clairmont on this heart-centered journey exploring the true purpose behind our chosen careers as health professionals. As we reflect on why we started this journey and how our work impacts our lives, you’re invited to look inward and consider how aligned you are with your values. Listen in as Stephanie delves into the important subject of burnout, and how the tough culture in the health industry can shape our feelings about our job.

Stephanie guides you to reimagine your career and business. Listen in as she uncovers how you can leverage your expertise to create a meaningful impact through your work with online programs, which allows you to make more money while transforming many more peoples’ lives. All this and more in today’s episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast!

Key Topics:

The Soul Behind Your Business (01:15)
The Meaning Behind the Heart-Centered Work that is Healthcare (03:59)
Leveraging Technology for a More Efficient Practice (08:00)
Re-Imagining Career and Business Vision (12:38)
Re-Encountering Purpose in Healthcare (15:53)
Your Take Home Action Items (18:07)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Find Freedom with Online Health Programs Happening October 30th-November 3rd at 12:00pm EDT Daily In this free workshop, you'll learn how to develop digital programs, what tech is needed and how to setup an automated sales system for your established practice. You'll make a plan for a fulfilling career that also allows you to work less with private patients, while making more. Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 222 The Truth About Selling Online
Ep. 226 What Keeps Your Fire Burning?
Ep. 237 Which Idea Should I Start With?

Get ready to break free from the traditional model of trading time for money! In this episode, Stephanie Clairmont of The Leveraged Practice dives into the world of passive income and its benefits for healthcare professionals. But, Stephanie isn’t selling you a dream of earning money while doing nothing. Setting up such a system requires initial effort and energy as well as some ongoing maintenance.

Stephanie discusses the pitfalls of the traditional "time-for-money" model for healthcare professionals, including the risk of burnout. Shifting to a more passive or leveraged income could be the lifeline you need. In this episode, you get the lowdown on how to set up online programs for your practice. This episode is all about reimagining the way we make money without compromising ethics or the quality of service to our patients.

Key Topics:

Passive Income and Stephanies Qualms with the Term (01:09)
Passive Income for Health Professionals (No More Trading Hours for Dollars) (05:07)
The Passive Income Webinar from The Leveraged Practice (08:48)
Ethics in Healthcare and Passive Income (12:58)
Passive and Leveraged Income for Health Professionals (17:07)
Wrap-Up and Your Action Steps (20:08)

Join us for our FREE Masterclass: Passive Income for Health Professionals Happening October 4 at 12:00pm – 1:30pm EDT In this free workshop, you’ll uncover the 3 Vital Mistakes most health professionals are making when it comes to making passive income in their practice.Click here to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 222 The Truth About Selling Online
Ep.230 Is Passive Income Really Possible?
Ep. 233 Will an online program work for my practice?

Have you ever wondered how health professionals can leverage their expertise to create impactful digital programs? Stephanie Clairmont peels back the curtain and reveals the secrets behind the powerful tool that is the health funnel™. Drawing from her own experience and the wisdom of industry giants like Amy Porterfield, James Wedmore, Donald Miller, Gary Vaynerchuk, and Richard Branson, as well as coaches like Ali Brown and Kelly Roach, she’s crafted digital programs that assist in areas ranging from cooking to clinical digestive health and beyond. Today, Stephanie shares the insights she’s gained in marketing and selling digital programs in the health sector.

She explains the concept of the customer journey and the pivotal role health funnels play in building trust and authority. You'll find out how to use lead magnets, content, and email communication to create a lasting connection with those seeking health solutions. And no, it's not just about selling; it's about understanding what your potential clients need and want so you can provide them with the best solution. Let's delve into the four signature health funnels that have proven success and learn how to turn leads into paying, satisfied clients.

Key Topics:

Intro to Health Funnels: What Are They? (03:09)
How to Put a Health Funnel to Work For You (07:08)
Helping People Take the First Step (11:23)
Trusting Yourself and Your Knowledge (15:24)
How To Build Your Health Funnel and Getting Help (16:03)

Join us for our FREE 5-Day Workshop: Find Freedom with eLearning
Happening September 11-15 at 1:00pm – 2:00pm EDT
In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to leverage your expertise to offer programs & courses to your clientele so you can have more financial and time freedom with your private practice.Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 222 The Truth About Selling Online
Ep. 233 Will an online program work for my practice?
Ep. 236 What if Nobody Buys My Online Program?

Do you ever dream of a life where you're not bound by a 9-5 job, but instead have the freedom and flexibility to live life on your own terms? As a health professional, have you ever thought of the possibility of reaching and helping more people around the world? Stephanie Clairmont, CEO and founder of The Leveraged Practice will be taking you through the transformative journey to a successful online program. She'll be sharing her personal story of how she created a life and career she’s always dreamed of, with increased cash flow and freedom in her schedule through online health programs.

Ever been stuck deciding the best idea for an online program? She'll be focusing on aligning your program with what you want, your future goals, and how to get there. She'll guide you on how to conduct comprehensive market research that ensures your program is exactly what your audience needs. All this and more in today’s episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast!

Key Topics:

Which Idea to Start With (03:48)
Several Programs vs. One Program (05:30)
How to Conduct Market Research for Your Business (08:59)
What Have You Tried Already, and Why Didn’t It Work? (13:04)
The Next Steps to Move Forward (14:22)

Join us for our FREE 5-Day Workshop: Find Freedom with eLearning Happening September 11-15 at 1:00pm – 2:00pm EDT In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to leverage your expertise to offer programs & courses to your clientele so you can have more financial and time freedom with your private practice.Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 222 The Truth About Selling Online
Ep. 233 Will an online program work for my practice?
Ep. 234 Which type of program is best for my private practice?

Ever been paralyzed by the fear of 'what if nobody buys my program'? Stuck in a comfort zone that brings more discontent than happiness? Join our host, Stephanie Claremont, as she confronts these anxieties head-on. Shifting your mindset is as crucial as shifting your practice. Stephanie walks us through overcoming self-doubt and cultivating a belief system that's rooted in success. Surround yourself with positivity, join a supportive community, and watch how your aspirations turn into realities.

And what if the fear turns into reality? What if no sales come through? Don't despair. Stephanie guides us through validating your idea, building a customer-centric program, and learning from the market feedback. She also delves into actionable steps if you're considering taking your health practice online, underscoring the importance of a strong plan, supportive community, and the value-add of the Leverage Practice Workshop. Let's tackle our fears together and step into a world where doubts are actually stepping stones to success.

Key Topics:

Intro - What if Nobody Buys My Online Program? (00:50)
The Importance of Having More Than One Stream of Revenue (04:25)
Surround Yourself with The Right People and the Proof (08:40)
How to Cut Out Toxic People (12:37)
Wrap-Up - How to Deal with No One Buying Your Program (18:51)

Join us for our FREE 5-Day Workshop: Find Freedom with eLearning Happening September 11-15 at 1:00pm – 2:00pm EDT In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to leverage your expertise to offer programs & courses to your clientele so you can have more financial and time freedom with your private practice.Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 233 Will an online program work for my practice?
Ep. 234 Which type of program is best for my private practice?
Ep. 235 What Do I Charge for an Online Health Program?

Unlock the secrets to pricing your online health program just right, and prevent money blocks from stifling your earnings. Today, our host Stephanie Clairmont leads us through this enlightening conversation on understanding your worth, trusting your intuition, and finding the perfect price point for your services. She'll tackle common fears and misconceptions around money, and unearth actionable strategies to increase your income without sacrificing profitability.

Stephanie walks us through the different models of online health programs, exploring how to price self-study, group, and hybrid styles. She’ll share practical wisdom to balance your program's value with your brand strength, ensuring you're not undervaluing or overpricing your services. Remember, your intuition is your best business partner. Listen in to learn more about confidently pitching your program to potential clients, and how to feel good about the price you charge. This episode is a must-listen if you're aiming to increase your income without compromising profitability. Let's tap into your hidden earning potential today!

Key Topics:

Starting an Online Health Program to Fulfill Your Dreams (04:39)
Examples of Online Program Pricing (08:27)
You May Not Start at Your Longterm Goal Pricing (13:01)
The Importance of Pricing Appropriately (16:18)
Thinking Practically, What to Charge for Your Online Program (18:25)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 232 Do I Need an Online Presence to Launch a Digital Program?
Ep. 233 Will an online program work for my practice?
Ep. 234 Which type of program is best for my private practice?

Navigating the digital landscape as a healthcare professional? Take a moment to tune into this comprehensive guide where our host Stephanie Clairmont sheds light on the four proven models for online programs: High-Touch Hybrid, Small Group Cohort, Group Program, and Maintenance Membership. Stephanie’s struggles with seasonal depression inspired her to adopt a unique approach to healthcare education programs, and she’s dedicated this episode to sharing her experiences to help you choose the best model for your business.

Deciding on the best model is just the first step. She dives deeper into discussing long-term goals and how to test your content to ensure the best results. Whether you're just starting out or looking to refine your existing program, you'll find this insight into the strategic aspects of program design invaluable.

The final part of today’s discussion focuses on the key components that make an online program successful. Stephanie discusses everything from content to marketing strategy and how to resonate with your target audience. Leveraging key tools and resources is vital to your success, and this episode provides you with actionable strategies to make it happen.

Key Topics:

Intro to Topic - Which Type of Program is Best for My Private Practice? (03:49)
The Four Models of Online Programs and Which to Pick (05:43)
Going Deeper into The Four Models (08:14)
Which is Usually the Best First Version of a Program (13:19)
What Do You Want Your Life to Look Like in Thee Years (15:36)
It’s Not Just About You, But About the People (17:27)
Looking at the Market Need and Gap (19:58)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 225 How to Launch a Group Program
Ep. 232 Do I Need an Online Presence to Launch a Digital Program?
Ep. 233 Will an online program work for my practice?

Ready to transform your private practice through the power of online programs? Our host Stephanie Clairmont gets down to business in this episode, exploring the expansive opportunities and potential pitfalls of launching an online program in the health sector. The commitment and passion required are immense, but the payoff is life altering. Stephanie guides you through all the must-haves for your program, starting with being an expert in your field, to cultivating an engaged audience, and more.

She’ll challenge you to reflect on your goals and motivate you to envision your ideal online platform. She’s not just talking about financial freedom here, but also about making a substantial impact and leveraging your expertise. To help you kick-start this journey, she’s also sharing some stellar resources like the Leverage Practice Workshop, a tried-and-tested framework that will guide you to plan, launch, and deliver a successful online health program. So buckle up and join in on this intriguing exploration into the realm of online programming for health practitioners.

Key Topics:

How Will an Online Program Work for Your Practice? (02:06)
Why Online Programs are a Solution to Problems (03:48)
Can an Online Program Work for Any Practice? (05:54)
Being Okay with Rejection and Failure (07:48)
The Importance of Mentors and Inspiration (12:04)
Will an Online Program Work for Your Practice - The Checklist (13:17)
Action Item: Brainstorm and Reflect of Your Goals (16:52)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 223 What You Need to Make Millions Selling Programs
Ep. 225 How to Launch a Group Program
Ep. 232 Do I Need an Online Presence to Launch a Digital Program?

Get ready to step up your online practice as our host Stephanie Clairmont explores the critical role of growing your audience and maintaining an online presence. You'll find out how big your audience needs to be before you start running programs and Stephanie shares insights from her small group mentorship program, The Leverage Practice Advisory Program, which could be your gateway to taking your practice to the next level.

This episode is also a goldmine for clinicians looking to improve their marketing strategies. Learn how to bring more people into your world through referrals, listings, and compelling content. Stephanie walks you through creating a product portfolio that goes beyond one-to-one services, using online programs, group programs, memberships, and courses. Even if you don't have a strong online presence yet, you'll get tips on how to launch an online program and kickstart your marketing. So, listen in and start building your thriving online practice today!

Key Topics:

Every Private Practice Owner Should Have a Portfolio of Products (01:57)
Transition Into an Entrepreneur, and Marketing (06:12)
You Don’t Necessarily Need a Strong Online Presence to be Successful (13:42)
How do We Grow Our Audiences? (15:03)
Referral System and Collaborations (17:34)
Do You Need to Have an Email List? (19:04)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 223 What You Need to Make Millions Selling Programs
Ep. 228 How Many Followers Should You Have Before You Launch a Digital Program?
Ep. 231 Do You Need an Email List Before You Launch a Program?

Join our host Stephanie Clairmont in this engaging discussion where she demystifies the importance and purpose of an email list for health professionals. She’ll guide you through the process of building an effective email list to grow your business, including the need for strategically designed sign-up and thank-you pages, along with the right email provider. You'll hear how using lead magnets such as a free guide or video training can capture people's attention and encourage them to sign up. Stephanie also reflects on the importance of two-way conversations with your email list and using stories and resources to genuinely connect with potential clients.

Learn how to create an effective email list to target potential clients, and how to use a sign-up page and thank you page with a strategic design to maximize list growth. Stephanie touches on the need for an email list that focuses more on helping people rather than simply gathering as many emails as possible.

Key Topics:

Missing Pieces of Your Business (01:37)
Looking Specifically into the Email List (03:10)
Elements of Your Email List (07:24)
How to Get People on Your Email List (09:35)
Why Email Marketing is so Important (11:38)
Build the Strategy Before Building the List (16:14)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Hybrid Health Programs
Happening July 10th – 14th at 1:00pm EDT Daily
In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to Grow your Practice, Increase your Impact & Make More Free Time.
Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 223 What You Need to Make Millions Selling Programs
Ep. 228 How Many Followers Should You Have Before You Launch a Digital Program?
Ep.230 Is Passive Income Really Possible?

Get ready to demystify the allure of passive income with your host Stephanie Clairmont, as she shares her personal journey, the ups, the downs, and the reality of the hard work and commitment that brings the dream of making money while sleeping to life. Stephanie shares her insights, strategies, and her personal success story in creating her first online program.

Stephanie delves into how you can harness the power of Leveraged Income to achieve financial freedom. She explores the concept of reducing the delivery time in your business, and takes you through the process of creating your own digital assets, courses, and programs.

Key Topics:

What Passive Income Really Is (04:15)
Stephanie’s Story to Passive Income (07:05)
Leveraged Income (11:46)
How Much of a Priority Should You Be? (15:12)
Leveraging Your Income is Possible (16:12)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Hybrid Health Programs
Happening July 10th – 14th at 1:00pm EDT Daily
In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to Grow your Practice, Increase your Impact & Make More Free Time.
Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 211 START HERE: How to Leverage Technology to Get Your Time Back
Ep. 222 The Truth About Selling Online
Ep. 223 What You Need to Make Millions Selling Programs

Navigating the world of entrepreneurship for health practitioners can be overwhelming, but today’s guest Jamie Mass and our host Stephanie Clairmont have you covered in this episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast. Join them in this insightful conversation as they share their experiences in the healthcare industry, offering valuable advice to create a successful online health practice that stays true to your values and passions.

Discover how integrating authenticity with business skills is crucial for healthcare professionals transitioning to entrepreneurship. They also delve into the power of feminine marketing and selling, as well as the importance of choosing a business mentor that aligns with your values. Learn how to balance your heart-centered approach while building meaningful relationships and making an impact in your profession.

They’ll explore effective strategies for business development, pricing, and growth that can help you build your dream business and life in the healthcare field. From resilience and persistence to authentic marketing and leveraging the right strategies, this episode is packed with essential information to help you succeed in your online health practice.

Key Topics:

Jamie Mass’ “Elevator Pitch” (0:05:11)
What’s Different for Healthcare Professionals? (0:08:46)
Changing the Way Clinicians Look at Marketing and Sales (0:14:09)
Selling and Looking at the Feminine Way of Selling (0:20:38)
Investing in Your Business (0:28:41)
The Importance of Mindset in Business (0:40:04)
Creating Offers that You Love (0:48:10)
Pricing and Payment Plans (0:57:53)
Building Your Business Outside of Only Social Media (1:03:14)
Summary and Jamie’s Contact Info (1:08:14)

Resources:

Jamie’s Website

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Hybrid Health Programs
Happening July 10th – 14th at 1:00pm EDT Daily
In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to Grow your Practice, Increase your Impact & Make More Free Time.
Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 220 How to Build a Lifestyle Private Practice with Jena Castro-Casbon
Ep. 221 Abundance Practice Building with Allison Puryear
Ep. 223 What You Need to Make Millions Selling Programs

Ever wondered how many followers you actually need before launching an online program? Our host Stephanie Clairmont shares that it's not about the numbers, but rather leveraging your practice, networks, and existing marketing efforts to get people enrolled. Listen in as she discusses examples of successful students of The Leveraged Practice with widely varying online presences and reveals the secret recipe for success: consistency, persistency, and continuously showing up.

Let's dive into content creation and media work as a means to bring people to the top of your funnel. Tune in to learn the power of referrals, word-of-mouth marketing, and crafting experiences that people can't help but share with their friends and family. If you're unsure why your content isn't working, Stephanie shares insights on how to create compelling content that attracts the right audience and helps them take the next steps toward buying your program.

Key Topics:

How Many Followers Do You Need to Launch an Online Program? (04:08)
Leverage Your Expertise, Leverage Your Practice (10:02)
Marketing and the Funnel (11:42)
Your Website and SEO Optimization (14:27)
It’s Not (just) About the Number of Followers (18:52)
Your Homework for Today (22:59)

Join us for our FREE Masterclass: The Leveraged Practice Model™
Happening June 13 at 12:00pm - 1:30pm EDT
In this free masterclass, you’ll learn The Roadmap to Grow Your Practice Without More 1:1 Patients, Increase Your Salary, And Make More Free Time For You!Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 207 How Do I Grow My Audience?
Ep. 222 The Truth About Selling Online
Ep. 223 What You Need to Make Millions Selling Programs

Ever struggled with the technology aspect of launching an online health program? Stress no more, as our host Stephanie Clairmont shares her journey from starting her practice in 2011 when tech options were limited and painfully expensive, to the incredible resources available today that make it so much easier for health professionals like you to bring their expertise to the online world.

In this episode of the Leveraged Practice Podcast, Stephanie tackles the top questions surrounding the tools and software necessary for creating and launching a successful digital program. Let’s smash through the technology block that holds so many back and get that online program up and running so you can change lives, grow your practice, and give yourself the work-life balance you've been craving.

Key Topics:

Technology is the Biggest Obstacle for Online Programs (but it doesn’t have to be) (02:25)
Planning Your Program (06:56)
Recording (Starting Live) (09:25)
Hosting Platform (13:53)
TLP Tech (15:25)
Wrap-up + Done For You Setup via TLP (18:28)

Resources:

Google Drive
Canva
Logitech Camera (Stephanie has Logitech Brio)
Basic Mic
Advanced Mic (Stephanie uses this one)
zoom.us
Screenflow for Mac
Camtasia for PC
Loom
Click Funnels
Active Campaign
Thinkific
TLP Tech

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.191 Do You Need Social Media to Get More Clients?
Ep.198 Implementing Online Group Programs Into Your Practice
Ep.211 START HERE: How to Leverage Technology to Get Your Time Back

Audio-Technica ATR2100x-USB Cardioid Dynamic Microphone (ATR Series)

Shure MV7 USB Microphone with Tripod, for Podcasting, Recording, Streaming & Gaming, Built-In Headphone Output, All Metal USB/XLR Dynamic Mic, Voice-Isolating Technology, TeamSpeak Certified - Black

Discover the secrets to embracing your inner CEO as a health industry professional in this episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast. Learn how to strike the perfect balance between supporting others and prioritizing your own well-being, as our host Stephanie Clairmont shares her personal journey of self-discovery and growth in the online health industry.

Join Stephanie as she dives deep into the importance of connecting with our drive and fueling the fire of success. From understanding the various roles we play in our businesses to the value of mentorship in guiding us, this episode is packed with insights to help you create a thriving, profitable online health-based business.

Key Topics:

The Topic at Hand: Drive (0:02:01)
How You View Yourself as a Business Owner, Entrepreneur (0:03:58)
Every Successful Business Needs a Leader (0:06:01)
What is the Fuel to Your Fire? (0:07:25)
Business is Hard Work. Getting Support (0:12:39)
Your Exercises for Today (0:15:48)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.200 Becoming TLP
Ep. 211 START HERE: How to Leverage Technology to Get Your Time Back
Ep. 218 Business Without Burnout with Alissa Rumsey

Can you imagine changing more lives and revolutionizing your healthcare practice by launching a group program?

Join Stephanie Clairmont as she reveals the vital steps toward achieving this goal. By considering your desired lifestyle, investments, living and travel arrangements, and workload, you'll be able to make more informed decisions for your healthcare practice's future.

Key Topics:

Simple Steps to Launching Your Group Program:
1: Set Goals Starting with Lifestyle - Your Why (02:54)
2: Choose The Right Model For You (06:37)
3: Setting Up Your Tech (09:15)
4: Build a Sales System (11:12)
5: You Need Support! (12:54)
Wrap-up (14:05)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 207 How Do I Grow My Audience?
Ep. 210 5 Years of Online Education with Jen Hernandez of Plant Powered Kidneys
Ep. 215 Shifted Thinking from 1:1 to Group with Dr. Jordin Wiggins

Do you ever feel like your email list is growing, but not actually benefiting your practice? Our host Stephanie Clairmont reveals the five big mistakes she made while building her email list, so you don't have to repeat them. She shares her journey from 2012, when she built her first email list using SEO and PR tactics, to growing it to 10,000 people, only to discover that many of them weren't potential clients.

Stephanie walks us through the importance of not giving away too much free content, but instead, having a strategic plan in place to attract the right people and connect your free offer to your actual offering. Also, learn how to avoid the mistake of focusing solely on the volume of your email list. Instead, prioritize finding the right audience for your practice.

By the end of this episode, you'll be equipped with valuable insights and resources to help you grow a successful email list that actually benefits your online practice. Don't miss out on this opportunity to learn from Stephanie's mistakes and build a thriving email list for your online health business!

Key Topics:

Mistake #1: Believing you “need a big email list in order to sell to people” (3:58)
Mistake #2: Growing an email list with no content strategy (5:42)
Mistake #3: Top mistake - Starting to build an email list without a scalable offer (7:07)
Mistake #4: “You give it all away” (10:07)
Mistake #5: Second-biggest mistake - Your lead magnet doesn’t align with your actual offer (13:43)

Resources:

Health Funnel Bootcamp

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Hybrid Health Programs Happening May 15th – 19th at 12:00pm EDT Daily In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to Grow your Practice, Increase your Impact & Make More Free Time. Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 205 How to do Social Media when you Don’t Want to with Andrea Jones
Ep. 207 How Do I Grow My Audience?
Ep. 222 The Truth About Selling Online

Can you imagine going from selling just one digital product to making over two million dollars online? Listen in as our host Stephanie Clairmont shares the steps she took to achieve this success and the lessons she learned along the way, and how you, as a health professional, can grow your online practice and create more freedom in your life.

Discover the importance of investing in yourself and your business, and learn how guiding your customers through a journey to get to know and trust you can lead to more significant investments and better choices. Stephanie also shares her experience investing in mentors and programs that provide valuable feedback, templates, tools, and resources to save time and effort. Find out why it's essential to invest in a coach who can help you make changes and transform your business so you can make a more significant impact on the world while creating the beautiful life you envision.

Key Topics:

Creating Online Programs for Health Professionals (01:03)
Investing in Yourself and Your Business (09:35)
Join The Leverage Practice for the FREE 5-day workshop (19:10)

Join us for our FREE 5-day workshop: Hybrid Health Programs Happening May 15th – 19th at 12:00pm EDT Daily In this free workshop, you’ll learn how to Grow your Practice, Increase your Impact & Make More Free Time.Go to LeverageYourPractice.com to register!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 211 START HERE: How to Leverage Technology to Get Your Time Back
Ep. 215 Shifted Thinking from 1:1 to Group with Dr. Jordin Wiggins
Ep. 222 The Truth About Selling Online

When’s the last time you sat down and meditated on what you truly want and dream of as a health practitioner?

Today, our host Stephanie Clairmont shares her journey of creating and selling digital products, starting with her very first digital product sale, which seemed like a failure at the time but ultimately taught her valuable lessons that led to success.

She discusses the importance of strategic planning, patience, continuous learning, and surrounding yourself with supportive, like-minded people to help you achieve your goals. She also emphasizes the need for effective marketing and providing enough information to potential customers to make an educated purchase.

Key Topics:

Learning from “Failure” and Fostering Confidence for Success (00:48)
The Formula for Digital Product Success (13:31)
Believing and Creating Your Online Health Program (23:51)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.199 How to Start a Program Part-Time
Ep. 210 5 Years of Online Education with Jen Hernandez of Plant Powered Kidneys
Ep. 218 Business Without Burnout with Alissa Rumsey

Stephanie sits down with Allison Puryear, a consultant and business strategist for private practice clinicians at Abundance Practice Building. She is also a psychotherapist specializing in the treatment of people with eating disorders.

Listen in as Allison shares how she helps her clients at Abundance Practice Building shift their mindset gained from an agency career toward that of a business owner when setting up their own private practice.

Allison stresses the importance of the mindset piece when it comes to making that leap from agency clinician to private practice owner. She explains why experiencing failure is part and parcel of succeeding in business and why the road to success must be enjoyable to stay on track.

Finally, Allison shares how she integrates a busy career with her equally-busy role as a wife and mother of two.

Key Topics:

About Allison Puyear and Abundance Practice Building (3:40)
Deciding how many days a week to work, and tailoring your business around that choice (10:19)
Why Allison decided to own her own practice (12:58)
The membership model (20:20)
About Allison’s “party plus” offer (24:54)
The transformation from agency clinician to private practice owner (30:53)
Looking for evidence of success (34:54)
Why you have to enjoy the journey (40:57)
Juggling work and family (45:40)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 210 5 Years of Online Education with Jen Hernandez of Plant Powered Kidneys
Ep. 215 Shifted Thinking from 1:1 to Group with Dr. Jordin Wiggins
Ep. 220 How to Build a Lifestyle Private Practice with Jena Castro-Casbon

Stephanie sits down with Jena Castro-Casbon, a business coach who helps speech-language pathologists build successful private practices. Over the past 14+ years, she has helped 10,000+ SLPs gain the knowledge and confidence to start and grow their dream private practices, step-by-step!

Jena is the host of the Private Practice Success Stories podcast and author of the Amazon bestseller The Path to Private Practice.

Listen in as Jena shares how she was able to successfully leverage her time and energy as a speech-language pathologist at the age of 26 after realizing the potential of owning her own private practice.

She shares the importance of staying in your zone of genius in order to cut through the noise and cement authority in your space. She also explains how anyone can start building their private practice without it becoming another full-time job to add to their already busy schedule.

Jena talks about how the pandemic accelerated the inevitable with regard to doing business online, and how to maximize your ROI when you’ve decided it’s time to hire.

Finally, just as you would never DIY your way through client care, Jena discusses why it’s never a good idea to DIY your way through private practice, offering advice on gaining much-needed business skills through both self-study and mentorship.

Key Topics:

About Independent Clinicians (3:32)
The process behind creating her two offers on Independent Clinicians (8:36)
Building a “lifestyle private practice” (13:02)
How Independent Clinicians’ approach to building a private practice has changed over the past five years (15:56)
Considerations around having a physical or virtual practice (20:35)
Hiring best practices and what justifies investing in talent (24:54)
What to do if you’re short on time (30:01)
How to get started building a private practice if you have no business expertise (33:35)
Private practice as a bridge to bring value to all parties (37:27)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 212 The Peaceful Practices : Online Therapy with Alden Carroll
Ep. 215 Shifted Thinking from 1:1 to Group with Dr. Jordin Wiggins
Ep. 218 Business Without Burnout with Alissa Rumsey

Listen on your favourite podcast app like Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

Stephanie opens her heart to her fellow licensed health professionals in today’s episode. She gets real about her painful decision to give up her license as a registered dietitian, and sends a powerful message to anyone who has felt small or neglected after tons of hard work and sacrifice—the message that they’re not alone.

Many people have spent years or even decades living the bulk of their day-to-day lives in their identity as a registered healthcare practitioner, in much the same way they identify as wives, mothers, or sisters.

Listen in as Stephanie shares her almost decade-long journey to becoming a registered dietitian and the struggles she faced not only in earning her qualifications, but in building a brand, starting and scaling a business, and making a real impact in her field—all with a genuine desire to add value to the lives of her clients and colleagues.

She also talks about how she had to take a few steps back even after hitting the six-figure mark in her business, highlighting the limitations of endless self-sacrifice and perfectionism. Finally, she reveals why she ultimately had to surrender her RD license and how she navigated not just the often-scary legal repercussions that surrounded her particular decision, but the intense shame that came with it.

This episode is dedicated to everyone who has given years to a profession in dietetics, has gone through scores of personal and career losses, and has given up much of what they desired in the present moment in order to experience the fulfillment of purpose and passion that set them on this path in the first place.

Key Topics:

Your professional title as your identity (5:00)
Releasing the RD (9:02)
Finding purpose and happiness in the dietetics world (15:48)
Building a well-known brand as an RD (20:23)
Why Stephanie retired from the dietetics profession (24:37)
Releasing shame from surrendering your RD license (40:46)
Community matters in this profession (45:08)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.150 The Long Term Mindset
Ep.180 What I Would Do If I Started my Business Over Again
Ep.200 Becoming TLP

Stephanie sits down once again with Alissa Rumsey, a registered dietitian, certified intuitive eating counselor, food and body liberation coach, and the author of Unapologetic Eating.

She helps people get free of the shame and pain of chronic dieting so they can live their most unapologetic, liberated lives. Alissa and her team offer virtual intuitive eating and non-diet nutrition coaching, group programs, and online courses to help their clients make peace with food and their body.

Listen in as Alissa gives her thoughts on how changes in the market have impacted practice owners everywhere. She explains how she gradually developed additional revenue streams to leverage her practice while multiplying her impact, such as a support and processing group, while keeping burnout at bay.

Alissa shares her approach to pricing the different offerings in her product suite and structuring her overall ladder of value. She talks about the positive impact of making the pivot from a long-term consumer-facing program, to one offering teaching sessions followed by a facilitative call a week later.

Finally, Alissa discusses her passion for what she calls “regenerative practices”, the inspiration for which was sparked when she asked herself the question: “How can we, as clinicians, make sure that we take care of ourselves so that we can show up not just for ourselves, but also for our clients?”

Key Topics:

An introduction to Alissa Rumsey and why she decided to launch a support group (1:25)
Determining price points for your product suite (13:33)
How to know if a program is “too” comprehensive (24:57)
About The Liberated Clinician (31:17)
How launching a group program alleviated Alissa’s burnout (35:51)
What it means to have regenerative practices (44:33)
Working within communities and having a ripple effect (53:33)

Learn more about Alissa Rumsey at www.alissarumsey.com and specifically The Liberated Clinician at www.alissarumsey.com/tlc

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 207 How Do I Grow My Audience?
Ep. 211 START HERE: How to Leverage Technology to Get Your Time Back
Ep. 213 How Our Schooling Impacts Imposter Syndrome with Jess Serdikoff

Unapologetic Eating

Stephanie sits down with registered dietitian Jenna Gorham. She founded The RD Link in 2020 as a dietician access network, giving health food companies and nutrition experts more access to each other.

Unlike influencer platforms, social media, or search engines, The RD Link verifies licensed healthcare professionals and crafts personalized outreach strategies for brands in order to build their authority, credibility, and trust as they engage with their customers.

Listen in as Jenna offers her best tips and strategies to licensed healthcare professionals looking to partner with brands in the food space, including pitching best practices, and deciding when to approach your first company. She also talks about the difference between consulting with a brand and being a spokesperson or ambassador for one.

Jenna discusses how dietitians with smaller followings should approach brand partnerships compared to higher-profile experts, and how to maximize your return on investment when working with brands.

Key Topics:

An introduction to Jenna Gorham and The RD Link (1:55)
How The RD Link verifies licensed healthcare professionals (5:25)
When is the right time to partner with a food brand? (8:50)
Consulting versus brand partnerships and creative ways to work with a brand (12:17)
How to pitch to a company (13:51)
Differences in strategy between dietitians with large followings versus small followings (18:10)
How to price your services (20:30)
How to get in touch with Jenna and sign up on The RD Link (22:43)

Learn more about The RD Link at www.therdlink.com.

More about Jenna:

Jenna Gorham is a registered dietitian and the founder of The RD Link. Having spent her career working on the brand side to manage partnerships with RDs, she launched The RD Link to make dietitians and food companies more accessible to each other. Her mission is to create relationships between health and wellness brands and registered dietitians to foster credibility and the spread of accurate nutrition information while helping brands and dietitians alike grow their businesses. She designed The RD Link, which is the only one-stop-shop platform to connect RDs and brands to ideate and execute hundreds of partnerships. Out of the office, you can find her exploring the mountains of Montana!

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 210 5 Years of Online Education with Jen Hernandez of Plant Powered Kidneys
Ep. 212 The Peaceful Practices : Online Therapy with Alden Carroll
Ep. 215 Shifted Thinking from 1:1 to Group with Dr. Jordin Wiggins

Resources:

Leverage Your Practice with Online Programs – Facebook Group

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.200 Becoming TLP
Ep.202 How to Turn your Passion into a Successful Online Program with Pam Fullenweider
Ep. 207 How Do I Grow My Audience?

Resources:

@drjordinwiggins on Instagram
thepleasurecollective.com
The Pleasure Principles Podcast

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 196 Is Your Community Ready for an Online Group Program?
Ep. 198 Implementing Online Group Programs Into Your Practice
Ep.202 How to Turn your Passion into a Successful Online Program with Pam Fullenweider

Resources:

@ theprivatepracticepro on Instagram
theprivatepracticepro.com
The Private Practice Pro Podcast

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.202 How to Turn your Passion into a Successful Online Program with Pam Fullenweider
Ep.203 How to Market a Cash-Pay Program in an Insurance Based Practice with Elissa Lueckemeyer
Ep. 212 The Peaceful Practices : Online Therapy with Alden Carroll

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 196 Is Your Community Ready for an Online Group Program?
Ep.200 Becoming TLP
Ep.202 How to Turn your Passion into a Successful Online Program with Pam Fullenweider

Resources:

Empowering Dietitians Course: Abundance
Empowering Dietitians Podcast: The System is Busted – Now What? A Conversation on Innovation with Stephanie Clairmont

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 198 Implementing Online Group Programs Into Your Practice
Ep.202 How to Turn your Passion into a Successful Online Program with Pam Fullenweider
Ep. 210 5 Years of Online Education with Jen Hernandez of Plant Powered Kidneys

The New Era of Health Services is Here!

You’ve been feeling the pull for a while now… to do something differently.The way you see your patients seems ineffective, labour-intensive, and you’re exhausted. You’re running out of time…

It’s time to go back to the research, learn innovative education techniques and meet your clients/patients where they are… ONLINE. Technology can be used to create BETTER services for the patient and for the practitioner.

Join my Free HighTouch Hybrids 3-Part Lecture Series.

Learn the technology, community-building & eLearning strategies to create a more efficient health practice.

We will be kicking things off January 24th at 12pm EST

Register Now

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.183 Which Program Idea Should I Start With?
Ep. 198 Implementing Online Group Programs Into Your Practice
Ep. 210 5 Years of Online Education with Jen Hernandez of Plant Powered Kidneys

The New Era of Health Services is Here!

You’ve been feeling the pull for a while now… to do something differently.The way you see your patients seems ineffective, labour-intensive, and you’re exhausted. You’re running out of time…

It’s time to go back to the research, learn innovative education techniques and meet your clients/patients where they are… ONLINE. Technology can be used to create BETTER services for the patient and for the practitioner.

Join my Free HighTouch Hybrids 3-Part Lecture Series.

Learn the technology, community-building & eLearning strategies to create a more efficient health practice.

We will be kicking things off January 24th at 12pm EST

Register Now

Stephanie sits down with Jen Hernandez, a registered dietitian, board-certified in renal nutrition. She is the founder of Plant-Powered Kidneys, where she offers renal nutritional services and coaching to empower more plant-based kidney warriors!

Her signature 6-week Plant-Powered Kidneys Course leads clients step-by-step to better manage chronic kidney disease (CKD) with (delicious!) plant-based nutrition.

Listen in as Jen shares her business journey, including her pivot from exclusively coaching one-to-one to putting over a thousand people and counting into her signature program since its launch.

She explains the importance of showing up consistently for your clients, her approach to hiring and outsourcing tasks, and how she’s getting ready to transition into evergreen.

Key Topics:

What inspired Jen to start her business (5:56)
The importance of consistency as a business owner (12:58)
Making social media manageable (16:34)
Creating the 6-week Plant-Powered Kidneys Course (24:00)
Jen’s goals for the future of her business (33:39)
Transitioning into evergreen (37:02)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 198 Implementing Online Group Programs Into Your Practice
Ep.202 How to Turn your Passion into a Successful Online Program with Pam Fullenweider
Ep.203 How to Market a Cash-Pay Program in an Insurance Based Practice with Elissa Lueckemeyer

The New Era of Health Services is Here!

You’ve been feeling the pull for a while now… to do something differently. The way you see your patients seems ineffective, labour-intensive, and you’re exhausted. You’re running out of time…

It’s time to go back to the research, learn innovative education techniques and meet your clients/patients where they are… ONLINE. Technology can be used to create BETTER services for the patient and for the practitioner.

Join my Free HighTouch Hybrids 3-Part Lecture Series.

Learn the technology, community-building & eLearning strategies to create a more efficient health practice.

We will be kicking things off January 24th at 12pm EST

Register Now

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.192 Overcoming Your Negative Money Mindset
Ep.201 Your Launch Plan is Here for 2023
Ep. 206 5 Things to Reflect on for 2023

The New Era of Health Services is Here!

You’ve been feeling the pull for a while now… to do something differently.The way you see your patients seems ineffective, labour-intensive, and you’re exhausted. You’re running out of time…

It’s time to go back to the research, learn innovative education techniques and meet your clients/patients where they are… ONLINE. Technology can be used to create BETTER services for the patient and for the practitioner.

Join my Free HighTouch Hybrids 3-Part Lecture Series

Learn the technology, community-building & eLearning strategies to create a more efficient health practice

We will be kicking things off January 24th at 12pm EST

Register Now

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.175 A Second Income Stream For Your Practice
Ep.189 How to Help your Clients Feel Supported in an Online Program
Ep.202 How to Turn your Passion into a Successful Online Program with Pam Fullenweider

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.191 Do You Need Social Media to Get More Clients?
Ep. 194 Finding the Right People for Your Program
Ep. 205 How to do Social Media when you Don’t Want to with Andrea Jones

Now is the BEST TIME to get organized to reach your goals for 2023. You’re going to need a plan and some support to make this happen efficiently and effectively, without taking up all of your time.

Our services include business advisory, marketing and sales support, along with tech done-for-you services.

We are the #1 expert for licensed health practitioners to build and launch eLearning in their practice to create more efficient systems and make more time in their schedules.

Want to discuss working together?

Book a Free Business Consultation call by applying here

PLUS, when you sign up this month, you’ll get the rest of December for FREE! Your time with us officially starts January 1st.

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 195 Should you Launch Your Health Program in December or January?
Ep.201 Your Launch Plan is Here for 2023
Ep.204 Are You Extra or Essential?

Now is the BEST TIME to get organized to reach your goals for 2023. You’re going to need a plan and some support to make this happen efficiently and effectively, without taking up all of your time.

Our services include business advisory, marketing and sales support, along with tech done-for-you services.

We are the #1 expert for licensed health practitioners to build and launch eLearning in their practice to create more efficient systems and make more time in their schedules.

Want to discuss working together?

Book a Free Business Consultation call by applying here

PLUS, when you sign up this month, you’ll get the rest of December for FREE! Your time with us officially starts January 1st.

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.191 Do You Need Social Media to Get More Clients?
Ep. 195 Should you Launch Your Health Program in December or January?
Ep.179 When You’re Stuck in Content Development Mode

Now is the BEST TIME to get organized to reach your goals for 2023. You’re going to need a plan and some support to make this happen efficiently and effectively, without taking up all of your time.

Our services include business advisory, marketing and sales support, along with tech done-for-you services.

We are the #1 expert for licensed health practitioners to build and launch eLearning in their practice to create more efficient systems and make more time in their schedules.

Want to discuss working together?

Start by completing this form

PLUS, when you sign up this month, you’ll get the rest of December for FREE! Your time with us officially starts January 1st.

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 198 Implementing Online Group Programs Into Your Practice
Ep. 195 Should you Launch Your Health Program in December or January?
Ep.192 Overcoming Your Negative Money Mindset

Already thinking about 2023?

Join my FREE 5-Day training to create and launch a profitable online program for your practice!

Register Now

We will be kicking things off December 5th at 11 am EST, and there’s so much more I can’t wait to teach you throughout the week!

If you’re ready to:

Increase your profitability
Build a program your people NEED
Start now so that you can start needing clients NEXT MONTH
Take the guesswork out of the models you should use

Then this is the training for you!

It’s 100% free, but you have to register to watch!

Register Now

Stephanie sits down with TLP client Elissa Lueckemeyer, a registered dietician and the owner of her own practice, Food 4 Success, LLC, which she founded in 2015.

Listen in as Elissa shares why she decided to put together a ten-week group program on weight management a few years into her practice. She and Stephanie highlight the process Elissa had to go through to build and market a cash-pay program in an insurance-based practice.

Elissa talks about how her group program has saved her valuable time and energy all while exponentially multiplying the value she offers to clients.

Key Topics:

Why Elissa decided to launch a group program (05:14)
About Elissa’s program and how it evolved over time (08:28)
From insurance-based to cash-pay (17:14)
The advantages of having a group program over a one-to-one (24:08)
The value of having a business coach for your practice (27:49)

Stephanie sits down with TLP client Pam Fullenweider. She’s a registered dietitian specializing in the Mediterranean Diet with over three decades of experience under her belt. She recently made the transition from exclusively in-person meetings to virtual in order to scale her reach.

Listen in as Pam reflects on her journey to turning her online program from idea to reality in under six months. She shares how she was able to attract a lot of the right people into her program without being a hard sell.

Pam also goes into the importance of passion and a willingness to try something new if you want to leverage your practice.

Key Topics:

How COVID accelerated many people’s decision to go from brick-and-mortar to online (04:17)
Launching your online course in 5-6 months (08:05)
The power of regular webinars and having a waitlist for your program (11:39)
How to avoid being “salesy” (18:40)
Gaining the confidence to embrace digital products and services (20:31)
Leveraging your practice: Always be willing to take things one step further (30:04)

Fully Mediterranean Website

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.187 What’s Missing from your 1:1 Services?
Ep.183 Which Program Idea Should I Start With
Ep.181 Make More Profit

Book your FREE Call

This is your chance to have Stephanie 1:1 with you for 30 minutes to assess your business model, what strategy would work best for your clients, and if The Leveraged Practice would be a good fit for you.

TalkWithTLP.com

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 198 Implementing Online Group Programs Into Your Practice
Ep. 195 Should you Launch Your Health Program in December or January?
Ep.192 Overcoming Your Negative Money Mindset

Already thinking about 2023?

Join my FREE 5-Day training to create and launch a profitable online program for your practice!

Register Now

We will be kicking things off November 7 at 11 am EST, and there’s so much more I can’t wait to teach you throughout the week!

If you’re ready to:

Increase your profitability
Build a program your people NEED
Start now so that you can start needing clients NEXT MONTH
Take the guesswork out of the models you should use

Then this is the training for you!

It’s 100% free, but you have to register to watch!

Register Now

Today, Stephanie celebrates 200 episodes of The Leveraged Practice Podcast and reflects on her journey to growing the TLP brand episode by episode. She offers five lessons chock-full of guidance and inspiration to those who want to get their message out there and make an impact in their own space, in their own way.

She opens up about some of the biggest challenges and setbacks that she faced throughout her podcasting journey—and the lessons she learned as a result of soldiering on. These include her realization that a commitment to consistency does not and should not mean beating yourself up for missing a week on your upload schedule. She learned that “consistency means showing up for your audience; but, it also means showing up for yourself.”

Stephanie also talks about the virtue of doing work that brings you absolute joy, and if that means giving up what you’re currently doing to start over again, pursuing that intersection between purpose and passion will always be worth it.

Bouncing off of that is the lesson that we must always stick to whatever we set our eyes and heart to. Stephanie encourages us to put all of ourselves into that one big dream project, and keep at it until the job is done.

Finally, Stephanie tells us that there are only two ways to continue to fuel our love for and commitment to what we do: dreaming and prayer. Keep a strong vision of your desires firmly in mind, and offer it all up to a higher power. All the while, keep taking action.

Sooner or later, you’ll get there.

Key Topics:

Getting inspired to create actionable content (05:57)
Lesson #1: Show up for others, but also for yourself. (08:58)
Lesson #2: Do the work that lights you up, and don’t be afraid to pivot. (15:57)
Lesson #3: Focus wholeheartedly on one big project until it works. (17:57)
Lesson #4: Dream. (28:06)
Lesson #5: Pray for it. (36:55)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 198 Implementing Online Group Programs Into Your Practice
Ep. 195 Should you Launch Your Health Program in December or January?
Ep. 192 Overcoming Your Negative Money Mindset

Already thinking about 2023?

Joining my FREE 5-Day training to create and launch a profitable online program for your practice!

Register Now

We will be kicking things off November 7 at 11 am EST, and there’s so much more I can’t wait to teach you throughout the week!

If you’re ready to:

Increase your profitability
Build a program your people NEED
Start now so that you can start needing clients NEXT MONTH
Take the guesswork out of the models you should use

Then this is the training for you!

It’s 100% free, but you have to register to watch!

Your people need your amazing program!

Register Now

Today, Stephanie gives her tried-and-true strategies to make time to develop your group program.

Whether you’re involved in your practice full-time, working a 9-5 job, or you’re a stay-at-home parent, it may seem hard to find another 20 hours a week to start building your program, or any new revenue stream for your practice for that matter!

But whatever your situation, if you truly believe that the investment will be worth it, you will make the time you need to get your program done. For most of us, that’s going to mean setting aside a few hours on the evenings and weekends, and by intentionally spending a day or two during the week in a different environment to force ourselves to focus on our goals.

Listen in as Stephanie offers her five quick tips to eliminate all excuses so that we can get our program up and running as soon as possible on a part-time schedule!

Key Topics:

Making time during your evenings and weekends (04:21)
Find your focus in a different environment (08:00)
Minimizing distractions (10:33)

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also like:

Ep. 198 Implementing Online Group Programs Into Your Practice
Ep. 196 Is Your Community Ready for an Online Group Program?
Ep. 195 Should you Launch Your Health Program in December or January?

FREE Plan Your Online Program in a Day Workshop!

NOW is the perfect time to leverage your expertise into an online group program and increase your practice profit without taking any more private clients…

Stop sitting on your idea for a group program and get your outline done in a day!

Register Now for our FREE virtual workshop happening October 19th @ 9am till 11am EDT

AGENDA

9 AM: Welcome & Overview Get your workbook and settle in

9:10 AM: Validate Your Program Idea Implement this strategy live with us to see if your community is ready for a program

9:30 AM: The Program Pieces Use the sticky note brainstorm all our clients use to get their program idea out of their heads and on paper

10:00 AM: Curriculum Outline Take the brainstorm and map out your modules and lessons with our module-building template

10:30 AM: What to Charge Learn the 4 Program models, identify which is best for your practice and choose the best price for your offer

10:45 AM: Position as a “Sign Me Up!” Offer Be authentic and honest in the way you sign up new clients by positioning your program properly with your other offers and in the market

11:00 VIP Coaching Session with Stephanie

Today, Stephanie does a deep dive into incorporating online group and e-learning programs into your practice. She addresses the most common roadblocks that keep practitioners from successfully transitioning away from an exclusively one-to-one business model while keeping their passion for their career alive and well.

By implementing an online group program into your business, you will be able to cut down the amount of time and effort you put into your business significantly, while simultaneously providing a greater amount of value to a greater number of people.

Stephanie explains that navigating the unique challenges which come with creating and launching an online group program is absolutely worth the journey for the future of your business. In today’s turbulent economy, it’s so important to create additional revenue streams to support the growth of your practice.

Listen in as Stephanie shares how you can build and launch an online group program that you are confident about and how to move past the all-too-common fear that “it won’t work." She also talks about her personal tech stack for managing her own online programs, and how to market your program so that you’re able to bring in a steady flow of leads.

Key Topics:

Why implement an online group or e-learning program? (03:24)
Planting a seed in your business that will produce fruit for years to come (11:26)
Creating an additional revenue source for your practice (15:24)
Creating and launching a group program that you are confident about (18:44)
Overcoming the fear that “it won’t work” (23:49)
Creating a group program if you don’t have a lot of one-to-one clients (25:08)
Recommended tech platforms (27:40)
Marketing your online group program to attract a steady flow of leads (31:12)
How often to teach live per week (33:44)
About The Leveraged Practice program (36:00)

Today’s episode is a replay of the last day of our live training.

If you missed this week’s training or want to re-watch.

Catch the replay of How To Grow Your Practice With Online Programs… Without Working More Hours training until Wednesday, October 5th @ 11:59 pm,

This Week’s Replays:

Training Day 1: The New Way of Health Education

Training Day 2: The Right Model for Your Practice

Training Day 3: How to Sell Your Program

Training Day 4: How to Market Your Program

Training Day 5: Incorporating into Your Practice

Learn more here >>> www.TLP2022.com or Book a Call Now with a member of our team to discuss if this is the right fit for you.

Enroll before Friday, October 7th @ 11:59 pm EST to receive our Instagram Bootcamp Value ($997) - a 4-week live program

At the end of this boot camp, you will have a clear step-by-step framework to help you go from overwhelm and create a strategy that will help you spend less time on the platform but still create engagement, real connections, and an audience of ideal clients that are ready to buy.

PLUS, We've put together a special Bonus when you Pay-in-full: a Done-For-You tech package for our new clients who register by Friday, October 7th @ 11:59 pm EST for our next cohort.

The DFY Tech Bundle (valued at $2000) includes:

Course set up in the platform
Email automation for new clients in the platform
Integration between platform and emails
Landing page and thank you page in the platform
Email automation for the registrants to the page
Integration between platform and emails

Plus when you pay in full you’ll save $1500

Should you create a group program to your insurance-based practice, and what’s the best way to go about it?

While the majority of your business may be coming in via insurance, it’s important to consider that, nowadays, not only are insurance rates going down, but the insurance-based model is also ever-changing—and you have zero control over it.

Because of these reasons, it’s a good idea to have another source of revenue in addition to insurance.

Listen in as Stephanie breaks down the high-touch hybrid program model, the three different ways you can implement your own, and how adding this type of program to your practice can save you up to ten hours per week and make your business more profitable to boot!

Key Topics:

Why your brain is what’s really stopping you from implementing a group program (02:33)
Why risk a change in your business model? (03:09)
How adding a hybrid program model to your practice buys you more time (06:02)
What is the high-touch hybrid program model? (07:48)
Multiplying your profitability with a group program (10:45)
Making the high-touch hybrid program an add-on to your one-to-one offering (12:42)
Educating your clients without having to be there in person (14:29)
Still feeling stuck? (17:17)

If you liked this episode, you may also enjoy:

Ep.188 Building Group Programs to End Patient Isolation with the Shift Work Dietitian
Ep.173 How To Launch Imperfectly
Ep.163 Strategies for Getting Started

Want Help With Your Program?

Book your FREE Strategy Call

This is your chance to have Stephanie or one of our coaches meet 1:1 with you for 30 minutes to assess your business model, what strategy would work best for your clients, and if The Leveraged Practice would be a good fit for you.

TalkWithTLP.com

Fear is one of the biggest obstacles that we have to overcome when making a big decision of any kind, whether in our personal lives or in business. We may have a beautiful idea stewing in our heart that we’re just dying to turn into reality.

In this episode, Stephanie Clairmont shares why she believes that all of our desires, big and small, are valid and worth pursuing. She tells us that what we desire is real and that we should never be ashamed of going big when it comes to the things we’re passionate about.

Speaking directly to practice owners, she also explains that fear is often what stops us from creating a different, better way to serve our clients. In this case, it’s taking the leap into launching a group program.

“You’re allowed to be innovative,” Stephanie encourages us. “You’re allowed to follow your gut instinct and create a new way to deliver healthcare—to integrate group dynamics.”

Listen in as Stephanie goes on to share a powerful, practical strategy to fight through your fear and get your group program off the ground once and for all!

Key Topics:

How fear stops us from fulfilling our purpose (02:51)
Different types of group programs (06:18)
Why you should never be afraid to innovate in the healthcare space (08:07)
A practical strategy to get rid of fear (13:06)

Book your FREE Strategy Call

This is your chance to have Stephanie or one of our coaches meet 1:1 with you for 30 minutes to assess your business model, what strategy would work best for your clients, and if The Leveraged Practice would be a good fit for you.

TalkWithTLP.com

As we head into the final quarter of 2022, Stephanie Clairmont gives her thoughts on timing the launch of your health program in order to hit the ground running in the new year.

Listen in as she explains why the ideal month to launch your program, depending on your specific goals, is either going to be December or January.

She also gives her advice to practitioners who are looking to launch an evergreen program as soon as possible and are not as particular about the timing.

When it comes down to it, while timing your launch around a specific date can be extremely beneficial, there really is no “perfect” date.

Stephanie says that the most important thing we can do as business owners is to show up every day for our audience and to always be there to help, which in turn will pave the way for more opportunities to bring in more revenue and make a bigger impact down the line.

Key Topics:

Timing your program launch around your ideal client’s goals (03:18)
Who should launch in December? (05:32)
Who should launch in January? (10:40)
Launching an evergreen program as quickly as possible (13:10)
Adding your program as an additional revenue stream to your practice (14:39)

Learn more about our 4 proven online program models

If you liked this episode, you may also enjoy:

Ep.187 What’s Missing from your 1:1 Services?
Ep.183 Which Program Idea Should I Start With
Ep.181 Make More Profit

Book your FREE Strategy Call

This is your chance to have Stephanie or one of our coaches meet 1:1 with you for 30 minutes to assess your business model, what strategy would work best for your clients, and if The Leveraged Practice would be a good fit for you.

TalkWithTLP.com

Stephanie Clairmont shares her best strategies for getting the right people into your world and how to sift through to find the best individuals for your group program.

After giving a brief recap of the four-step customer journey covered in part one of this training series, Stephanie discusses the most efficient ways to market your services to gain maximum visibility, from SEO to paid ads to social media.

She gives an introduction to the three systems that you can tap into in order to multiply your following in a relatively short amount of time: colleague referrals, collaborations and partnerships, and ambassadors and affiliates.

Key Topics:

A recap of the four stages of the customer journey (04:14)
Optimizing your website’s SEO and investing in paid ads (09:22)
Gaining exposure with social media (11:54)
An introduction to the three systems you can use to grow your following (14:12)
Colleague referrals (17:25)
Collaborations and partnerships (18:51)
Ambassadors and affiliates (20:30)
What to expect from The Leveraged Practice MULTIPLY 6-week course (21:02)

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 193 How to Get More Clients Signed Up for Your Programs
Ep.191 Do You Need Social Media to Get More Clients?
Ep. 190 Launching Without a Live Event (No CTA)

In 2015 online marketing was a breeze.

You created a Facebook group or an Instagram account,

Threw in some hashtags, posted a couple of times a week and

BOOM.

You Grew.

Now that you had enough people in your world, the next play was to bring in an “Evergreen” automated webinar system, and you would see sales come in simply and easily.

Sale’s when you sleep?

Easy peasy!

Organic social media was flourishing, and everyone was eating it up.

But Stephanie Clairmont of The Leveraged Practice has news for you…

It’s not 2016 anymore, and organic growth

It may be working for some, but not all.

That’s why she ran a 3-Day Masterclass highlighting all the areas you are going wrong with marketing.

Stephanie walks you through all the systems YOU need to be able to bring in consistent sales and not feel like a Social Media Manager.

Register here for instant access: www.tlpgrowth.com

Watch the Audience Accelerator Masterclass replay now in our free Facebook group

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.187 What’s Missing from your 1:1 Services?
Ep. 184 What to Focus on to Hit 6 and Multiple 6-Figures
Ep.181 Make More Profit

About Christine Dyan Thomson, RDN, LDN

Christine Dyan Thomson, RDN LDN is a mindset & marketing coach for registered dietitians. She’s also the owner of the Manipura Centre, an organization dedicated to providing private and group coaching services to Registered Dietitians who want to better market themselves, increase their earning potential, and realize their dream career in dietetics.

You can connect with Christine via her “Make More Money as a Dietitian'' Podcast, which can be found on Apple Podcasts, Stitcher, and Spotify. If you’d like to learn more about her signature programs and download the popular free workbook “How to Calculate Your Rate as an RD Entrepreneur”, visit her website at www.manipuracentre.co

Social Links:

Instagram

Facebook

Are you ready to make more time and flexibility in your schedule?

Book a call and chat with Stephanie to see how working with the Leveraged Practice can help you create your online health program.

TalkWithTLP.com

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.188 Building Group Programs to End Patient Isolation with the Shift Work Dietitian
Ep.189 How to Help your Clients Feel Supported in an Online Program
Ep. 190 Launching Without a Live Event (No CTA)

Grow an audience full of people who are perfect for your program

MULTIPLY: Market & Grow

Sign up to join the wait list for The Leveraged Practice MULTIPLY 6-week course. You’ll be thefirst to hear when enrollment opens and qualify for the Early Bird Discount!

If you liked this episode, you may also enjoy:

Ep.187 What’s Missing from your 1:1 Services?
Ep.183 Which Program Idea Should I Start With
Ep.181 Make More Profit

Are you looking for more help?

Book your FREEStrategy Call

This is your chance to have Stephanie or one of our coaches meet 1:1 with you for 30 minutes to assess your business model, what strategy would work best for your clients, and if The Leveraged Practice would be a good fit for you.

TalkWithTLP.com

If you liked this episode, you may also enjoy:

Ep.188 Building Group Programs to End Patient Isolation with the Shift Work Dietitian
Ep.173 How To Launch Imperfectly
Ep.163 Strategies for Getting Started

About Erin

Erin Kuta, MPH, RD, LDN is the owner of Embodied Nutrition, a nutrition practice offering in-person and virtual services for those experiencing disordered eating and body image concerns. Erin received her Bachelor of Arts in Psychology from the University of New Hampshire and her Master of Public Health in Nutrition from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, where she also completed her dietetic internship. During that internship, she was introduced to the world of eating disorder treatment and her passion for this work was born. She believes that full recovery is possible, from the countless recoveries she has witnessed as a provider and from her own lived experience. She utilizes an evidenced-based non-diet approach along with Intuitive Eating, Health at Every Size, and Trauma-Informed principles.

Want Help With Your Program?

Book your FREE Strategy Call

This is your chance to have Stephanie or one of our coaches meet 1:1 with you for 30 minutes to assess your business model, what strategy would work best for your clients, and if The Leveraged Practice would be a good fit for you.

TalkWithTLP.com

If you liked this episode, you may also enjoy:

Ep. 184 What to Focus on to Hit 6 and Multiple 6-Figures
Ep.183 Which Program Idea Should I Start With?
Ep.181 Make More Profit

August 3rd 1-Day Live Workshop

"How to Grow Your Health Practice with Online Programs to increase your income and impact!"

Register Now

Workshop - AGENDA

9 AM: Welcome & Overview Get your workbook and settle in

9:10 AM: The Old Way vs. The New Way Avoid burnout while still impacting clients lives and staying passionate about your work

9:30 AM: The 4 Online Program Models for Health Learn the 4 proven group models that 200+ clinicians have implemented successfully

10 AM: The “Sign Me Up!” Offer Learn how to get ideal clients to say YES!

10:30 AM: Break

10:45 AM: The Sales System to Scale Our authentic way to get new clients every day doing what you're already good at and using what you have!

11:15 AM: Simple Tech to Start The basic tools you need to offer a simple and streamlined experience for you and your clients.

11:30 AM: How to Implement Your Plan using proven systems and strategies.

12:00 Shift from Clinician to CEO - Unlearn the self-sacrificing and over service mindset you were taught in school and internship

12:30 Closing Remarks

Use the New 'Proven Programs Framework' to reduce your 1:1 clients to just 2 days per week! Happening August 3, 2022 9 am to 12:30 pm EST

Register Now

Today, Stephanie Clairmont discusses what’s missing from one-to-one client work.

Listen in as Stephanie shares why it’s so important to get clear on the ideal number of clients you would like to work with on a weekly basis—not the number you want or you think you ought to work with, but the number that allows you to work on your business while leaving you with time to enjoy life outside of your career.

She then dives into the three crucial components that typically lead to overwork if you are working with clients or patients exclusively on a one-to-one basis. Stephanie talks about the importance of prioritizing yourself above all else, surrounding yourself with like-minded peers, and the power of having a group program and community for your clients.

Key Topics:

Stephanie’s experience with burnout from doing exclusively one-to-one client work (01:24)
Putting the practitioner first (04:18)
Peer-to-peer connection (08:00)
In-between questions and support (09:57)
Creating a group program and harnessing the power of technology (15:30)

If you liked this episode, you may also enjoy:

Ep. 184 What to Focus on to Hit 6 and Multiple 6-Figures
Ep.183 Which Program Idea Should I Start With?
Ep.181 Make More Profit

August 3rd 1-Day Live Workshop

"How to Grow Your Health Practice with Online Programs to increase your income and impact!"

Register Now

Workshop - AGENDA

9 AM: Welcome & Overview Get your workbook and settle in

9:10 AM: The Old Way vs. The New Way Avoid burnout while still impacting clients lives and staying passionate about your work

9:30 AM: The 4 Online Program Models for Health Learn the 4 proven group models that 200+ clinicians have implemented successfully

10 AM: The “Sign Me Up!” Offer Learn how to get ideal clients to say YES!

10:30 AM: Break

10:45 AM: The Sales System to Scale Our authentic way to get new clients every day doing what you're already good at and using what you have!

11:15 AM: Simple Tech to Start The basic tools you need to offer a simple and streamlined experience for you and your clients.

11:30 AM: How to Implement Your Plan using proven systems and strategies.

12:00 Shift from Clinician to CEO - Unlearn the self-sacrificing and over service mindset you were taught in school and internship

12:30 Closing Remarks

Use the New 'Proven Programs Framework' to reduce your 1:1 clients to just 2 days per week! Happening August 3, 2022 9 am to 12:30 pm EST

Register Now

Stephanie Clairmont sits down with TLP alumnus Celine Saloumi. A registered dietician with a focus on women’s health and fertility, Celine shares how she was able to move her young practice online and make an even bigger impact than ever!

Listen in as Celine discusses how she was able to create a PD program followed by a client program in a single year, allowing her to quit her full-time job and dive headfirst into her true passion.

Through her experience, Celine illustrates why you don’t need a huge follower count or email list to have an extremely profitable online practice. She shares how she was able to build a thriving and sustainable practice by transitioning from purely one-to-one work to offering scalable group programs.

Key Topics:

Celine’s background (1:26)
What Celine got out of her participation in one of TLP’s three-day challenges (05:16)
About Celine’s personal development program (08:38)
How Celine’s program has grown in the past year (12:48)
Why Celine decided to create a group program so early in her career as a practice owner (14:37)
Validating the idea before creating the program (17:02)
Why Celine joined TLP after the success of her program (20:08)
Launching her group program (25:17)
How Celine has scaled her business since joining TLP (29:01)
How Celine’s lifestyle has transformed since she began (33:19)

About Celine:

I am Celine, a trilingual registered dietitian based in Montreal, Quebec. I have been working in this field for the past 14 years and the science of nutrition keeps amazing me. My personal and professional experience has allowed me to develop over the years clinical expertise and public speaking.

I have the Fodmap certification from Monash University which allows me to help a lot of clients with IBS, gastrointestinal problems, and endometriosis. However, my main expertise involves nutrition management of fertility problems and women’s health. In the past years, I became very much involved in understanding how nutrition can affect the ability to conceive and hormone health. The truth, infertility affected my life on both a personal and professional level. This was a big motivator to dig deep and further my understanding of how nutrition and the food we eat affect fertility and hormone health. Therefore, I did training in functional management of infertility and extensive research on the subject. I discovered that our diet can have a significant impact on our fertility, on reproductive conditions and on the success of fertility treatments. Not only do I help couples improve their fertility but also, I started teaching health professionals how to help their clients as well.

www.celinesalouminutrition.com

IG & FB: @celinesalouminutrition

If you liked this episode, you may also enjoy:

Ep. 184 What to Focus on to Hit 6 and Multiple 6-Figures
Ep.183 Which Program Idea Should I Start With?
Ep.181 Make More Profit

August 1-Day Live Workshop

“How to Grow Your Health Practice with Online Programs to increase your income and impact!”

Use the New ‘Proven Programs Framework’ to reduce your 1:1 clients to just 2 days per week! Happening August 3, 2022 9 am to 3 pm EDT

Register Now – Early Bird Rate

Stephanie Clairmont explains how business owners can invest in technology to grow their coaching practice.

In this episode, she shares the exact tech stack she uses to support her elearning business, describing each platform’s purpose across the entire sales process.

Listen in as Stephanie discusses the keys behind a successful landing page, choosing an email provider to manage your list, and her preferred onboarding platform for new clients.

Key Topics:

Why you don’t need to be a “techie” to use technology successfully as a coach (1:30)
Hiring help to set up and manage your tech (03:38)
Setting up a high-converting landing page (04:44)
Building a mailing list (07:59)
Onboarding your clients (09:16)
A recap of Stephanie’s elearning tech stack (11:48)

If you liked this episode, you may also enjoy:

Ep.183 Which Program Idea Should I Start With?
Ep.181 Make More Profit
Ep.180 What I Would Do If I Started my Business Over Again

Are you looking for more help?

Book your FREE Strategy Call

This is your chance to have Stephanie or one of our coaches meet 1:1 with you for 30 minutes to assess your business model, what strategy would work best for your clients, and if The Leveraged Practice would be a good fit for you.

TalkWithTLP.com

Stephanie Clairmont sits down with Debbie Cherry, a psychotherapist with over 20 years of experience and former seven-figure CEO and psychology coach for entrepreneurs.

She has since scaled down her company along with the decision to focus solely on the mental health aspect of running a business. Today, Debbie helps business owners prevent burnout and turn breakdowns into breakthroughs!

Listen in as Stephanie and Debbie discuss how the world of business and personal branding has changed over the past several years and why it’s more important than ever for every entrepreneur to trust their intuition and embrace vulnerability if they want to stand above the noise.

They also speak on the value of surrounding yourself with the right people, including mentors, as well as being unafraid to slow down and define your boundaries in order to continually find sustainable ways to grow your business.

Key Topics:

An introduction to Debbie (4:49)
How entrepreneurship has changed over the years (12:37)
Debbie’s business journey (18:50)
The biggest mistakes that Debbie has made as a business owner (29:50)
How slowing down can help your business grow more sustainably (33:15)
Setting boundaries (36:22)
Building an authentic brand (41:17)
Your action steps (44:45)

If you liked this episode, you may also enjoy:

Ep.183 Which Program Idea Should I Start With?
Ep.181 Make More Profit
Ep.180 What I Would Do If I Started my Business Over Again

Are you looking for more help?

Book your FREE Strategy Call

This is your chance to have Stephanie or one of our coaches meet 1:1 with you for 30 minutes to assess your business model, what strategy would work best for your clients, and if The Leveraged Practice would be a good fit for you.

TalkWithTLP.com

Stephanie Clairmont explains how entrepreneurs can home in on their very first program. The reality is, no matter how specialized your practice is, it’s still easy to get lost in a sea of ideas when starting out as a business owner!

Whether you’re at the beginning of your journey and thinking about how you’re going to build a scalable asset, or you’re already on the path, this episode is for you.

Listen in as Stephanie breaks down the four program models that those in the health space can use in order to thrive: the hybrid group model, the small group cohort model, the community group coaching model, and the maintenance membership model.

Key Topics:

Why hire a coach/mentor? (1:35)
Case study: Stephanie’s client (2:50)
The four program models (4:10)
Three questions to ask yourself when choosing your first program (7:41)
Finding support as an entrepreneur (11:34)

If you liked this episode, you may also enjoy:

Ep.180 What I Would Do If I Started my Business Over Again
Ep.173 How To Launch Imperfectly
Ep.163 Strategies for Getting Started

Are you looking for more help?

Book your FREE Strategy Call

This is your chance to have Stephanie or one of our coaches meet 1:1 with you for 30 minutes to assess your business model, what strategy would work best for your clients, and if The Leveraged Practice would be a good fit for you.

TalkWithTLP.com

Stephanie Clairmont sits down with Whitney Bateson, who refers to herself as “a dietitian with a love for making other RDs shine!"

She owns a web design agency aimed at helping “nutrition entrepreneurs scale and grow sustainable businesses with simple, powerful, website strategies that turn visitors into clients with consistency & predictability.”

Listen in as Stephanie and Whitney offer their best advice on investing wisely into your business—a most valuable subject for all you entrepreneurs out there!

They explain why it’s important to tailor your web design and tech stack choices around your business strategy instead of the other way around, and hiring for the things that you are least good at (or least enjoy).

Key Topics:

An introduction to Whitney (3:19)
Why Stephanie believes that Wordpress is the best platform for building a website (5:08)
How to decide on your tech stack (8:40)
Platforms to consider if you’re just starting out in business (16:50)
Knowing when it’s time to hire (23:10)
Why it’s important to have your vision and strategy in place before hiring (36:18)
Hiring a coach (37:47)
Whether to hire a marketing person (39:14)

If you liked this episode, you may also enjoy:

Ep.168 5 Top Strategies for a Better Website Experience
Ep. 162 How Many Followers Do I Need to Launch a Program?
Ep. 160 Choose the Best Program Idea
Ep. 143 How to Put Yourself on Payroll

About:

Whitney Bateson, MPH RD is a dietitian and web design agency owner. Her company, Whitney Bateson Digital Strategy, helps nutrition entrepreneurs create beautiful, functional, profitable websites that generate more traffic and attract more clients. Whitney started her dietetic career working as a school nutrition dietitian in DC, but since starting her business in 2018, has been traveling the world and serving her clients from places like Portugal, Mexico, Vietnam, Morocco, and most recently, Panama. She credits systems, optimization, and delegation for allowing her to grow her business and live a flexible, nomadic lifestyle.

Delegation Worksheet: whitneybateson.com/delegationworksheet

Connect with me: instagram.com/whitneybateson

Work with me: whitneybateson.com

Are you looking for more help?

Book your FREE Strategy Call

This is your chance to have Stephanie or one of our coaches meet 1:1 with you for 30 minutes to assess your business model, what strategy would work best for your clients, and if The Leveraged Practice would be a good fit for you.

Stephanie Clairmont tackles a foundational lesson that every entrepreneur desiring success needs to take to heart: The profitability of your business is one of, if not the most important, factors that will keep it sustainable and scalable!

The decisions you make in your hiring, delegating, marketing, where to invest (and not invest) your time and resources—all of these decisions ultimately have to come down to the profitability of your business if you want an exciting and flexible life and career.

Take stock of how profitable your business currently is. Are you at the profit margin you want to be at? If not, put your head down and focus on putting together a profit process to boost your profit in every area of your business!

Key Topics:

A recap of the last episode (02:00)
Why profit is vital (05:09)
Putting together a strategy to create solid, consistent profit today (08:50)
How to think about profit in all areas of your business (11:21)

If you liked this episode, you may also enjoy:

Ep.177 Day 5 Live Training: Who Will Buy
Ep.163 Strategies for Getting Started
Ep.160 Choose the Best Program Idea

Are you ready to learn more about what model or framework will work for your practice and how to increase your profits?

Join us for our FREE training: Learn how to Scale Your Practice with Online Programs… without working more hours!

Happening June 6th – 10th at 11:00am EDT Daily

In this free training, you’ll uncover the 3 vital mistakes you are currently making in your private practice.

Sign Up Now

In this episode, Stephanie Clairmont reflects on her 12-year journey from registered dietitian to managing her own private practice and the hard lessons she had to learn in order to enjoy success as an entrepreneur today.

She shares how health professionals and private practice owners can leverage their expertise and passion to create financial freedom alongside a career that they love.

Listen in as Stephanie discusses the importance of hustling for visibility as a business owner without experiencing burnout. She also talks about the underrated value of niching down and creating a system that allows you to scale your practice sustainably.

Key Topics:

The concept of visibility (2:26)
Building your network by leveraging your strengths (06:37)
Niching down (10:14)
Investing in a visibility strategy (13:09)

If you liked this episode, you may also enjoy:

Ep.179 When You’re Stuck in Content Development Mode
Ep.173 How To Launch Imperfectly
Ep.163 Strategies for Getting Started

If you are tired of repeating you and feeling buried by your growing 1:1 case load,

Join us for our FREE training: Scale your Practice with Online Programs…without working more hours

Happening June 6th - 10th at 11:00am EDT Daily

Sign Up Now

Today's episode, I'm going to share a story about a client that I was working with this week that had a challenge that many people struggle with, perfectionism.

I know as a healthcare professional you need to ensure you aren’t making any mistake while providing care to your clients. This professionalism is required.

But when it comes to creating content and launching your online program it is required that you take imperfect action. Listen in to this episode as I share a few tips to help you continue your progress in building out your program.

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.173 How To Launch Imperfectly
Ep.163 Strategies for Getting Started
Ep.160 Choose the Best Program Idea

Are you ready to learn more about what model or framework will work for your practice?

Join us for our FREE training: Learn how to Scale Your Practice with Online Programs… without working more hours!

Happening June 6th – 10th at 11:00am EDT Daily

In this free training, you’ll uncover the 3 vital mistakes you are currently making in your private practice.

Sign Up Now

The last two years have changed the healthcare industry forever. Patients and clients are now comfortable accessing health services online and using technology. Something else has changed as well. Your clients are looking for MORE. Not just information and appointments, but real transformation.

It’s time to add a new revenue stream to your practice that will increase profits and better serve clients in 2022.

If you want to:

Work less & make more
Continue to impact your community and clients
Streamline and structure your services
Take your time back

Catch This 5-day workshop replay in our Facebook group until Wed, May 18th at 11:59pm and learn the exact systems that will take you there.

Today’s episode is a behind the scenes look at our VIP Q&A Session. During this call we answered questions from our VIP audience and Stephanie shared a bit about timing. Listen in as she shares a few tips for choosing your program launch date.

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.176 Day 1 Live Training: 3 Steps to a Profitable Practice
Ep.177 Day 5 Live Training: Who Will Buy

Learn more here >>> www.TLP2022.com or Book a Call Now with a member of our team to discuss if this is the right fit for you.

We also know how overwhelming it can feel to get everything accomplished alone. For this reason we are including a Team Bonus.

Team Bonus (valued at $997+$5500) Includes:

Training on How to Hire & Delegate in your practice for group programs
All access for an additional team member

Plus, pay in full you’ll save $500

Book a Call

Today’s episode is a replay of the last day of our live training. I shared a few strategies to help bring more clients into your business and spoke with a few past clients about their experience working with us.

If you missed this week’s training or want to re-watch.

Catch the replay of How To Grow Your Practice With Online Programs… Without Working More Hours training until Wednesday, May 18th @ 11:59pm,

Training Day 1 Replay: 3 Steps to a Profitable Practice

Training Day 2 Replay: Choose Your Model to Scale

Training Day 3 Replay: Fill the Pipeline

Training Day 4 Replay: Stop Wasting Time

Training Day 5 Replay: Who Will Buy?

Learn more here >>> www.TLP2022.com or Book a Call Now with a member of our team to discuss if this is the right fit for you.

PLUS, We’ve put together a special Bonus: a Done-For-You tech package for our new clients who register by Friday, May 13th @ 11:59 pm EST for our next cohort.

The DFY Tech Bundle (valued at $2000) includes:

Course set up in the platform
Email automation for new clients in the platform
Integration between platform and emails
Landing page and thank you page in the platform
Email automation for the registrants to the page
Integration between platform and emails

We also know how overwhelming it can feel to get everything accomplished alone. For this reason we are including a Team Bonus.

Team Bonus (valued at $997+$5500) Includes:

Training on How to Hire & Delegate in your practice for group programs
All access for an additional team member

Plus, pay in full you’ll save $500

Book a Call

5-Day Workshop:

How to Increase Profit with Online Programs

The last two years have changed the healthcare industry forever. Patients and clients are now comfortable accessing health services online and using technology. Something else has changed as well. Your clients are looking for MORE. Not just information and appointments, but real transformation.

It’s time to add a new revenue stream to your practice that will increase profits and better serve clients in 2022.

Register Now

If you want to:

Work less & make more
Continue to impact your community and clients
Streamline and structure your services
Take your time back

This 5-day workshop will give you the exact systems that will take you there.

Join online health education expert Stephanie Clairmont, MHSc, founder and CEO of The Leveraged Practice Inc. each day live at 11 am EST this week.

You’ll learn how to add the right program model to your practice, structure your offer so clients want to buy, and have consistent new sales coming in each week.

Register Now

All training will be held in our exclusive Facebook group Leverage Your Practice with Online Programs. Each day Stephanie will teach the workshop live and give you action steps to work on. If you would like to get small group coaching and be able to ask Stephanie and the TLP team questions, sign up for our VIP experience.

VIP includes:

4 group coaching sessions with Stephanie (Tuesday to Friday)
A 30-minute 1-on-1 with TLP Lead Program Advisor Alexandra
Access to the training and Q&A replay for 90 days
A copy of the workbook

Register Now

Register by Monday at 11:59 pm EST for just $47 (after that the price goes up to $197). If you have already signed up for this event, Register for VIP here.

Many of our clients come to us not really sure of what a group program or eLearning could look like inside their private practice.

Have you considered adding a professional development program to serve your peers?

In today’s episode, I am chatting with Dr. Carolyn Buzanko, a psychologist, about how her business looks after working with TLP and launching her group program several times.

She also shares what she has learned about implementing professional development group programs into her business over the last year.

About Dr. Carolyn Buzanko:

Dr. Caroryl Buzanko started working with kids when she was a kid herself. In high school, she started volunteering with kids with disabilities. She started working front-line supporting children with exceptional needs and their families in 1996.

After almost a decade she decided to go back to school and earned a Master’s degree, at which time she started consulting to schools and working in private practice as a psychologist. She then eventually earned her Ph.D. in Psychology specializing specifically in ADHD and anxiety.

She has published numerous articles in various newspapers but has published work in peer-reviewed, academic journals such as Child Care in Practice and Inclusive Educator Journal.

https://drcarolinebuzanko.com/
FB: @DrCarolineBuzanko

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.173 How To Launch Imperfectly
Ep.157 How to Get Better Client Outcomes & Retention
Ep.155 How to Figure out The Right Content for your Launch Event

If you are tired of repeating yourself, feeling buried by your growing 1:1 caseload, or want to add a professional development program to your practice,

Join us for our FREE training: Learn how to grow your practice with online programs… without working more hours!

Happening May 9th – 13th at 11:00 am EDT Daily

In this free training, you’ll uncover the 3 vital mistakes you are currently making in your private practice.

Sign Up Now

It’s time for a reality check.

How efficient are you actually being with your time inside your private practice?

Time is one of the most finite commodities, so it’s incredibly important that we ensure we spend our time wisely and most efficiently as possible. I know it’s not easy, but we have so many tools at our fingertips that are available to help us create more time freedom.

In today’s episode, I am sharing 5 tech tools that can help you add more time back into your schedule and help you to evaluate how and where you are spending your time each day.

I assure you, that the next 15 minutes you spend listening to this podcast will have an incredible ROI in your practice and personal life.

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.171 How to Make More Time
Ep.156 What You Really Need
Ep.150 The Long Term Mindset

If you are tired of repeating yourself and feeling buried by your growing 1:1 caseload,

Join us for our FREE training: Learn how to grow your practice with online programs… without working more hours!

Happening May 9th - 13th at 11:00 am EDT Daily

In this free training, you’ll uncover the 3 vital mistakes you are currently making in your private practice.

Sign Up Now

Our clients are working to expand their practice with other sources of revenue, and work smarter and more efficiently within their one-to-one practice, with hybrid models, small group coaching models, and all kinds of things.

In today’s episode, I’m chatting with Ariel Johnston, RD and we're talking about launching a program imperfectly, getting it out in the world, even while growing little humans inside the belly.

Listen in as Ariel shares her story, the thought process she put into developing her own program, and what worked for her. She is going to encourage you to “just do it!” in this episode, so get ready to take your own imperfect action.

About Ariel Johnston:

Ariel is a Kansas City native, cooking instructor, eating disorder awareness advocate, Intuitive Eating dietitian, self-care promoter, and mom to the cutest fur baby.

Her passion for cooking & baking came from her mom, who encouraged her to try any recipe (and didn’t mind a little mess in the kitchen). Skip ahead a few years and she became a registered dietitian & discovered what really lights her up is being able to talk to people about what they eat. And more than that helping people own their bodies and feel confident about what they eat and using an Intuitive Eating approach.

https://thetastybalance.com/
@tastybalancedietitian

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.163 Strategies for Getting Started
Ep.160 Choose the Best Program Idea
Ep.156 What You Really Need

Are you ready to learn more about what model or framework will work for your practice?

Join us for our FREE training: Learn how to grow your practice with online programs… without working more hours!

Happening May 9th – 13th at 11:00am EDT Daily

In this free training, you’ll uncover the 3 vital mistakes you are currently making in your private practice.

Sign Up Now

Have you been curious about offering online learning within your practice?

In today’s episode, I am sharing some of the benefits of adding elearning to your practice. I truly believe it is possible for you to increase your income and the number of clients you can help, without burning out.

It might be hard for you to imagine just how you might introduce elearning into your practice. Or maybe you are unsure if it could work for your practice. I can tell you that there is a framework and structure that will work for you!

Listen in as I dive deeper and share 7 benefits of elearning.

Are you ready to learn more about what model or framework will work for your practice?

Join us for our FREE training: Learn how to grow your practice with online programs… without working more hours!

Happening May 9th – 13th at 11:00am EDT Daily

In this free training, you’ll uncover the 3 vital mistakes you are currently making in your private practice.

Sign Up Now

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 165 How to Blend 1:1 with Group Learning in a Hybrid Program
Ep.164 Will a group program work for my business?
Ep.161 Top 5 Mistakes Health Practitioners Make in Developing Their Online Program

I recorded today’s episode in hopes of helping you to make more time as a busy practitioner.

So many of you are working long days, evenings, and even weekends in a traditional 1:1 practice. You are doing an incredible job helping your clients, but you are at risk of burning out.

Do you find yourself answering the same questions with all of your clients? Are you fully booked and feeling overworked?

Listen in as I give you 3 ways you can make more time in your business schedule.

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep. 165 How to Blend 1:1 with Group Learning in a Hybrid Program
Ep.160 Choose the Best Program Idea
Ep.156 What You Really Need

If you are tired of repeating yourself and feeling buried by your growing 1:1 caseload,

Join us for our FREE training: Learn how to grow your practice with online programs… without working more hours!

Happening May 9th - 13th at 11:00 am EDT Daily

In this free training, you’ll uncover the 3 vital mistakes you are currently making in your private practice.

Sign Up Now

We have invited an extra special guest on today’s episode, Tony Stephan, an RD and serial entrepreneur. He shares with us a little insight into his journey and talks about the coaching that he does with his clients.

Listen in as he helps us shift from what we’ve learned in school, to this mindset of being an entrepreneur and growing as you go down this path of business owner.

He shares his thoughts on the value of your own time and the benefits of working with a coach who can help you get to where you want to be in your business.

About Tony

Tony Stephan is a Registered Dietitian, serial entrepreneur, real estate investor, and husband. He has worked with and mentored 1000’s of Registered Dietitians in over 15 different countries.

Tony has been featured as a nutrition authority in media platforms such as: Fox News, NBC News, The Huffington Post, Women’s Health Magazine, Reader’s Digest, and local radio/news publications.

Tony has founded coaching programs and professional certifications for Registered Dietitians such as the Dietitian Nutrition Coaching Certification Level 1 & Level 2 certifications which are approved for 60 CPE’s with the CDR. These certifications help Registered Dietitians connect their formal education as nutrition experts to the real-world application of nutrition coaching.

@tony_stephan_

tony-stephan.com

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.163 Strategies for Getting Started
Ep.160 Choose the Best Program Idea
Ep.156 What You Really Need

Are you ready to take the next steps in growing your practice?

If you’d love to serve more clients AND have more time for yourself, you’ll want to join us in our April cohort. (Kicking off April 25th)

For the FIRST TIME, we are offering a Done-For-You Tech package (Value $2000). Our team will set up your:

course software
Landing page (Registration) and thank you pages
Email automation

Saving you hours of time (and headaches). Be one of the first 10 registered for the April cohort to take advantage of this bonus.

Book a FREE strategy call with one of our coaches!

In just 30 minutes, our coach will personally outline your next steps to adding a group program to your 1:1 business. You’ll get the simple strategy that works best for you and your clients!

We are so excited to present this podcast collaboration featuring many different business coaches that work with dietitians and healthcare professionals. In this podcast, we talk about topics ranging from how we all got started, the mindset shifts we have had, how we continue to learn and grow, and how we see this space evolving. Join us as we share the secrets of building a business.

Here is where you can find us all:

Christine Thomson

Website: Manipura Centre
IG: @money.mindset.dietitian
Make More Money as a Dietitian Podcast: Apple, Stitcher, Spotify

Adrien Paczosa

https://fearlesspractitioners.com/
@AdrienPaczosa
@UseNourish https://www.usenourish.com/

Katie Dodd

www.dietitiansidehustle.com
www.katiedodd.com
IG: @dietitiansidehustle
FB Group: Dietitian Side Hustle

Stephanie Clairmont

www.theleveragedpractice.com
IG: @theleveragedpractice
The Leveraged Practice Podcast Apple, Spotify

Hannah Turnbull

Website: www.valuesdrivengroup.com + www.weightinclusiveinnovators.com
IG: @HannahRDN + @Valuesdrivengroup+ @weightinclusiveinnovators
Weight Inclusive Innovators Podcast Apple, Spotify

Morgan Sinclair

Website: www.morgansinclairdesigns.com + www.weightinclusiveinnovators.com
IG: @morgansinclair + @weightinclusiveinnovators
Weight Inclusive Innovators Podcast Apple, Spotify

Jennifer McGurk

https://pursuingprivatepractice.com/
IG: @pursuing.private.practice
Pursuing Private Practice Podcast

Today we are happy to introduce you to Jess, from Jess Creatives, an award-winning web designer who helps nutrition and business owners grow their authority online through their online presence.

In this episode, Jess and I discuss the importance of having a strategy when you build out your website. Jess shares when you start thinking about adding a website to your business and the important elements that you need to take into consideration.

We invite you to listen in as we chat through building out a website as a health practitioner based on your goals and customer journey. Jess shares a few website pitfalls and things to improve your website design.

About Jess

Jessica Freeman is an Atlantia-based, award-winning web designer that has been in business for 10 years. Jess helps nutrition and fitness business owners build authority and get more clients through their online presence. When she’s not working with clients, you can find her teaching on her YouTube channel and podcast.

https://www.jesscreatives.com/

@jesscreatives

If you liked this episode, you might enjoy:

Ep.162 How Many Followers do I need to launch a program?
Ep.160 Choose the Best Program Idea
Ep.156 What You Really Need

Are you looking for more help?

Book your FREE Business Model Assessment call

This is your chance to have Stephanie or one of our coaches meet 1:1 with you for 45 minutes to assess your business model, what strategy would work best for your clients, and if The Leveraged Practice would be a good fit for you.

Can you believe it, this April marks 3 years of The Leveraged Practice Podcast! We have been through 167 episodes together. Can you believe it?

As we move into spring, I want to hear more from you and answer more of your questions.

I invite you to join me on the podcast to ask your questions and receive 1:1 coaching on air. To join me on the podcast, simply email me at hello@theleveragedpractice.com

Today, we are talking about online marketing and how it is changing. As you know I’ve been in the online marketing world for the last 10 years, and so much really has changed. I have been seeing even more changes in these past two years.

One of the ways people have been growing their audiences online is through nurturing and building connections with them as they bring them through a webinar or live event. But with all the changes in how our audiences consume online has forced us to have to constantly evaluate our marketing strategies.

Listen in as I share a few things you should consider when evaluating what is working now for your audience and some strategies you can implement to improve your current marketing approach.

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.162 How Many Followers do I need to launch a program?
Ep.160 Choose the Best Program Idea
Ep.156 What You Really Need

Are you looking for more help?

Book your FREE Business Model Assessment call

This is your chance to have Stephanie or one of our coaches meet 1:1 with you for 45 minutes to assess your business model, what strategy would work best for your clients, and if The Leveraged Practice would be a good fit for you.

We are taking a short break, but we are wondering what you would like to hear more of here on The Leveraged Practice Podcast?

Join our community and let us know what content would be most valuable for you.

Ready to get started?

Book your FREE Business Model Assessment call

This is your chance to have Stephanie or one of our coaches meet 1:1 with you for 45 minutes to assess your business model, what strategy would work best for your clients, and if The Leveraged Practice would be a good fit for you.

All of you listening, are in one health field or another and you are changing lives every day with the care and support you offer. You help your clients feel better, and that helps them show up differently in the world.

In today’s episode, we are discussing how you can help give your clients more support and truly make changes to get the outcomes they need. A hybrid program allows you to blend 1:1 services, which you're currently providing, with group learning. This program model is so impactful because it allows you to leverage what you are already doing by adding technology, yet allows you to continue to offer the customization your clients require.

Listen in as I share how you can easily introduce a hybrid program into your private practice and help your clients better implement your teachings between your 1:1 visits.

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.164 Will a group program work for my business?
Ep.160 Choose the Best Program Idea
Ep.156 What You Really Need

Want to learn more?

Join me on March 10th, 2022 @ 1 PM EST where I’ll share my experience and strategies to shift your practice online in a FREE webinar.

I will be walking you through how to leverage 1:1 services into an online program.

Teaching you how to structure, facilitate and price a group program for your established health practice.

This process hasn’t just worked for me. Read what TLP Alumni Marie-Josee has to say about her experience having tried to build her program on her own. Once she joined TLP, she used our framework to tweak her program and launched several times over the course of 12 months. She was able to add $66,000 in revenue to her practice.

Take the jump you have always wanted to!

REGISTER NOW or BOOK A CALL

Today we are going to flip around what we normally talk about in terms of online programs. Instead of discussing all the benefits for you, your business, and your practice, we are talking about your clients.

You may have been thinking about adding a group program to your practice. We know there are many reasons why a group program works well in a business, but have you considered if your clients need a program? Would your clients benefit from an online group program? Most importantly will a group program work for my business?

This episode is for you if you are really want to add a group program. But let's talk about your client and their needs.

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.163 Strategies for Getting Started
Ep.160 Choose the Best Program Idea
Ep.156 What You Really Need

Want to learn more?

Join me on March 10th, 2022 @ 1 PM EST where I’ll share my experience and strategies to shift your practice online in a FREE webinar.

I will be walking you through how to leverage 1:1 services into an online program.

Teaching you how to structure, facilitate and price a group program for your established health practice.

This process hasn’t just worked for me. Read what TLP Alumni Marie-Josee has to say about her experience having tried to build her program on her own. Once she joined TLP, she used our framework to tweak her program and launched several times over the course of 12 months. She was able to add $66,000 in revenue to her practice.

Take the jump you have always wanted to!

REGISTER NOW or BOOK A CALL

One of the most frequently asked questions around private practices has to be, how to get started in a new practice or how to get started with a group program.

I’m really excited about today’s episode. I am joined by Stephanie Long, a nutrition business coach and we are going to share with you a few strategies about getting started in your practice.

Listen in as we discuss strategies around:

Finding clients
Focus vs. generalizing
Signature framework
Pricing

About Stephanie Long

Stephanie Long is a nutrition business coach and host of the Next Level Nutrition Biz podcast. She teaches students, recent grads and new nutritionists how to start and grow a nutrition business through step-by-step programs, industry-specific advice, and intentional marketing and growth strategies.

@stephanielong.ca
https://www.stephanielong.ca/

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.162 How Many Followers do I need to launch a program?
Ep.160 Choose the Best Program Idea
Ep.156 What You Really Need

Want to learn more?

Join me on March 10th, 2022 @ 1 PM EST where I’ll share my experience and strategies to shift your practice online in a FREE webinar.

I will be walking you through how to leverage 1:1 services into an online program.

Teaching you how to structure, facilitate and price a group program for your established health practice.

This process hasn’t just worked for me. Read what TLP Alumni Marie-Josee has to say about her experience having tried to build her program on her own. Once she joined TLP, she used our framework to tweak her program and launched several times over the course of 12 months. She was able to add $66,000 in revenue to her practice.

Take the jump you have always wanted to!

REGISTER NOW

One of the biggest concerns I see so many of you having right now is wondering who will buy your program.

I see many of you getting tripped up on the size of your social media following or the number of people on your email list. I’m here to tell you I have seen many of our clients with small Facebook groups or followings have very successful and profitable launches.

In today’s episode, I’m going to help you shift your perspective. You don’t need a large following, you just need to be in front of the right people. Why can’t you sell your online program to the same clientele you already have? Why aren’t you using a group program in your practice for your 1:1 clients?

Listen in as a share more about getting started with the followers you have and discuss the benefits of a hybrid model.

If you enjoyed this episode, you might also like:

Ep.160 Choose the Best Program Idea
Ep.156 What You Really Need
Ep.146 Should You Launch a Minimum Viable Product?

Want to learn more?

Join me on March 10th, 2022 @ 1 PM EST where I’ll share my experience and strategies to shift your practice online in a FREE webinar.

I will be walking you through how to leverage 1:1 services into an online program.

Teaching you how to structure, facilitate and price a group program for your established health practice.

This process hasn’t just worked for me. Read what TLP Alumni Marie-Josee has to say about her experience having tried to build her program on her own. Once she joined TLP, she used our framework to tweak her program and launched several times over the course of 12 months. She was able to add $66,000 in revenue to her practice.

Take the jump you have always wanted to!

REGISTER NOW

I believe it’s advantageous to learn from someone else’s mistakes. That’s why I always encourage my audience to work with a coach or a mentor who can share best practices and mistakes to avoid.

In today’s episode, I share 5 of the top mistakes health practitioners make in developing their online program, many of which I’ve actually made myself when I first started my own programs in 2013.

The truth is if you haven’t developed an online program or educated online, there is a lot to learn. Listen in as I share the best practices we teach our clients inside The Leveraged Practice.

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.160 Choose the Best Program Idea
Ep.154 Do I need to Host a Live Webinar or Series?
Ep.146 Should You Launch a Minimum Viable Product?

Want to learn more?

Join me on March 10th, 2022 @ 1 PM EST where I’ll share my experience and strategies to shift your practice online in a FREE webinar.

I will be walking you through how to leverage 1:1 services into an online program.

Teaching you how to structure, facilitate and price a group program for your established health practice.

This process hasn’t just worked for me. Read what TLP Alumni Marie-Josee has to say about her experience having tried to build her program on her own. Once she joined TLP, she used our framework to tweak her program and launched several times over the course of 12 months. She was able to add $66,000 in revenue to her practice.

Take the jump you have always wanted to!

REGISTER NOW

Over the last few weeks, I’ve been talking to a lot of health practitioners and clinicians about shifting their practice online. One of the biggest concerns that keep coming up for them is choosing the best program idea.

In today’s episode, I’m here to help you explore what you already know, what you already have expertise on, and what you already love to do.

Listen in as I walk you through what you need to do to nail down your first program topic.

If you like this episode you might also enjoy:

Ep.156 What You Really Need
Ep.154 Do I need to Host a Live Webinar or Series?
Ep.146 Should You Launch a Minimum Viable Product?

About Stephanie

I’m your host, Stephanie Clermont, CEO and founder of the leveraged practice, retired registered dietitian, and entrepreneur for over 10 years. I’ve been in the online world teaching online programming since 2013. I’ve taught all kinds of workshops, courses, memberships, and programs. Working with me you are going to learn about how to shift your one-to-one practice online so that you can avoid burnout, enjoy the work that you do more, and get back to why you got into this field.

FREE Webinar – March 2022

REGISTER NOW

Join me on March 10th, 2022 @ 1 PM EST where I’ll share my experience and strategies to shift your practice online.

I will be walking you through how to leverage 1:1 services into an online program.

Teaching you how to structure, facilitate and price a group program for your established health practice.

This process hasn’t just worked for me. Read what TLP Alumni Marie-Josee has to say about her experience having tried to build her program on her own. Once she joined TLP, she used our framework to tweak her program and launched several times over the course of 12 months. She shared how much revenue she was able to build in her practice in only the first year:

Take the jump you have always wanted to!

REGISTER NOW

I have been getting lots of questions about insurance in private practice from our audience and clients.

In today’s episode, I am chatting with Steve Della Croce, a Registered Dietitian, a bit about insurance and where it fits into your practice. It is important to note that Steve is in the United States and although he is answering dietitian-specific questions, there are lots of great takeaways from our chat.

We discuss adding additional revenue streams to your practice and Steve shares valuable insight about embracing your entrepreneurial spirit as a practice owner.

I invite you to listen to this interesting episode and let us know what other questions are coming up for you in your practice.

About Steve Della Croce, MS, RDN, CDN

With over 13 years of experience in the Nutrition & Wellness field, Stephen has specialized in kidney disease, weight management, diabetes, Vitamin-D and heart disease. He has both Master’s and Bachelor’s degrees in Nutrition Science from Brooklyn College and completed his Dietetic Internship at LIU. Past leadership positions include President of the Long Island Dietetic Association, Chair of the Greater NY Council on Renal Nutrition, and currently Vice-president of For Kidney Sake, inc.

steve @call4nutrition.com
https://www.facebook.com/SDC-Nutrition-378424692195870/

ENROLMENT IS NOW OPEN

If you’re considering working with us here at The Leveraged Practice, now is the perfect time.

With The Leveraged Practice Program, you could open enrolment in your program in the next 1-2 months! According to our past clients’ results, that can bring you anywhere from $10,000 to $40,000 in new revenue for your business!

CLICK HERE to read more about The Leveraged Practice Program.

There is another reason why NOW is the best time to join The Leveraged Practice program.

We know online marketing is your number one pain!

So, we’ve put together a special Social Media Bundle for our new clients who register by Wednesday, February 16 @ 11:59 pm EST for our next cohort.

The Social Media Bundle (valued at $497)was developed for the busy startup CEO who has a million and 1 things to do and needs support with their brand messaging and marketing.

It includes:

a reusable Content Calendar Planner to organize your daily content into categories to provide value, call to action, and book sales calls
31 post templates ready to download from Canva to use in your daily content
31 Instagram/Facebook Story Prompts to guide you on what to say on stories to connect with your audience and drive action
A Blog Template to learn how to write blog posts
A Podcast Template to learn how to script podcast episodes
A 5-part mini-training on developing content that connects and converts
Instruction videos on how to use these tools

Will be available to download February 14, 2022.

Plus, pay in full to save $500 plus get an additional bonus individual consultation with Stephanie (value $750).

It is important to note, our tuition will increase on February 17, 2022.Book a call now

If you participated in our free training last week, today’s episode will be a bit of a refresher. If you’d like to catch the full training replay, you can head over to our Facebook community or send us a DM.

Today I’m talking about The Live to Leverage Model. I created this model over the last 10 years while building and launching online programs. It's the model that I used over the years to go from a brick-and-mortar 1-to-1 practice.

Listen in as I share a bit about how I was able to create more flexibility in how I showed up for my clients and developed a better business model. I summarise the 3 systems that make up The Live to Leveraged Model.

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.156 What You Really Need
Ep.152 The Top 5 Lessons from TLP Clients
Ep.146 Should You Launch a Minimum Viable Product?

ENROLMENT IS NOW OPEN

If you’re considering working with us here at The Leveraged Practice, now is the perfect time.

With The Leveraged Practice Program, you could open enrolment in your program in the next 1-2 months! According to our past clients’ results, that can bring you anywhere from $10,000 to $40,000 in new revenue for your business!

CLICK HERE to read more about The Leveraged Practice Program.

There is another reason why NOW is the best time to join The Leveraged Practice program.

We know online marketing is your number one pain!

So, we’ve put together a special Social Media Bundle for our new clients who register by Wednesday, February 16 @ 11:59 pm EST for our next cohort.

The Social Media Bundle (valued at $497)was developed for the busy startup CEO who has a million and 1 things to do and needs support with their brand messaging and marketing.

It includes:

a reusable Content Calendar Planner to organize your daily content into categories to provide value, call to actions, and book sales calls
31 post templates ready to download from Canva to use in your daily content
31 Instagram/Facebook Story Prompts to guide you on what to say on stories to connect with your audience and drive action
A Blog Template to learn how to write blog posts
A Podcast Template to learn how to script podcast episodes
A 5-part mini-training on developing content that connects and converts
Instruction videos on how to use these tools

Will be available to download February 14, 2022.

Plus, pay in full to save $500 plus get an additional bonus individual consultation with Stephanie (value $750).

It is important to note, our tuition will increase on February 17, 2022.Book a call now

I love sharing stories from our amazing clients to help inspire, guide, and mentor you.

Stephanie Notaras is a dietitian with a Masters in counselling and the founder of the Dietitian Counselling Skills Program. She teaches dietitians and nutritionists how to help their clients get better results from working together, improve their client retention and grow their practice by learning evidence-based counselling and coaching skills. She has developed and published a nutrition counselling skills framework that is tailor-made for dietetic and nutrition practices.

In today’s episode, I talk with Stephanie Notaras, about her program, her launch, and her way of promoting. She will also share a few tips and strategies to help improve your counseling skills.

Listen in as she shares with us how to help people really lock into learning and stay with you to get the full experience of your program and the outcomes they desire.

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.155 How to Figure out The Right Content for your Launch Event
Ep.153 Fill the Gap for a Profitable Program
Ep.149 How to Fill a Peer-to-Peer Mentorship Program

Connect with Stephanie Notaras:
Website: bit.ly/dietitiancounsellingskills
Instagram: @stephanienotaras

ENROLMENT IS NOW OPENIf you’re considering working with us here at The Leveraged Practice, now is the perfect time.

With The Leveraged Practice Program, you could open enrolment in your program in the next 1-2 months! According to our past clients' results, that can bring you anywhere from $10,000 to $40,000 in new revenue for your business!

CLICK HERE to read more about The Leveraged Practice Program.

There is another reason why NOW is the best time to join The Leveraged Practice program.
We know online marketing is your number one pain!

So, we’ve put together a special Social Media Bundle for our new clients who register by Wednesday, February 16 @ 11:59 pm EST for our next cohort. The Social Media Bundle (valued at $497)was developed for the busy startup CEO who has a million and 1 things to do and needs support with their brand messaging and marketing.

It includes:

a reusable Content Calendar Planner to organize your daily content into categories to provide value, call to actions, and book sales calls
31 post templates ready to download from Canva to use in your daily content
31 Instagram/Facebook Story Prompts to guide you on what to say on stories to connect with your audience and drive action
A Blog Template to learn how to write blog posts
A Podcast Template to learn how to script podcast episodes
A 5-part mini-training on developing content that connects and converts
Instruction videos on how to use these tools

Will be available to download February 14, 2022.

Plus, pay in full to save $500 plus get an additional bonus individual consultation with Stephanie (value $750).

It is important to note, our tuition will increase February 17, 2022.

Book a call now

I can’t believe I’ve been recording The Leverage Practice Podcast for three years now. I had no idea where I would be with this podcast when I started. It’s so hard to predict where anyone will be in their business after a few years.

Have you thought about where you would like to be with your practice 3 years from now? What about your 2022 plan? What will you be working on?

In today’s episode, I share some of the things I think you really need so you can reach your goals and grow your practice over the next few years. Speaking from experience, your mindset around your business growth is the most important element you will need to find the success you are looking for.

I invite you to listen in and take action today.

If you liked this episode you might also enjoy:

Ep.150 The Long Term Mindset
Ep.152 The Top 5 Lessons from TLP Clients
Ep. 145 The Top 3 Lessons for TLP in 2021

Need more help launching your program?

For the first time here at The Leveraged Practice, I’m going to take you behind the TLP curtain to show you the full picture model we use to help our clients shift from a highly involved 1:1 model, into the leveraged model they want.

Launching one course, one time won’t get you there. It’s a series of small steps in the right direction that can eventually have you working less in your practice and spending more time doing the things you love.

As we start this new year, join me for a live 4-day training walking you through The Live to Leveraged Model I’ve spent the last 9 years developing for online health practices.

Each day I’ll walk you through the system you need to incorporate into your business to leverage your expertise to build a profitable and sustainable business – taking yourself out of the office chair and into a CEO role.

REGISTER NOW

Dates: February 7 to 10, 2022

Time: 1 pm EST

Topic: The Live to Leveraged Model for Health Practices. Learn the model you must adapt to free yourself from the hold 1:1’s have you stuck in. This is the tried and tested process we teach all our clients and our CEO has been building, testing, and tweaking since 2013.

REGISTER NOW

In today’s digital world, it’s so easy to get caught up in what you see online. We see photos and ads for online programs that all look so successful.

I’m here to tell you not every launch is going to be perfect.

In today’s episode, I chat with Prajakta Apte an RD and Registered Yoga teacher, who shares her journey of shifting her private practice towards online group programming. She discusses where she is at now in her business, how she added another revenue stream, and the changes she is making to her business model.

Although Prajakta has found great success launching her program within her practice, her initial come-to-market attempts didn’t go so smoothly. Listen in as we talk through how she was able to nail down her messaging and attract the right clients.

If you are thinking about adding an online group program to your practice but aren’t sure how you can offer the customization your clients require, this episode is a great one for you.

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.153 Fill the Gap for a Profitable Program
Ep.149 How to Fill a Peer-to-Peer Mentorship Program
Ep.147 Expand Your Practice With A Parent Support Program

About Prajakta Apte:

Prajakta is a Registered Dietitian and a Registered Yoga teacher. She has a nutrition consulting practice in Phoenix AZ. Prajakta specialises in gut health.She helps people struggling with digestive issues resolve their problems and help them reconnect with their gut through the healing power of nutrition. Prajakta strongly believes that treating the root causes of your problems will help you feel better inside out.

www.rightnutritionworks.com
623-556-3886
info@rightnutritionworks.com
www.facebook.com/rightnutritionworks
IG - @rightnutritionworks
Linkedin - www.linkedin.com/in/rightnutritionworks

Need more help launching your program?

For the first time here at The Leveraged Practice, I’m going to take you behind the TLP curtain to show you the full picture model we use to help our clients shift from a highly involved 1:1 model, into the leveraged model they want.

Launching one course, one time won’t get you there. It’s a series of small steps in the right direction that can eventually have you working less in your practice and spending more time doing the things you love.

As we start this new year, join me for a live 4-day training walking you through The Live to Leveraged Model I’ve spent the last 9 years developing for online health practices.

Each day I’ll walk you through the system you need to incorporate into your business to leverage your expertise to build a profitable and sustainable business – taking yourself out of the office chair and into a CEO role.

REGISTER NOW

Dates: February 7 to 10, 2022

Time: 1 pm EST

Topic: The Live to Leveraged Model for Health Practices. Learn the model you must adapt to free yourself from the hold 1:1’s have you stuck in. This is the tried and tested process we teach all our clients and our CEO has been building, testing, and tweaking since 2013.

REGISTER NOW

Have you been wondering if you should be hosting some kind of online event? I bet you are wondering if you should do it live?

Whether you are running webinars, workshops, multi-day series, master classes, challenges, training, whatever means you choose to connect with your audience and pitch your product or program, the point is to show what it would be like to work with you and establish trust that you are an expert in your field.

In today’s episode, we will discuss running your event live or having it pre-recorded. I will share a bit about my own experience and my best practices for hosting a live event.

If you liked this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.153 Fill the Gap for a Profitable Program
Ep.146 Should You Launch a Minimum Viable Product?
Ep.147 Expand Your Practice With A Parent Support Program

Need more help launching your program?

For the first time here at The Leveraged Practice, I’m going to take you behind the TLP curtain to show you the full picture model we use to help our clients shift from a highly involved 1:1 model, into the leveraged model they want.

Launching one course, one time won’t get you there. It’s a series of small steps in the right direction that can eventually have you working less in your practice and spending more time doing the things you love.

As we start this new year, join me for a live 4-day training walking you through The Live to Leveraged Model I’ve spent the last 9 years developing for online health practices.

Each day I’ll walk you through the system you need to incorporate into your business to leverage your expertise to build a profitable and sustainable business – taking yourself out of the office chair and into a CEO role.

REGISTER NOW

Dates: February 7 to 10, 2022

Time: 1 pm EST

Topic: The Live to Leveraged Model for Health Practices. Learn the model you must adapt to free yourself from the hold 1:1’s have you stuck in. This is the tried and tested process we teach all our clients and our CEO has been building, testing, and tweaking since 2013.

REGISTER NOW

If you have been thinking about getting started with your own online group program and perfectionism has been holding you back, today's episode is for you.

Today I’m chatting with Leslie Edmunds, an RD and practice owner of Clem & Thyme Nutrition. She shared how she found a way to include work that really lights her up, by adding a group program to her already busy practice.

You might be wondering how a mom of three and busy practice owner managed to launch her group program with tremendous success without a huge social media following. She worked hard and took imperfect action.

Listen in as she shares in more detail the steps she took that allowed her to sign up 39 people in her first cohort and how working with TLP helped her in her success.

About Leslie Edmunds

Leslie Edmunds MPH RDN CDE CLT is a registered dietitian and owner of Clem&Thyme Nutrition, a private practice just outside of Yellow Springs, Ohio.

Website: www.clemandthyme.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ClemAndThymeNutrition

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/clemandthymenutrition/

Need more help launching your program?

For the first time here at The Leveraged Practice, I’m going to take you behind the TLP curtain to show you the full picture model we use to help our clients shift from a highly involved 1:1 model, into the leveraged model they want.

Launching one course, one time won’t get you there. It’s a series of small steps in the right direction that can eventually have you working less in your practice and spending more time doing the things you love.

As we start this new year, join me for a live 4-day training walking you through The Live to Leveraged Model I’ve spent the last 9 years developing for online health practices.

Each day I’ll walk you through the system you need to incorporate into your business to leverage your expertise to build a profitable and sustainable business – taking yourself out of the office chair and into a CEO role.

REGISTER NOW

Dates: February 7 to 10, 2022

Time: 1 pm EST

Topic: The Live to Leveraged Model for Health Practices. Learn the model you must adapt to free yourself from the hold 1:1’s have you stuck in. This is the tried and tested process we teach all our clients and our CEO has been building, testing, and tweaking since 2013.

REGISTER NOW

When learning anything new, they say “you don’t know what you don’t know.”

That’s why you hire a coach or a mentor. Someone who has been or currently is where you want to be. It’s so much easier and more efficient to learn from someone else’s lessons.

In today’s episode, I share with you the top 5 lessons from our TLP clients. Listen in as I discuss lessons like taking imperfect action, price points, going live, and so much more.

I highly recommend you check out our next episode 153 with Leslie Edmunds.

If you liked this episode you might also enjoy:

Ep.150 The Long Term Mindset
Ep.146 Should You Launch a Minimum Viable Product?
Ep. 145 The Top 3 Lessons for TLP in 2021

Need more help launching your program?

For the first time here at The Leveraged Practice, I’m going to take you behind the TLP curtain to show you the full picture model we use to help our clients shift from a highly involved 1:1 model, into the leveraged model they want.

Launching one course, one time won’t get you there. It’s a series of small steps in the right direction that can eventually have you working less in your practice and spending more time doing the things you love.

As we start this new year, join me for a live 4-day training walking you through The Live to Leveraged Model I’ve spent the last 9 years developing for online health practices.

Each day I’ll walk you through the system you need to incorporate into your business to leverage your expertise to build a profitable and sustainable business – taking yourself out of the office chair and into a CEO role.

REGISTER NOW

Dates: February 7 to 10, 2022

Time: 1 pm EST

Topic: The Live to Leveraged Model for Health Practices. Learn the model you must adapt to free yourself from the hold 1:1’s have you stuck in. This is the tried and tested process we teach all our clients and our CEO has been building, testing, and tweaking since 2013.

REGISTER NOW

In today’s episode, I chat with two seasoned experts in the online marketing world. You have likely seen them online working with our TLP Clients, Katie Momo, our Copywriting expert, and Amanda Bond, our Social Media Marketing Expert.

Listen in as we discuss the importance of understanding the culture of your industry, your own business data and truly listening to your audience to ensure you are able to develop a sales process based on your customer’s journey.

This episode will really get you thinking about how you are currently marketing your online program and how you can implement what is working now in online marketing.

Here are a few more episodes you might find useful:

Ep.146 Should You Launch a Minimum Viable Product?
Ep. 145 The Top 3 Lessons for TLP in 2021
Ep.141 Come to Market Launch Strategy

Need more help launching your program?

For the first time here at The Leveraged Practice, I’m going to take you behind the TLP curtain to show you the full picture model we use to help our clients shift from a highly involved 1:1 model, into the leveraged model they want.

Launching one course, one time won’t get you there. It's a series of small steps in the right direction that can eventually have you working less in your practice and spending more time doing the things you love.

As we start this new year, join me for a live 4-day training walking you through The Live to Leveraged Model I’ve spent the last 9 years developing for online health practices.

Each day I’ll walk you through the system you need to incorporate into your business to leverage your expertise to build a profitable and sustainable business - taking yourself out of the office chair and into a CEO role.

REGISTER NOW

Dates: February 7 to 10, 2022
Time: 1 pm EST
Topic: The Live to Leveraged Model for Health Practices. Learn the model you must adapt to free yourself from the hold 1:1’s have you stuck in. This is the tried and tested process we teach all our clients and our CEO has been building, testing, and tweaking since 2013.

REGISTER NOW

Are you ready to make 2022 the best year yet? Have you been thinking about finally adding a group program to your practice or wanting to reduce your one-to-one?

I see many practitioners and clinicians continue to overfill their calendars with one-to-one client appointments because they think it is the easiest way to make money or serve their clients.

Today, I’m talking to you about the long-term mindset shift. Which means putting in the work now to get the business and lifestyle you have dreamt of.

You have to commit to long-term success, longevity, and growth, to your wealth, to your health, and your sustainable business.

In this episode, I share 5 tips to help you shift your long-term mindset.

Here are a few more episodes you might find useful:

Ep.146 Should You Launch a Minimum Viable Product?
Ep. 145 The Top 3 Lessons for TLP in 2021
Ep.140 Success Strategy: Using a “Launch” Strategy

Need more help launching your program?

For the first time here at The Leveraged Practice, I’m going to take you behind the TLP curtain to show you the full picture model we use to help our clients shift from a highly involved 1:1 model, into the leveraged model they want.

Launching one course, one time won’t get you there. It's a series of small steps in the right direction that can eventually have you working less in your practice and spending more time doing the things you love.

As we start this new year, join me for a live 4-day training walking you through The Live to Leveraged Model I’ve spent the last 9 years developing for online health practices.

Each day I’ll walk you through the system you need to incorporate into your business to leverage your expertise to build a profitable and sustainable business - taking yourself out of the office chair and into a CEO role.

REGISTER NOW

Dates: February 7 to 10, 2022
Time: 1 pm EST
Topic: The Live to Leveraged Model for Health Practices. Learn the model you must adapt to free yourself from the hold 1:1’s have you stuck in. This is the tried and tested process we teach all our clients and our CEO has been building, testing, and tweaking since 2013.

REGISTER NOW

In today’s episode, I chat with Jillian and Aimee about running an online professional development program. They share their experience growing their business together, all while managing little humans at home.

Jillian and Aimee both own their own private practices and were inspired to create their professional development program to help the peers who were asking them questions about building their own private practice. They now run a small cohort twice a year in which their clients see tremendous results.

Listen in as they share their framework, strategies, and lots of lessons they learned as they developed their professional program.

Aspire Mentorship Program: https://aspirementorshipprogram.com/

Jillian Walsh, RD, RP(Q)Jillian is the founder and Lead Dietitian at Change Creates Change Eating Disorder Care, a private practice that provides services to children and youth affected by an eating disorder, as well as their families.

Aimee Tyler-Smith, RD, BEdAimee is the founder and Lead Dietitian at The Nest: Nutrition for Mama and Baby, a private practice that supports mamas throughout their pregnancy journey.

Need more help launching your program?

For the first time here at The Leveraged Practice, I’m going to take you behind the TLP curtain to show you the full picture model we use to help our clients shift from a highly involved 1:1 model, into the leveraged model they want.

Launching one course, one time won’t get you there. It's a series of small steps in the right direction that can eventually have you working less in your practice and spending more time doing the things you love.

As we start this new year, join me for a live 4 day training walking you through The Live to Leveraged Model I’ve spent the last 9 years developing for online health practices.

Each day I’ll walk you through the system you need to incorporate into your business to leverage your expertise to build a profitable and sustainable business - taking yourself out of the office chair and into a CEO role.

REGISTER NOW

Dates: February 7 to 10, 2022
Time: 1 pm EST
Topic: The Live to Leveraged Model for Health Practices. Learn the model you must adapt to free yourself from the hold 1:1’s have you stuck in. This is the tried and tested process we teach all our clients and our CEO has been building, testing and tweaking since 2013.

REGISTER NOW

For the first time, I’m discussing what a professional development framework looks like and how to create a professional development program for your clients.

In this episode, I cover a couple of components that are very useful when developing a program as well as a few different styles of frameworks you could use. It is important when developing any program that you aren’t just speaking “at” your audience. You need to give them a little bit of the “what to do” and a lot of the “how” to do it.

Listen in as I share the things you will want to include in your professional development framework are:

Research
Share Your Process
Practical Implementation
Best Practices

Here are a few more episodes you might find useful:

Ep.146 Should You Launch a Minimum Viable Product?
Ep.142 Offering Online Programs as Part of a Team
Ep.140 Success Strategy: Using a “Launch” Strategy

Need more help launching your program?

For the first time here at The Leveraged Practice, I’m going to take you behind the TLP curtain to show you the full picture model we use to help our clients shift from a highly involved 1:1 model, into the leveraged model they want.

Launching one course, one time won’t get you there. It’s a series of small steps in the right direction that can eventually have you working less in your practice and spending more time doing the things you love.

As we start this new year, join me for a live 4 day training walking you through The Live to Leveraged Model I’ve spent the last 9 years developing for online health practices.

Each day I’ll walk you through the system you need to incorporate into your business to leverage your expertise to build a profitable and sustainable business – taking yourself out of the office chair and into a CEO role.

REGISTER NOW

Dates: February 7 to 10, 2022
Time: 1 pm EST
Topic: The Live to Leveraged Model for Health Practices. Learn the model you must adapt to free yourself from the hold 1:1’s have you stuck in. This is the tried and tested process we teach all our clients and our CEO has been building, testing and tweaking since 2013.

REGISTER NOW

Working with teens and children often requires you to support parents as well. Like many of you, today’s guest Julia found she was spending too much unbilled time answering questions and repeating herself daily to her client’s parents.

Have you been thinking about adding a program to your current support model?

Join us as I chat with Julia Werth, the owner of Werth Your While Nutrition, a non-diet dietitian and writer focused on helping families heal from eating disorders and disordered eating. She shares a little bit about her practice and how she was able to add a program to better support her client’s families.

This episode is filled with tons of information, very helpful tips, and examples of how you can develop and implement your program.

About Julia Werth

Julia Werth is the owner of Werth Your While Nutrition, a non-diet dietitian and writer focused on helping families heal from eating disorders and disordered eating. After recovering from her bulimia herself, Julia founded her practice to help families impacted by eating disorders recover and learn to love food again. When she's not working, you can find Julia enjoying pizza in her home city of New Haven, Connecticut with her husband and daughter, Rosalie.

Find Julia here: www.werthyourwhile.com

Need more help launching your program?

For the first time here at The Leveraged Practice, I’m going to take you behind the TLP curtain to show you the full picture model we use to help our clients shift from a highly involved 1:1 model, into the leveraged model they want.

Launching one course, one time won’t get you there. It's a series of small steps in the right direction that can eventually have you working less in your practice and spending more time doing the things you love.

As we start this new year, join me for a live 4 day training walking you through The Live to Leveraged Model I’ve spent the last 9 years developing for online health practices.

Each day I’ll walk you through the system you need to incorporate into your business to leverage your expertise to build a profitable and sustainable business - taking yourself out of the office chair and into a CEO role.

REGISTER NOW

Dates: February 7 to 10, 2022
Time: 1 pm EST
Topic: The Live to Leveraged Model for Health Practices. Learn the model you must adapt to free yourself from the hold 1:1’s have you stuck in. This is the tried and tested process we teach all our clients and our CEO has been building, testing, and tweaking since 2013.

REGISTER NOW

Happy New Year! Welcome to 2022.

The new year is a clean slate. A fresh new planner. The potential of all the amazing things that could happen in the year to come really gets me excited.

Tony Robbins once said, “We overestimate what we can do in one year and underestimate what we can accomplish in three years.”

And he’s right! Let yourself set some fun and exciting goals this year, but don’t forget to look at the bigger picture to see just how much you can accomplish. Have you been thinking about growing your practice, shifting online, or reducing your 1-1’s?

In this episode, I’m going to share with you just how to do all those things. You need to start with something marketing expert Seth Godin, calls your Most Viable Product (MVP).

Listen in as I break down this concept and share 5 key elements to help you determine your MVP based on my experience.

If you like this episode, you might also enjoy:

Ep.142 Offering Online Programs as Part of a Team
Ep.139 Success Strategy: How to Transition from 1-1 to Group Programs
Ep.135 2022 Planning Part 3: Setting Annual Goals

Want more help creating your Most Viable Product?

Join our FREE live training where I will be teaching the Live to Leveraged Model, happening February 7-10, 2022 at 1pm Eastern.

Learn how to launch Online Group Programs to grow your health practice in a sustainable & profitable way! Register here

It’s so hard to believe that 2021 is just about over! This year has been an absolute roller coaster of highs and lows, but we’ve made it.

I would say I really think that this year was my hardest year in business. Even though it was my most profitable. My most exciting. My most successful, I guess you would say in the books, it was the most challenging year for me.

I want to share my top 3 lessons from this past year to help you to perhaps avoid some of the pitfalls I have experienced. When you learn from a coach or a guide, someone who is a few steps ahead of you in your business, it can often help you make fewer mistakes.

In today’s episode, I dive deeper into:

Hiring too quickly versus taking too long to hire
Be aware of buying behavior
Acknowledging seasons in your life and in your business

I would love to hear about some of the biggest lessons you have learned throughout this past year, hope to see you in my DM.

If you enjoyed this episode, try these:

Ep.139 Success Strategy: How to Transition from 1-1 to Group Programs
Ep.138 Success Strategy: Balancing Kids & Entrepreneurship
Ep.137 Success Strategy: Making More Time in Your Schedule

Not tomorrow, not next week, NOW!

Are you ready to bring your practice online in 2022?

Enroll in The Leveraged Practice Program, where you will learn how to successfully shift your 1:1 brick & mortar practice to online group programs.

Throughout the 6-month coaching program, you will learn the strategies working right now to develop your curriculum and launch a successful, client-focused online program.

Go to TLP2021.com to learn more about what’s offered in our coaching program and apply for a call with a member of our team.

Or shoot us a DM to chat about if TLP is the right fit and if now is the right time.

Are you feeling tired, exhausted, and ready for a change?

Have you been thinking about how you can work differently to reduce your workload and the pressure your business puts on you?

You might be approaching “burnout”. In this pre-burnout phase, you really need to take care of yourself, and I mean more than just relaxing in a bubble bath.

Selfcare has to include strong actions in your everyday life to avoid a complete crash.

In today's episode, I am going to talk about what to do if you're in the phase before burnout. I’ll also share some of my experience coping with burnout and how I've learned to identify the signs before it happens so I can prevent it.

Listen in as I share key strategies I use to live sustainably and prevent burnout:

What changes to make to your business model
Who to hire first to support you
How to assess if your community is right for you
Where to structure in breaks

If you enjoyed this episode, you might like these:

Ep.137 Success Strategy: Making More Time in Your Schedule
Ep.138 Success Strategy: Balancing Kids & Entrepreneurship
Ep.143 How to Put Yourself on Payroll

Are you ready to launch your online group program?

If you have an idea for your program and just need help with the marketing, join The Health Practitioner’s Launch Plan Course, starting January 3.

You’ll create a marketing campaign to open enrollment to your group program or course.

Save $200 by joining now.

Click Here to sign up before midnight on December 24th!

You probably have clients, email readers, podcast listeners, and followers that are ready to join your program right now, waiting for the right program offer.

Use our set of tried and tested strategies to fill up your program in the new year!

As we near the end of 2021, I have been doing a lot of reflecting about the past year and where I would like to see my business go in 2022. During this time, it occurred to me that I haven’t shared my entrepreneurial journey on how I was able to add myself to payroll.

In this week’s episode, I reflect on the things that needed to happen structurally in my business and some changes I had to make to my mindset to finally add myself to my own payroll in 2020 after 9 years in business for myself.

My hope in sharing my personal experience with this is to help you avoid some of the mistakes I’ve made and help you get yourself on payroll FASTER than I was able to.

Listen in as I allow myself to get a teeny bit vulnerable and share my insight about reliable, consistent income.

If you liked this episode, you might like this series where I share success strategies that myself, my team, and our clients use in our businesses.

Ep.137 Success Strategy: Making More Time in Your Schedule
Ep.138 Success Strategy: Balancing Kids & Entrepreneurship
Ep.139 Success Strategy: How to Transition from 1-1 to Group Programs

If you’re ready to work on getting yourself on payroll, you’re probably ready to go beyond the 6-figure mark…

That’s why I’ve created the TLP Inner Circle Mastermind.

You want to start making consistent revenue, pay yourself a salary each month, and have other people on your team so you don’t have to do it all alone.

But how do you do this? Where do you belong to make this happen?

You don’t want to be in a group with “the newbies” but with peers implementing growth and sustainability strategies like you.

You want a coach to mentor you through the journey to multiple-6 figures, a profitable team, and growth in your business.

The TLP Inner Circle Mastermind is a 6-month high-touch, a small group designed to provide you with the support and strategy you need.

You will meet with me in small group masterminds weekly to learn from myself and your peers, have Voxer access with me to follow up on our mastermind, and meet with me individually 1:1 throughout the process.

This is the FIRST TIME in 4 years that I’ve offered private sessions with me as a part of a group program to really dig into the work we need to do to reach our goals.

You’ll focus on learning systems to streamline your business, project management skills to optimize workload, hiring, and delegation to build a supportive and profitable team, as well as ensuring your product suite is complete!

Ready? Send me a DM to chat more or to request an application. Enrollment closes on December 30.

If you’re a part of a larger team, a contractor inside an organization, or work in a clinic splitting your income with the owner, you may wonder if you could offer a group program. Perhaps if it would be worth your time?

It can be difficult to envision what your online group program looks like associated with the other programs and services that your collaborative team offers.

Does it include other members of the team?

How much time will it take me to get it up and going?

Will it be worth my time?

Whether you run your own practice or you’re a part of someone else’s, offering a group program can be a very profitable way to serve your clients.

Here at The Leveraged Practice, we’ve worked with a dozen clients that have added a group program to their organization's offerings successfully to increase profitability and serve those that need them.

One of the most incredible ways to use a group program is to create a framework that supports the clients on your clinic's waitlist that are waiting for services.

In today’s episode, I discuss how to offer an online program within a clinic that offers other allied health professional services and programs as a contractor, with Danielle Aldous. Danielle and I will discuss why she wanted to offer a program, the structure she has created, and how she’s now able to help some of the 200 clients who are on a waitlist for her clinics' services. It’s such an incredible model, I can’t wait to share it with you.

Here are a few more great client examples:

Ep.129 Bringing a Physical Practice Online with Physiotherapist Sacha Lay
Ep.127 How to Fill Your Program with Selene Yan
Ep. 63 Adding an Online Program to a Full Brick and Mortar Practice with Kelly McDonnell-Arnold

About Danielle Aldous

A Registered Dietitian and Certified Bariatric Educator who helps adults living with obesity find their best weight and live a healthy and fulfilled life. She supports her clients at LEAF Weight Management to identify the skills and strategies that work for them so they can commit to act on what they can control and accept the things that are not within their control when it comes to managing obesity. She helps clients improve nutrition and self-care skills to manage their medical condition. She coaches her clients to consistently nudge their behaviors in the direction of good health with compassion and kindness.

@leafwmc

Have you been thinking about launching your own online group program?

If you’ve been thinking about offering a group program for the last year…

If you’re so busy with clients you don’t have time for anything, including yourself…

If you’ve been waiting for the right time to shift your 1:1 services into an online program…

Now is the time.

January 2022 is calling you to launch your program when your clients need it the most.

Join The Leverage Practice Program this week so you can get planning your curriculum, develop your program and plan your launch for Q1 of 2022. With our streamlined and step-by-step system, we can get you launched by January!!!

Go to TLP2021.com to learn more about what’s offered in our coaching program and book a call with a member of our team.

In last week’s podcast I shared with you what the “launch strategy” is and why it’s critical to use this strategy in your marketing system for your online programs.

Today’s episode is focused on showing you how to incorporate the “waitlist strategy” into your launch and the selling of your online program. This is especially important if you’re doing an open-closed door model.

Once you identify who is interested in working with you, and segment them in your email list, you can build connections through touch points and have them ready to buy when you’re ready to sell. I’ve had clients sell out their launches using these strategies, even with a small audience.

If you’re ready to apply the waitlist and launch strategies in your business, we’ve built something perfect for you… Introducing “The Health Practitioner’s Launch Plan”. A step-by-step 5 module program to plan, develop, promote and launch your online program using strategies working right now. Choose the self-study course option or add on live online coaching to support you through the training.

If you have a program right now that you are ready to launch, or you’ve been scraping together a launch yourself using free resources you’ve found online, it’s time to get this right. We’re heading into a new year, so it’s a perfect time to improve your sales system with our TLP launch system. Register today at TLPlaunchbootcamp.com LIMITED SPOTS

Learn the foundational strategy that has grown two of my own businesses to multiple-6 figures and grown hundreds of my clients businesses. Plus, we’ll give you insight into how to adapt this model with “what’s working right now” tactics and tools that you need in 2022.

If you enjoyed this episode, you might like these:

Ep.140 Success Strategy: Using a “Launch” Strategy
Ep.139 Success Strategy: How to Transition from 1-1 to Group Programs
Ep.138 Success Strategy: Balancing Kids & Entrepreneurship

Not Sure How to Market Your Online Program? You need a plan.

What’s the difference between ZERO sales and having a SOLD out cohort of clients? It’s HOW YOU MARKET your program. You need to build out a launch strategy to SHARE your program with more people and SELL OUT your group program.

Sign up and complete the course as a self-study or choose to join Stephanie live for 4-weeks of live teaching, open Q&A and feedback sessions. Get extra support with our team during these weekly live calls and in a small, exclusive bootcamp Facebook group. If you’ve never done this before, know you will have questions or like extra hand-holding and coaching. This is the best option for you.

LIMITED TO 10 SPOTS Starts January 3, 2022

REGISTER NOW >>> TLPlaunchbootcamp.com

PLUS These Done-for-You Bonuses

Bonus Training
Video: How to debrief your launch & plan your next one
Bonus Planner
TLP Launch Planner Spreadsheet with weekly checklists
Bonus Tracker
TLP Team Tracker to organize and delegate each task for your live event
Bonus Copy
Email swipe copy for your invitation, registration and sales emails
Bonus Guide
TLP 21-Day Marketing Prompt Guide for social media
Bonus Templates
TLP Canva and Copywriting Vault of templates and examples

This month we start a new 4-part series on success strategies that our clients, team, and I use to help us show up and reach our goals

After just 2 years of working as a dietitian, I saw my time was getting maxed out and I knew I wanted to increase my impact. I started my first live program back in 2012 and have run over 100 launches every which way, tested many approaches, and had successes and failures that have taught me so much about offering programs and courses in the world.

In today’s episode, I explain what a launch is, why it works and when you must consider using a launch strategy to make more sales in your practice.

The goal of this series is to help you take action as we move closer to 2022. We also invite you to join our January Launch Bootcamp to help you understand the ins and outs of promoting, launching, and signing up new clients.

If you enjoyed this episode, you might like these:

Ep.139 Success Strategy: How to Transition from 1-1 to Group Programs
Ep.138 Success Strategy: Balancing Kids & Entrepreneurship
Ep.124 7 Different Styles of Group Programs to Build a Business You Love

This month we started a new 4-part series on success strategies that our clients, team, and I use to help us show up and reach our goals

One strategy that is the key to building a sustainable model in the health field, so that you have more time and more freedom, and don’t get burnt out with patient care, is bringing group programs into your model.

This adds financial resources, another offering for your potential clients, and removes you from the service so that you have more room in your schedule for yourself.

In today’s episode, I share the 5 steps to leverage your current 1:1 practice into an online group program, so you can use everything you have to make it simple and easy.

Whether you want to add an additional revenue stream to your current practice or you want to work one less day a week, 2022 can be your year to make this happen. You can do this. If you want to stop guessing at how to get started, going down a rabbit hole of YouTube videos, and are ready to make this happen. Click Here to book a call with a member of our team. https://theleveragedpractice.com/call/

If you enjoyed this episode, you might like these:

Ep.137 Success Strategy: Making More Time in Your Schedule

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-137-success-strategy-making-more-time-in-your-schedule/

Ep. 131 Should I Do a Membership?

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-131-should-i-do-a-membership/

Ep.124 7 Different Styles of Group Programs to Build a Business You Love

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-124-7-different-styles-of-group-programs-to-build-a-business-you-love/

Enrollment is now open for The Leveraged Practice Program!

If you’ve been thinking about offering a group program for the last year…

If you’re so busy with clients you don’t have time for anything, including yourself…

If you’ve been waiting for the right time to shift your 1:1 services into an online program…

Now is the time.

January 2022 is calling you to launch your program when your clients need it the most.

Join The Leverage Practice Program this week so you can get planning your curriculum, develop your program and plan your launch for Q1 of 2022.

Go to TLP2021.com to learn more about what’s offered in our coaching program and book a call with a member of our team.

https://theleveragedpractice.com/call/

Last week we started a new 4 part series on success strategies that myself, our clients, and my team use every day.

In today’s episode, I share my experience raising three littles, age 6 & under, while trying to balance the workload and constant change that comes along with entrepreneurship.

If you missed the first part of this series, you can go back and listen to Ep.137 where I share 12 tips to help you make more time in your schedule.

The most important thing you need to consider as you try to create balance within your work and family life and where more time can be created for you. This is where the online health program business model can really help you escape the chains of 1:1 counseling.

Need help? Register Now for our Free 4-Day Training Series, Nov 15 to 18, to learn the TLP framework to create online group programs, so that your business can be profitable and sustainable.

If you enjoyed this episode, you might like these:

Ep.137 Success Strategy: Making More Time in Your Schedule

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-137-success-strategy-making-more-time-in-your-schedule/

Ep.120 Coach Spotlight Series: How to Prove Yourself Wrong with Allison

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-120-coach-spotlight-series-how-to-prove-yourself-wrong-with-allison/

How to Structure and Sell Your Online Health Program

FREE LIVE TRAINING

November 15 to 18

Q1 is the best time to launch your group program, so if you’re planning on a successful enrollment for January or February 2022 TLP can help!

Join me for our last free training of the year: How to Structure & Sell Your Online Health Program held online from November 15 to 18. Join me live each day at 11 am EDT or watch/listen to the easy-to-access replay.

Register Now

-> https://stephanieclairmont.lpages.co/how-to-structure-sell-your-online-health-program-confirmation-nov2021/

Learn how to plan out your curriculum, delivery results online with simple technology, and open enrollment to your audience with our tried and tested system.

TRAINING DETAILS

WHEN: November 15-18, 2021

TIME: 11:00 am to 11:20 am EDT

WHERE: An exclusive online group

WHO: Stephanie Clairmont, MHSc, RD, CEO of The Leveraged Practice and online program expert who has been delivering health programs online since 2013 and enrolled more than 5000 clients into her programs.

Register Now

Check out our 2022 planning podcast series here:

Part 1: https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-133-2022-planning-part-1-business-reflection/

https://bit.ly/3COyTPF

Part 2: https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-134-2022-planning-part-2-what-worked-and-what-didnt-numbers/

https://bit.ly/3mHYRyy

Part 3: https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-135-2022-planning-part-3-setting-annual-goals/

https://bit.ly/3o2y9Au

Part 4: https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-136-2022-planning-part-4-creating-action-plan-for-2022-success/

https://bit.ly/3k13aTR

Learn How to Structure and Sell Your Online Health Program

FREE LIVE TRAINING

November 15-18

Want to launch your group online program in January or February 2022? It’s time to create your program delivery and launch lan.

Join me for our free live training: How to Structure & Sell Your Online Health Program held at 11 am EDT November 15 through18.

Register Now

-> https://stephanieclairmont.lpages.co/how-to-structure-sell-your-online-health-program-confirmation-nov2021/

Learn how to lean out of your busy and overwhelming 1:1 practice and into a business model that will help you grow in an impactful and financially sustainable way.

TRAINING DETAILS

WHEN: November 15-18, 2021

TIME: 11:00 am to 11:20 am EDT

WHERE: An exclusive online group

WHO: Stephanie Clairmont, MHSc, RD, CEO of The Leveraged Practice and online program expert who has been delivering health programs online since 2013

Note: If you are unable to join us live, the replays will be available immediately afterwards via video and audio podcast (private feed). These training videos will be available until Wednesday, November 24 @11:59 pm EDT.

Register Now

-> https://stephanieclairmont.lpages.co/how-to-structure-sell-your-online-health-program-confirmation-nov2021/

Welcome to the final installment of our Annual Planning podcast series, part 4: Create Your Action Plan! Throughout these four podcast episodes, you’ve been able to work through our TLP annual planning framework, so you can feel excited and prepared for a successful 2022. This series has been built as a mini-training, with this first episode as the groundwork needed for the next three steps.

If you haven’t listened yet to Part 1: Business Reflection, Part 2: What worked and what didn’t? (numbers), or Part 3: Setting Annual Goals, you can listen to them now on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

Last week you learned how to set personal and professional goals, so that you have a clear path to success next year. You must be clear on your goals for 2022, before you can create your action plan.

In this week’s episode you’ll take everything you learned so far in this series to develop your 2022 action plan. Listen in to learn the key things you will need to take action and reach your goals.

If you like this episode, you might like these:

Ep.134 2022 Planning Part 2: What worked and what didn’t? (numbers)

https://bit.ly/3EkQ7o9

Ep.133 2022 Planning Part 1: Business Reflection

https://bit.ly/3vPexDp

Ep.135‌ ‌‌2022‌ ‌Planning‌ ‌Part‌ ‌3:‌ ‌Setting‌ ‌Annual‌ ‌Goals‌

https://bit.ly/3Bnckjn

Learn How to Structure and Sell Your Online Health Program

FREE LIVE TRAINING

November 15-18

Want to launch your group online program in January or February 2022? It’s time to create your program delivery and launch lan.

Join me for our free live training: How to Structure & Sell Your Online Health Program held at 11 am EDT November 15 through18.

Register Now

https://stephanieclairmont.lpages.co/how-to-structure-sell-your-online-health-program-confirmation-nov2021/

Learn how to lean out of your busy and overwhelming 1:1 practice and into a business model that will help you grow in an impactful and financially sustainable way.

TRAINING DETAILS

WHEN: November 15-18, 2021

TIME: 11:00 am to 11:20 am EDT

WHERE: An exclusive online group

WHO: Stephanie Clairmont, MHSc, RD, CEO of The Leveraged Practice and online program expert who has been delivering health programs online since 2013

Note: If you are unable to join us live, the replays will be available immediately afterwards via video and audio podcast (private feed). These training videos will be available until Wednesday, November 24 @11:59 pm EDT.

Welcome to the Annual Planning Part 3! Throughout these four podcast episodes, you’ll work your way through our TLP annual planning framework, so you can feel excited and prepared for 2022. This series has been built as a mini-training, with this first episode as the groundwork needed for the next three steps.

If you haven’t listened yet to Part 1: Business Reflection or Part 2: What worked and what didn’t? (numbers) you can listen to them now on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

As you head towards 2022, we’ve got to talk about your goals. What do you want to accomplish next year? What do you want to change about your business?

Last week you analyzed what worked and didn’t work in your business in the podcast, so let’s take that and use it for your goal setting.

In the noisy health industry, you’ve got to get clear on your goals and how you will reach them. You need a very clear pathway in order to see your practice survive and thrive in 2022.

In this week’s episode, you’ll learn how to set personal and professional goals, so that you have a clear path to success next year.

If you like this episode, you might like these:

Ep.134 2022 Planning Part 2: What worked and what didn’t? (numbers)

https://bit.ly/3jrrGNT

Ep.133 2022 Planning Part 1: Business Reflection

https://bit.ly/3B0Foxf

Ep.129 Bringing a Physical Practice Online with Physiotherapist Sacha Lay

https://bit.ly/3m7iq3k

Learn How to Structure and Sell Your Online Health Program

FREE LIVE TRAINING

November 15-18

It’s time to talk about 2022. If you’re avoiding it, you can’t any longer. I know it’s been a tough year for business, let’s move on from this year and start planning the next!

How was your business this year? Have you accomplished what you’ve wanted to? Are you working more or less hours?

Are you making more or less money? Are you impacting as many clients as you would like to? How’s your work -life balance?

Seriously think about these questions before you start planning 2022. If you’re who I think you are, when it comes to running your practice, you want to achieve both profitability and sustainability.

Join me for our live free training How to structure & sell your online health program: November 15-18, 2021

Register Now

https://stephanieclairmont.lpages.co/how-to-structure-sell-your-online-health-program-confirmation-nov2021/

Learn how to lean out of your unsustainable 1:1 practice and into a business model that will help you grow in an impactful and financially sustainable way.

TRAINING DETAILS

WHEN: November 15-18, 2021

TIME: 11:00 pm to 11:20 pm EDT

WHERE: An exclusive online group

WHO: Stephanie Clairmont, MHSc, RD, CEO of The Leveraged Practice and online program expert who has been delivering health programs online since 2013.

Welcome to the Annual Planning Part 2! Throughout these four podcast episodes, you’ll work your way through our TLP annual planning framework, so you can feel excited and prepared for 2022. This series has been built as a mini-training, with this first episode as the groundwork needed for the next three steps.

If you haven’t listened to Ep. 133 - 2022 Planning Part 1: TITLE, listen to it now here on iTunes or Spotify.

It is important to acknowledge that the market has changed, especially in the health industry. With the rise of online business, social media and “experts”; it’s noisy out there. Business is ever evolving and changing. The way we market to and serve our clients is changing regularly with new digital platforms and marketing trends.

In our current business climate, we are no longer selling credentials and price, we are selling outcomes. It’s time to think about how you will position your business focusing on what people are looking for – results.

In this episode, I’ll walk you through a high-level overview of 2 important concepts:

Qualitative and quantitative evaluation
Debriefing

Once you’ve learned these two important evaluation techniquest, you will have action steps and practical exercises to apply to your own business from 2021 that will drive you forward in 2022.

If you like this episode, you might like these:

126 Learning How To Sell Without Being Sleazy with Cassie

https://bit.ly/3val9ff

111 How to Use Content to Attract the Right Audience

https://bit.ly/3BLQNlB

117 The Best Time to Open Enrollment AKA Launch!

https://bit.ly/3ASCUB3

NEW TRAINING ALERT

For the first time ever, we are offering you a training course on how to set up your platform, using Thinkific. We created this for our clients and are pulling it out for you to use today!

The course includes 7 step-by-step setup tutorials to walk you through the setup of each module and lesson, and publishing your course. Plus you will have access to our TLP template, to show you how we recommend setting up your orientation section and modules. With a sprinkling of TLP strategy in there for you as you're setting it all up.

End the tech headache and get your program set up today with the How to Setup Your Thinkific Platform course by The Leveraged Practice for just $37. LIMITED TIME: Regular price is $97

What’s included:

Curriculum Setup: Follow 7 step-by-step tutorial video training walking you through the setup.
Save Time: Use our templated framework for your modules, which clients have reported saving 15 to 20 hours of time by using!
Thinkific Strategy: Curriculum setup is based on our TLP best practices and evidence-based framework to set up your online course, program, or mastermind.

Register Now for the LIMITED-TIME PRICE of just $37 for the How to Setup Your Thinkific Platform course and get your program set up today! -> https://workshops.theleveragedpractice.com/courses/setup-your-thinkific

Welcome to the Annual Planning Series! Over the next four podcast episodes, you’ll work your way through our TLP annual planning framework, so you can feel excited and prepared for 2022. This series has been built as a mini-workshop training, with this first episode as the groundwork needed for the next three steps.

It is important to acknowledge that the market has changed, especially in the health industry. With the rise of online business, social media and “experts”; it’s noisy out there. Business is ever evolving and changing. The way we market to and serve our clients is changing regularly with new digital platforms and marketing trends.

In our current business climate, we are no longer selling credentials and price, we are selling outcomes. It’s time to think about how you will position your business focusing on what people are looking for – results.

In this episode, I’ll walk you through 5 important questions to ask to help you better position and market yourself in 2022. You will also get some take-away action steps and exercise to reach those 2022 goals. Ready?

If you like this episode, you might like these:

126 Learning How To Sell Without Being Sleazy with Cassie

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-126-learning-how-to-sell-without-being-sleazy-with-cassie/

111 How to Use Content to Attract the Right Audience

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-111-how-to-use-content-to-attract-the-right-audience/

117 The Best Time to Open Enrollment AKA Launch!

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-117-the-best-time-to-open-enrollment-aka-launch/

Not sure where to start?

NEW TRAINING ALERT

First the first time ever, we are offering you a training course on how to setup your platform straight from The Leveraged Practice Program. 7 setup tutorials and our TLP template will get your program setup without hours and hours of YouTube videos and tech headaches. For just $37!!!

Thinkific Strategy: Use the TLP best practices and evidence-based framework to set up your online course, program or mastermind.
Curriculum Setup: Follow 7 step-by-step tutorial video training walking you through the setup.
Save Time: Use our template, which clients have reported saving 15 to 20 hours of time in using this template.

Register Now for the $37 How to Setup Your Thinkific Platform Course. -> https://workshops.theleveragedpractice.com/courses/setup-your-thinkific

We are going to answer a BIG question that I know you have, which is, “how much of yourself should you put into your brand”.

Steph Weber, of The Weber Co., is here today to explain why it’s important to have a clear message and a clear way to connect with your audience.

What’s really important to keep in mind is showing your face is one great way to create a human connection, be it through your content, in person, through video messages, through voice memos, even just showing up and associating your face or that voice to your business is one of the most important first steps.

Listen is as she shares:

If you should have a personal and business presence online
What kind of content you should be sharing
What makes up your brand

Your audience wants to get to know the person behind your brand. Sharing relevant parts of your life helps to humanize your business and builds trust with your audience.

If you like this episode, you might like these:

126 Learning How To Sell Without Being Sleazy with Cassie

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-126-learning-how-to-sell-without-being-sleazy-with-cassie/

111 How to Use Content to Attract the Right Audience

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-111-how-to-use-content-to-attract-the-right-audience/

117 The Best Time to Open Enrollment AKA Launch!

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-117-the-best-time-to-open-enrollment-aka-launch/

About Steph Weber

Steph Weber is a brand coach and marketing strategist that helps entrepreneurs create authority brands in their industry. With 8 years of experience working as a brand strategist, a degree in strategic communications, and the work she’s poured into developing her own business, Steph helps brands implement the strategy they need to build impactful, sustainable businesses. Through coaching, live events, and the free resources you’ll find at theweberco.com, Steph and the Weber Co. team help entrepreneurs create massive impact and turn their ideal world into their reality.

Full bio on theleveragedpractice.com episode notes.

Are you ready to get your first 5 to 10 clients enrolled in your online group program?

If you:

Have a practice or business currently seeing patients 1:1
Find yourself repeating yourself every day
Focus on a specific area of care and have developed your own unique system to help your patients solve their health concern

An online group program will work for your clients, will work for your business, and will allow you to have more impact on the world.

Book a call now to discuss how The Leveraged Practice might be able to help you. -> https://calendly.com/the-leveraged-practice/30min

Good News! There is no one “cookie-cutter” way to serve your clients and patients. You get to decide the best way for YOU to really make an impact on the world.

So what kind of program should you build to serve more clients and make a bigger impact on the world?

It starts with considering your own expertise and what your audience needs.

In today’s episode, I answer a question that I receive often about starting a membership. The health industry feels like the perfect place to offer membership to patients and clients …. Or is it?

This episode will help you decide if:

Your clients need a membership
Membership is best suited for your type of business
If there is another style of program that’s better

If you enjoyed this episode, here are 3 more you might enjoy:

115 3 Practices to Customize a Group Program

-> https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-115-3-practices-to-customize-a-group-program/

124 7 Different Styles of Group Programs to Build a Business You Love

-> https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-124-7-different-styles-of-group-programs-to-build-a-business-you-love/

130 How do I create a Passive Income Course?

-> https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-130-how-do-i-create-a-passive-income-course/

Are you ready to get your first 5 to 10 clients enrolled in your online group program?

If you:

Have a practice or business currently seeing patients 1:1
Find yourself repeating yourself every day
Focus on a specific area of care and have developed your own unique system to help your patients solve their health concern

An online group program will work for your clients, will work for your business, and will allow you to have more impact on the world.

Book a call now to discuss how The Leveraged Practice might be able to help you. -> https://calendly.com/theleveragedpracticeteam/15-20min?month=2021-08

I have heard the words “passive income” mentioned so many times by health professionals, wondering if they can make a course to generate money while they sleep. Well in today’s episode we are going to talk about it. “Passive income”, when we look at the definition of passive, means to make money without doing anything. Interesting…

In 2013, I had a taste of passive income when I wrote and published a book on IBS and nutrition. When it was sold on Amazon, I made money. The question is… was it really passive income? Sure I made sales when I was sleeping, but I had spent hundreds of hours writing the book, hiring a team to help with graphics, recipes, and editing, and time every day on growing my brand.

Today we will talk about real ways to make passive income and how it’s possible in the health field. I’ll also share my concept of leveraged income and how I’ve generated over 1 Million dollars in leveraged income products and programs in my company.

If you liked this episode, here are 3 of my favourite episodes that include more helpful advice to get you started:

124 7 Different Styles of Group Programs to Build a Business You Love

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-124-7-different-styles-of-group-programs-to-build-a-business-you-love/

128 How to Sell Out a Professional Development Program with Alicia Galvin

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-128-how-to-sell-out-a-professional-development-program-with-alicia-galvin/

115 3 Practices to Customize a Group Program

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-115-3-practices-to-customize-a-group-program/

Are you ready to take your online practice to the next level?

You’ve successfully launched your online program, you’ve put clients in and you’re making money, good for you! This is hard to do and you’ve done it… but now you’re wondering “what’s next?” If you are focused on that next level, 6-figures, and multiple-six figures, we can help.

Contact us to learn more about the TLP Inner Circle Mastermind.

Apply Here -> https://stephclairmont.typeform.com/to/mPG5osp0

It’s difficult to visualize what your online program will look like, isn’t it? You’re not alone. It’s new and different to teach online. Using eLearning best practices and simple technology to leverage your one-to-one work is something your practice absolutely needs. So let’s figure out how to do it, ok?

If you have a part of your treatment, therapy, or practice that requires a physical aspect, like physiotherapy, physical therapy, EMDR, chiropractic care, massage, etc. it may be extra challenging.

The truth is, someone who traditionally is expected to see their clients face-to-face for treatment CAN shift their practice online and offer tremendous results and success for their clients.

In today’s podcast episode, Sasha Lay, a Physiotherapist, and I connect about what she considered to shift her expertise on pain in her physical practice to online education. She shares how she was able to do just that as well as overcome some of the biggest obstacles we have such as making time.

Sasha explains what helped her to visualize what her online group program could look like beyond the physical realm, what she included, and what direction she went in.

Listen in as I share actionable steps to find your main message and determine your priorities and bring your practice online.

If you liked this episode, here are 3 of my favourite episodes that include more helpful advice to get you started:

124 7 Different Styles of Group Programs to Build a Business You Love

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-124-7-different-styles-of-group-programs-to-build-a-business-you-love/

128 How to Sell Out a Professional Development Program with Alicia Galvin

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-128-how-to-sell-out-a-professional-development-program-with-alicia-galvin/

115 3 Practices to Customize a Group Program

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-115-3-practices-to-customize-a-group-program/

About Sacha Lay

Sacha graduated from the University of Saskatchewan in 2005 with dual Bachelor of Science degrees in Kinesiology and Physiotherapy. Although a Saskatoon girl at heart, she moved to Alberta in 2006 to experience the adventures of mountain and big city living. Along with the experience that has come with treating a diverse clientele, Sacha has attended many post-graduate courses to further her assessment and treatment skills.

Find her on instagram: @sacha.physio

Ready to get started?

Check out this workbook that can help you get started with 3 simple exercises to Find, Validate and Prepare your program topic for development. Click here to get your copy. https://stephanieclairmont.lpages.co/perfect-your-program-idea-workbook/

It’s easy to get stuck in all the things to consider when developing an online group program; from program design to selling to support.

The good news is that you don’t have to reinvent the wheel.

Today’s podcast episode Alicia Galvin shares how she has structured her online group program, allowing her to make more income while seeing less one-to-one clients.

Listen in as she shares tips on:

Running an effective Q&A with your clients
How she made time to balance her young family and private practice while building her program
How to sell out your program

This is a must listen episode, from one of our best success stories here at TLP.

If this topic interests you, here are 3 more podcast episodes that you will find helpful:

EP.98 Do Your 1:1 Clients Need a Group Program?

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-98-do-your-11-clients-need-a-group-program/

EP.122 How to Create Job Security as an Entrepreneur

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-122-how-to-create-job-security-as-an-entrepreneur/

EP. 126 Learning how to sell without being Sleazy with Cassie

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-126-learning-how-to-sell-without-being-sleazy-with-cassie/

About Alicia Galvin

Alicia Galvin MEd, RD, LD, CLT IFNCP has practiced in the Dallas/Fort Worth area since 2010 with an emphasis on gastrointestinal (GI) diseases, such as irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), SIBO, ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease.

In 2014 Alicia founded her own private practice with a focus on integrative and functional nutrition. She is also co-founder of SIBO Academy, an online training platform for RDs looking to expand their education in the area of SIBO and GI disorders.

You can see more of what Alicia is up to here: aliciagalvinrd -> https://www.instagram.com/aliciagalvinrd/

Are you ready to get your first 5 to 10 clients enrolled in your online group program?

If you:

Have a practice or business currently seeing patients 1:1
Find yourself repeating yourself every day
Focus on a specific area of care and have developed your own unique system to help your patients solve their health concern

An online group program will work for your clients, will work for your business, and will allow you to have more impact on the world.

Book a call now to discuss how The Leveraged Practice might be able to help you. -> https://calendly.com/theleveragedpracticeteam/15-20min?month=2021-08

If you have been listening to my podcast for a while, you know there are so many powerful reasons to offer a group program.

It is so important to listen to your clients to truly understand what they are struggling with, so you can develop a program that will give them what they need to heal. Whether it be a traditional one-to-one, a standard group program and community, or a hybrid program.

In today’s podcast episode, Selene Yan, a Registered Dietitian & Intuitive Eating Counsellor, and I discuss so many important aspects of evolving your program and giving your clients what they need.

Listen in to hear about:

Selecting the right format for your program
How to fill your program
If you should set a max capacity

Selene shares a lot of valuable insight into how she runs her own programs and the steps she’s taken to get where she is now.

About Selene Yan

Selene Yan is a Registered Dietitian and Certified Intuitive Eating Counsellor with over 10 years of experience. She specializes in working with eating disorders and body image concerns. She has a deep understanding of how the ability to eat and digest food is intricately linked with the body’s nervous system. She helps individuals tune inwards so they may better understand and attend to their body’s needs. Continued bio at https://theleveragedpractice.com/

You can find her online here: embodiedRD.com or on Instagram: @embodiedRD

Did you enjoy this podcast? You may enjoy these 3 episodes about finding your ideal clients and selling:

Ep. 94 Q&A with Steph: How Do I Price My Program and Find Clients Who Will Pay For It?

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-94-qa-with-steph-how-do-i-price-my-program-and-find-clients-who-will-pay-for-it/

Ep.104 Increase Your Business Potential with Lisha Knicely

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-104-increase-your-business-potential-with-lisha-knicely/

Ep.124 7 Different Styles of Group Programs to Build a Business You Love

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-124-7-different-styles-of-group-programs-to-build-a-business-you-love/

Are you ready to get your first 10 clients enrolled in your online group program?

If you:

Have a practice or business currently seeing patients 1:1
Find yourself repeating yourself every day
Focus on a specific area of care and have developed your own unique system to help your patients solve their health concern

An online group program will work for your clients, will work for your business, and will allow you to have more impact on the world.

Book a call now to discuss how The Leveraged Practice might be able to help you. -> https://calendly.com/theleveragedpracticeteam/15-20min?month=2021-08

Today we’re talking about something that many health professionals feel uncomfortable with. It did for me when I started my business. But it was one of those skills that I had to learn and get used to - and that was selling.

In this changing world that we live in today, it’s become even more important to ensure that we are engaging with others and selling health in a genuine way.

In this week’s episode, I chatted with a member of our TLP team, Cassie Drinkwalter, Manager of Connections and Sales. We talked about how you can share your message in a natural and authentic way while also connecting with potential clients to enroll more members in your program.

Listen in as Cassie and I share:

The honest truth about what selling is
How to shift your thinking about selling
What the selling process includes
Common blocks around selling
Resources to create to get you started with selling

This episode with Cassie will show you how you can sell in a way that feels comfortable and genuine to you, where you're creating a system around selling and truly helping people.

Did you enjoy this podcast? You may enjoy these 3 episodes about finding your ideal clients and selling:

Ep. 94 Q&A with Steph: How Do I Price My Program and Find Clients Who Will Pay For It?

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-94-qa-with-steph-how-do-i-price-my-program-and-find-clients-who-will-pay-for-it/

Ep.111 How to Use Content to Attract the Right Audience

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-111-how-to-use-content-to-attract-the-right-audience/

Ep. 117 The Best Time to Open Enrollment AKA Launch!

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-117-the-best-time-to-open-enrollment-aka-launch/

Are you ready to get your first 10 clients enrolled in your online group program? I'm going to show you how, this month during our free 4-day training series.

In just 20 minutes a day, you’ll get simple step-by-step strategies to plan out your content, delivery model, and launch plan. Join in live at 11 am EDT, or listen to the replay on a private podcast or video.

Sign up at leverageyourpractice.com

4-Day Live Workshop: How To Structure & Sell Your Online Health Program

AUGUST 23-26, 2021 @ 11:00 AM EST

There is no cookie cutter way to create a group program. Ii is one of the biggest questions practitioners have before joining our program.

Here at The Leveraged Practice we work with you to understand what your clients need more to get the best results. We help you to really stand out in a market full of nutritionists, health coaches, and all sorts of experts in wellness.

In this week’s episode, I chatted with Justine Dowd, a PhD, and she explains in detail how she runs her own program and shares the benefits and rewards of shifting from a traditional 1-to-1 model to a hybrid online group program.

Listen in as Justin shares:

Her biggest lessons learned while developing her program
How she made time to develop and launch her program
How she has structured her hybrid online group program
How she used hired help to take time off for her mat-leave

If you are feeling overwhelmed by the idea of developing your own online program, this episode will help you understand important steps and help you realize you don’t have time not to use a group program.

Did you enjoy this podcast? You may enjoy these 3 episodes where health professionals are sharing how they expanded their private practice with online group programs:

52 Where Do I Start?

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-52-where-do-i-start/

107 Will People Buy Your Program?

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-107-will-people-buy-your-program/

124 7 Different Styles of Group Programs to Build a Business You Love

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-124-7-different-styles-of-group-programs-to-build-a-business-you-love/

Are you ready to get your first 10 clients enrolled in your online group program? I'm going to show you how, this month during our free 4-day training series.

In just 20 minutes a day, you’ll get simple step-by-step strategies to plan out your content, delivery model, and launch plan. Join in live at 11 am EDT, or listen to the replay on a private podcast or video.

Sign up at leverageyourpractice.com

4-Day Live Workshop: How To Structure & Sell Your Online Health Program

AUGUST 23-26, 2021 @ 11:00 AM EST

If you are a private practice owner or a health entrepreneur, then it’s been a rough past 18 months. Business has changed and the way people are looking for and purchasing services has changed.

In this moment, you need to reflect on where your business has landed. What are you doing day to day? What kind of work fills your schedule? Do you love what you do? Or have you created a job that doesn’t align with your goals, vision and passion?

In today’s podcast episode, I’ll share with you the different program styles you can run within your practice. This will help you effectively shift your 1:1 practice, online with a better, more efficient model.

I know it can be hard to even visualize a group program and how to develop it for your people. You’re not alone.

I’ve developed this teaching just for you. Today I’ll teach you a model that’s perfect for you and your business.

Learn about these models:

Hybrid
Small Group
Mentorship
Mastermind
Standard
Maintenance
Membership

I hope you see the opportunity these programs could create for your practice.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes where health professionals are sharing how they expanded their private practice with online group programs:

52 Where Do I Start? -> https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-52-where-do-i-start/
102 Going Virtual to Expand Your Business with Sharon Fast -> https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-102-going-virtual-to-expand-your-business-with-sharon-fast/
107 Will People Buy Your Program? -> https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-107-will-people-buy-your-program/

If you’re ready to get your first 10 clients enrolled in your online group program, I’m going to show you how this month during our free 4-day training series.

In just 20 minutes a day, you’ll get simple step by step strategies to plan out your content, delivery model and launch plan. Join in live at 11 am EDT, or listen to the replay on a private podcast or video.

Sign up at leverageyourpractice.com

4-Day Live Workshop: How To Structure & Sell Your Online Health Program

AUGUST 23-26, 2021 @ 11:00 AM EST

You may be wondering if shifting to an online group program is the right move for your practice.

Perhaps having a hard time visualizing what an online program could look like.

In this week’s episode, Stefanie Wilkerson, a Registered & Licensed Dietitian, share’s how she shifted her thinking from one-to-one to an online health program.

She explains the benefits of creating a community and group program for her clients, and how it actually serves her clients better than 1:1 appointments!

Listen in as we talk about 3 things to consider when creating your program:

Identifying your program and who you serve
Keeping your program and learning up-to-date
Knowing when to evolve your program

Ready to develop your program to get better results with the help of Stephanie Clairmont and The Leveraged Practice?

Register now ( https://theleveragedpractice.com/webinar ) for our free 4-day live event: How to Structure & Sell your Online Health Program.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes where health professionals are sharing how they expanded their private practice with online group programs:

Ep.102 Going Virtual to Expand Your Business with Sharon Fast -> https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-102-going-virtual-to-expand-your-business-with-sharon-fast/
Ep.108 From Guessing to Sold Out in 12 Hours with Selena De Vries -> https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-108-from-guessing-to-sold-out-in-12-hours-with-selena-de-vries/
Ep.109 From Side Hustle To Full Time Entrepreneur with Jenny Friedman ->https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-109-from-side-hustle-to-full-time-entrepreneur-with-jenny-friedman/

About Stefanie Wilkerson

Stefanie is a Registered & Licensed Dietitian, Certified Health Coach, Certified Personal Trainer, and Certified Dietitian Nutrition Coach.

She is the owner and operator of The Fitness Nutritionists and has a passion for helping women find their healthy weight and manage depression and anxiety naturally with food and exercise.

Find her on Instagram @the.fitness.nutritionists or online at www.thefitnessnutritionists.com

I’ve seen many clinicians take jobs that drain them, or that lack the fulfillment they desire because they are hoping for job security. The harsh reality is that job security is a myth. Positions are eliminated as budgets or directives change.

In this episode I share the importance of developing your skills and expertise, and how to use them to create a career you love through entrepreneurship.

Plus I give you 3 ways to ensure job security and financial security with your practice by sharing:

How to make standout and charge for it
How to create a cash injection when you need it
How to have consistent monthly recurring revenue to help you plan

The takeaway from this week is to sell your skills, your expertise to include a professional development course a couple times a year if you can in your business. Create a model where you're selling a longer term result for people and generate regular income you can count on.

If you enjoyed this podcast, we think you will also enjoy these 3 episodes about creating a results-based online program for your practice:

Ep.108 From Guessing to Sold Out in 12 Hours with Selena De Vries (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-108-from-guessing-to-sold-out-in-12-hours-with-selena-de-vries/)
Ep.104 Increase Your Business Potential with Lisha Knicely (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-104-increase-your-business-potential-with-lisha-knicely/)
Ep. 88 $0 to $40K with Online Group Programs (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-88-0-to-40k-with-online-group-programs/)

Have you been thinking about working with us?

Take advantage of our July bonuses for new clients that pay in full! Book a call (https://calendly.com/the-leveraged-practice/30min) to learn more about The Leveraged Practice Program. (https://theleveragedpractice.com/leveraged-practice-sales-page/)

July Bonuses!

A 30 minute 1-on-1 consultation with me ($1000)
4 week small group Mastermind (max 6 spots) with me to audit your marketing, sales and team building plans to ensure you hit your goals($1500)
4 weeks of Voxer (VM) support with me ($2500)

With these July bonuses you will receive $5000 in bonuses, when you enroll for The Leveraged Practice Program (https://theleveragedpractice.com/leveraged-practice-sales-page/) (pay-in-full). Plus you’ll save 10%!

With The Leveraged Practice Program, you could launch at least twice before the year is up which according to our past clients results, could bring you anywhere from $10,000 to $50,000 in new revenue for your business!

It’s interesting to have been given this 1-1 model throughout our education, and now with the changing times and technology, we are able to innovate and find ways beyond that 1-1 model to better serve our clients.

The idea of a hybrid program, where you can do your 1-1 sessions, and use a community so your clients don’t feel alone and can learn together, or using online education by recording some of the techniques you use, can drive better results for your clients, and actually give you more of your time back as a practitioner.

In this week’s episode, we chat with Jocelyn Wood, a bilingual speech pathologist. She explains how The Leveraged Practice Program helped her to think outside the box to shift her practice online.

Steph and Jocelyn discuss:

how you can still have a human connection while serving your clients online
the value of providing a community for your clients
exploring a variety of digital learning tools

If you enjoyed this podcast, we think you will also enjoy these 3 episodes about creating a results-based online program for your practice:

97 Enriching 1:1 work with a Complete Group Program with Marie-Josée Rainville (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-97-enriching-11-work-with-a-complete-group-program-with-marie-josee-rainville/)
84 Pivoting a Full Practice To a Full Group Program with Marie-Pier Pitre-D’Iorio (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-84-pivoting-a-full-practice-to-a-full-group-program-with-marie-pier-pitre-diorio/)
88 $0 to $40K with Online Group Programs (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-88-0-to-40k-with-online-group-programs/)

Have you been thinking about working with us?

Take advantage of our fast start bonuses! Book a call (https://calendly.com/the-leveraged-practice/30min) to learn more about The Leveraged Practice Program (https://theleveragedpractice.com/leveraged-practice-sales-page/) and how to claim your bonuses:

A 30-minute 1-on-1 consultation with me
4 weeks of a small group Mastermind with me to help you work on the foundational and planning elements of how your program fits into your business
4 weeks of Voxer (VM) support with me
Copywriting feedback with Katie Momo twice a month
Instagram training and feedback with Chris Emmer

With the fast start bonuses, you will receive so much extra value, when you enroll for The Leveraged Practice Program (pay-in-full). (https://theleveragedpractice.com/leveraged-practice-sales-page/)

Book a call now! (https://calendly.com/the-leveraged-practice/30min)

ABOUT JOCELYN WOOD

A bilingual speech pathologist, Jocelyn has been practicing for 14 years working in an elementary school in Brooklyn. She serves primarily 4 to 12 year olds, and for the past five years Jocelyn decided to start her own private practice. She serves clients on a one to one basis and works with parents of young children to help figure out ways to get their babies talking.

Shop Jocelyn’s books here: https://jocelynmwood.com/shop Learn more about Jocelyn speech pathologist practice www.jocelynmwood.com or find her on @speechwithjwo

At The Leveraged Practice, we understand the importance of bringing together a team with different experiences and backgrounds to better serve our clients.

Throughout this 3-episode series, we put our TLP Advisors in the hot-seat as they share their best advice, tips, and strategies.

In this week’s episode, we chatted with Allison Riederer, one of our Accountability Advisors and a successful business owner. She and Steph discuss the many career paths for dietitians and health practitioners and the importance of doing work you love.

Allison explains the importance of proving yourself wrong and shares many ways she helps her clients take control of negative self-talk:

Surround yourself with the right community and support
Take one step at a time
Take a brief step back when needed then refocus on your “why”

Here is the link to Allison’s first appearance on The Leveraged Practice podcast.

Ep. 59 Overcome Fears of Putting Yourself Out There with Allison Riederer (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-59-overcome-fears-of-putting-yourself-out-there-with-allison-riederer/)

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about setting up your ideal business:

Ep.43 Take A Rest (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-43-take-a-rest/)
Ep.108 From Guessing to Sold Out in 12 Hours with Selena De Vries (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-108-from-guessing-to-sold-out-in-12-hours-with-selena-de-vries/)
Ep.100 Meet the CEO: An interview with Stephanie (Me!) (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-100-meet-the-ceo-an-interview-with-stephanie-me/)

Join The Leveraged Practice Waitlist

Thinking about becoming a client?

The Leveraged Practice Program is currently closed for enrollment as we focus on supporting our amazing health experts and leaders to launch their programs for this fall. We are working with all our clients intensely to support them through the summer and to have a strong second half of 2021 in their business.

If you would like to become a client, we will be offering pre-registration this summer for our fall cohort. You can click here to join the waitlist. (http://www.theleveragedpractice.com/waitlist)

Our waitlist participants will be the first notified to register for the fall semester and will qualify for additional benefits and bonuses.

Join the waitlist and our team will reach out over the next month to connect, learn more about your business goals, and identify if you are the right fit for the program. (https://theleveragedpractice.com/waitlist/)

About Allison Riederer – Accountability Advisor

A registered Dietitian and The Leveraged Practice Alumni.

[Read more at theleveragedpractice.com]

At The Leveraged Practice, we understand the importance of bringing together a team with different experiences and backgrounds to better serve our clients.

Throughout this 3-episode series, we put our TLP Advisors in the hot-seat as they share their best advice, tips, and strategies.

In this week’s episode, we chatted with Liam Mcelwee , one of our Accountability Advisors and a successful business owner. He and Steph discuss how to reduce your feeling of overwhelm by auditing your schedule.

Liam explains the importance of mapping out the journey for your clients so they get results, and also shares his 3 time tested strategies to grow your business:

Customer Service is key
Delegate tasks and Hire help to fill the gaps within your business
Develop a referral program

Here is the time tracking tool we use when auditing our own calendars – Get Toggl here https://toggl.com/

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about setting up your ideal business:

Ep. 118 Coach Spotlight Series: Pros and Cons of Comparison with Alex https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-118-coach-spotlight-series-pros-and-cons-of-comparison-with-alex/
Ep.114 Best Practices for a Group Model https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-114-best-practices-for-a-group-model/
Ep.100 Meet the CEO: An interview with Stephanie (Me!) https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-100-meet-the-ceo-an-interview-with-stephanie-me/

Join The Leveraged Practice Waitlist

The Leveraged Practice Program is currently closed for enrollment as we focus on supporting our amazing health experts and leaders to launch their programs for this fall. We are working with all our clients intensely to support them through the summer and to have a strong second half of 2021 in their business.

If you would like to become a client, we will be offering pre-registration this summer for our fall cohort. You can click here https://theleveragedpractice.com/waitlist/ to join the waitlist.

Our waitlist participants will be the first notified to register for the fall semester and will qualify for additional benefits and bonuses.

Join the waitlist https://theleveragedpractice.com/waitlist/ and our team will reach out over the next month to connect, learn more about your business goals, and identify if you are the right fit for the program.

About Liam Mcelwee – Accountability Advisor

As a business owner Liam not only owned his CrossFit Gym but is co-owner with his wife in an Online E-commerce business where they produce and market women’s headbands.

Liam loves anything where competition is involved and always strives to be better every single day!

At The Leveraged Practice, we understand the importance of bringing together a team with different experiences and backgrounds to better serve our clients.

Throughout this 3-episode series, we put our TLP Advisors in the hot-seat as they share their best advice, tips, and strategies.

In this week’s episode, we chat with Alex Fell, one of our Accountability Advisors and a successful business owner. She and Steph discuss the most important thing you need to know to scale your business, and the importance of surrounding yourself with the right community.

Alex also shares her strategy for getting unstuck and explains why comparison is a double-edged sword for most business owners.

Join The Leveraged Practice Waitlist

Thinking about becoming a client?

The Leveraged Practice Program is currently closed for enrollment as we focus on supporting our amazing health experts and leaders to launch their programs for this fall. We are working with all our clients intensely to support them through the summer and to have a strong second half of 2021 in their business.

If you would like to become a client, we will be offering pre-registration this summer for our fall cohort. You can click here https://theleveragedpractice.com/waitlist/ to join the waitlist.

Our waitlist participants will be the first notified to register for the fall semester and will qualify for additional benefits and bonuses.

Join the waitlist https://theleveragedpractice.com/waitlist/ and our team will reach out over the next month to connect, learn more about your business goals, and identify if you are the right fit for the program.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about setting up your ideal business:

Ep.33 When Your Dream Isn’t Your Dream https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-33-when-your-dream-isnt-your-dream/
Ep.44 Stop Health Provider Burn Out https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-44-stop-health-provider-burn-out/
Ep.52 Where Do I Start? https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-52-where-do-i-start/

About Alex Fell - Accountability Advisor

"My mission in TLP is to help people increase their impact and make a difference in the lives of others."

Alex founded The Chartwell House Early Learning Centre, 14 years ago, and The Baby Float Spa back in Sept. 2018. She is a proud mama of two. Her interest in all things entrepreneurial began during her pregnancies with her son Tyler, 16; and continued with her daughter Sofia, 4. Yes, your math is right, she will be raising a teenager and toddler at the same time!!! Navigating potty training, and puberty simultaneously, while building and growing businesses.

Working with and supporting other small business owners is her jam. She loves the whole process, from ideation to launch, and all the ups and downs in between. She believes that excitement comes from achievement, all wins should be celebrated, and all losses are learnings. But the real fulfillment comes from the journey that gets you there.

She knows success always takes help, and she is honoured to be able to work alongside all of you, as you build and grow your own online programs.

Ready to start planning and developing your first online program, but not sure when is the best time to get started?

The Leveraged Practice program is here to help you along the way. If you are on the fence about starting your online program, you may what to consider when you would like to make it available to your clients.

While deciding when to open the doors for enrollment for your online group program, it is critical to consider the best time of your launch.

With over 90 launches of my own programs, the data has shown there are a few things you should consider when planning out your program dates. In this week’s episode, you’ll learn what we’ve found here at TLP to be the best time of year for you to open enrollment and sell your program. You’ll also learn the three considerations and I’ll dive deeper into them with you to help you implement them:

Know what works best for you and your life, and your energy
Know what will work best for your clients
Consider cultural, seasonal, and world events that may impact client participation

Listen in as we share examples of how we have used our own data and research to determine when we open enrollment for The Leverage Practice program.

If you enjoyed this podcast, we think you will also enjoy these 3 episodes about creating a results-based online program for your practice:

52 Where Do I Start? (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-52-where-do-i-start/)
84 Pivoting a Full Practice to a Full Group Program with Marie-Pier Pitre-D’Iorio(https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-84-pivoting-a-full-practice-to-a-full-group-program-with-marie-pier-pitre-diorio/)
88 $0 to $40K with Online Group Programs(https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-88-0-to-40k-with-online-group-programs/)

The Leveraged Practice Program is Open for Enrolment!

Enroll now, to ensure you are ready to launch when the timing is right for your clients.

The Leveraged Practice Program is the complete A-Z process to develop, launch and grow your own online program. Whether you’re focused on a health or professional development program, everything is here for you.

This 12-month coaching program gives you all the tools, templates, training, support, and feedback you need to create your own successfully leveraged practice.

This is the quickest, most effective way to build a successful online program and grow it so that you’re making revenue and changing lives. Using The Leveraged Practice process, health professionals like yourself have launched in as little as 4 weeks.

Book Your Clarity Call Now

(https://calendly.com/theleveragedpracticeteam/15-20min?fbclid=IwAR2jKIbXmd42nlJLM_tG1SBoaydVlpjI5GQ-T_XamtGXZfRGc9WLq8P3g1g&month=2021-06)

Here at The Leveraged Practice, we exclusively work with clinicians and health professionals to help them offer online programming in the health field. We find that offering that first version of a program is really challenging for you.... Why?

There is a risk of overthinking, overplanning and stressing about perfectionism in the first version. Whether our clients spend 6 weeks or 6 months on their group program, we see they still need to evaluate and modify this program into an advanced version.

Your program needs to have a first version, a beta version, so that you can learn about supporting your clients in this way and evolve into a better model. It’s why we encourage you to get started in this area as soon as possible and add a group online element to your practice as soon as possible.

In today’s episode, I give you 5 techniques to help you evaluate and evolve your program into the best version it can be.

Here’s what I talked about:

How to evolve your program through client feedback
The importance individual feedback from your enrolled patients
How qualitative data can be just as helpful in validating and evolving your program

As you build or grow your practice, you may be looking at developing online learning for your clients. This gives you the opportunity to provide support in the different ways that people learn, while inspiring them to show up during the times that are convenient for them – so they have the chance to connect and clearly see the value of your expertise and support!

If you enjoyed this podcast, we think you will also enjoy these 3 episodes about creating a results-based online program for your practice:

Ep.97 Enriching 1:1 work with a Complete Group Program with Marie-Josée Rainville (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-97-enriching-11-work-with-a-complete-group-program-with-marie-josee-rainville/)
Ep.84 Pivoting a Full Practice To a Full Group Program with Marie-Pier Pitre-D’Iorio (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-84-pivoting-a-full-practice-to-a-full-group-program-with-marie-pier-pitre-diorio/)
Ep. 88 $0 to $40K with Online Group Programs (https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-88-0-to-40k-with-online-group-programs/)

The Leveraged Practice Program is Open for Enrollment!

The Leveraged Practice Program is the complete A-Z process to develop, launch and grow your own online program. Whether you’re focused on a health or professional development program, everything is here for you.

Book Your Clarity Call Now (https://calendly.com/theleveragedpracticeteam/15-20min?fbclid=IwAR2jKIbXmd42nlJLM_tG1SBoaydVlpjI5GQ-T_XamtGXZfRGc9WLq8P3g1g&month=2021-06)

One of the things I hear the most from health practitioners and clinicians is the hesitation to move from a one-to-one model into an online group program, because each client is different and unique, so they require customization when working with them.

Your best practices become your guiding principles to the way that you serve people. Which means you are repeating yourself every day as you see your clients. You may have 100 different strategies in your toolbox to help your clients, therefore you must customize the experience for each client. However, many of those strategies are overlapping and could be delivered in a more efficient way. That's why at the leverage practice, we're so passionate about and strongly believe in, group programs and not exclusively a one-to-one approach.

We help our clients create group programs where you use customization and treat everyone like a unique individual yet allows you to stop repeating yourself. This style of program empowers you to provide group education instead of repetitive on-to-one education. The sooner we get you started delivering your online group program, the sooner you can add additional elements that will improve learning, improve experience, and improve results.

Here’s what I covered in todays episode:

3 practices to customize your online group program.
How an online group program helps your client feel better supported.
How to scale your program and your income without adding more hours to your schedule
We share how collaboration could be the key to blowing up your practice.
Plus, a bonus pro-tip to save you time and give your clients an even better experience.

These best practices will help you know what to incorporate in your group program so you can be sure to give your clients the help they’ve been looking for – while making the income you want, without burning out.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes where health professionals are sharing how the expanded their private practice with online group programs:

52 Where Do I Start?

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-52-where-do-i-start/

102 Going Virtual to Expand Your Business with Sharon Fast

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-102-going-virtual-to-expand-your-business-with-sharon-fast/

107 Will People Buy Your Program?

https://theleveragedpractice.com/podcast/ep-107-will-people-buy-your-program/

Want to learn how to use Results-Driven Online Group Programs to grow your practice in a sustainable and profitable way?

Join me for a free webinar exclusively for health practitioners to learn best practices on offering a structured, step by step program.

How to Shift From 1:1 to a Group Program Model

June 9, 2021 @ 1:00 – 2:30 PM EDT

It’s time to make a solid plan for you to scale your practice, without adding more hours to your schedule. You can reach more people, get them real results all while having more flexibility to spend time with your family!

Click here to register ->

http://theleveragedpractice.com/groupmodel

How do you define success?

Here at The Leveraged Practice, we define success as being both profitable AND having a sustainable business. Both of these things are incredibly important and there are several best practices that we use in our company to attain these.

Today, I’m sharing with you 7 of the best practices that we've put together that help our clients do things right the first time, by ensuring that they’re providing an incredible program and experience that gets results for their clients - and that they’re as successful as possible.

Here’s what I covered:

How our mission is to refine and redefine health care and how we deliver health to our clients (whether that is in a clinical hospital setting, outpatient setting or in a practice!)
The importance of providing one streamlined product offer that addresses the solution to someone’s health problem (The more clear and simple the solution is, the better!)
Why having a clear start and stop to the solution of the problem works best for health (and the pricing structure that often works well!)
The important components to include in your program (which help your clients feel supported while increasing their chances of completing the program and getting results!)
The reasons we don’t encourage creating DIY-study courses (your clients need your continued support and feedback as they work through their health!)

These best practices will help you know what to incorporate in your group program so you can be sure to give your clients the help they’ve been looking for - while making the income you want, without burning out.

Want to learn how to use Results-Driven Online Group Programs to grow your practice in a sustainable and profitable way?

Join me for a free webinar exclusively for health practitioners to learn best practices on offering a structured, step by step program.

How to Shift From 1:1 to a Group Program Model

JUNE 2, 2021 @ 1:00 - 2:30 PM EDT

It's time to make a solid plan for you to scale your practice without adding more hours to your schedule. You can reach more people, get them real results all while having more flexibility to spend time with your family.

Join Here -> https://theleveragedpractice.com/groupmodel

Have you been seeing the need for a specific professional development program - and wondering how you can get started in creating it?

This month we’ll be discussing professional development online group programs, courses and memberships and how to create one to educate your peers within the health industry. This would allow you to bring your expertise in health, so that your colleagues can help their clients and patients better and give you the opportunity to expand your business.

Today, we have another amazing guest and client, Louise Murray, Accredited Practicing Dietitian, specializing in aged care nutrition. She’ll be sharing with us how she started her professional development online group program that she had developed for years at college and how she launched it to mentor dietitians to become leaders in aged care nutrition and food services.

Here’s what we talked about:

How I started doing online group programming within the health industry (I saw the need to share what I was doing with other health professionals when I was receiving lots of questions from them!)
How Louise got started with her idea of a program (and how it’s now being offered virtually worldwide!)
The details about Louise’s program and how she kept building it out with each group as they went through it (it’s evolved into a 12 month program that’s tailored to the clinical and foundational skills dietitians need in the care of the older adult population!)
How Louise used the questions that she was regularly receiving in her first version of her program (along with providing extra live support!)
The importance of mentorship, collaboration and community with other dietitians on this shared journey (which will help the uncertainty that many of us often feel after graduation!)

By creating professional development online programs, we take the opportunity to connect with other health professionals and provide mentoring that they need. By looking at the questions we are getting from our colleagues and identifying gaps in the market, we have the chance to develop a program that guides them while also fixing some of those issues!

About Louise

Louise Murray is an Accredited Practicing Dietitian, specializing in aged care nutrition. She initially started her career as a clinical dietitian however, the opportunity arose as a new grad to review an aged care menu. Her determination was ignited to remove party pies and sausage rolls from aged care menus, and it has become her passion to improve food quality for older people over the past 18 years.

Her grandmother was a Polish refugee to Australia, so she learnt a lot about the social connection of sitting around a table to cook, trade recipes and share a meal together. This experience developed her respect for older people and how we can give back to them with the simple social connection that food brings.

Louise has a special interest in teaching dietitians the skills and knowledge required to become specialist dietitians in aged care through an online mentoring program, to do more than just individual referrals. Her consultancy Nosh to Nourish now specializes in both consulting directly to aged care organizations, as well as mentoring dietitians to become leaders in aged care nutrition and food services.

You‌ ‌can‌ ‌find‌ Louise ‌online‌ ‌here‌ louisemurray.dietitian or on Instagram: @noshtonourish.com.au

For additional training and resources to help you know where to start, what to focus on and how to create a results-driven program for your health practice, join the Build Your Leveraged Group Practice Facebook Group. This is the place to be if you're saturated with one-to-one clients, and want to build a business that provides you with greater impact and income - without burn out.

Join here -> https://www.facebook.com/groups/leverageyourpractice

You've bought a lot of things in your life - but yet, many clinicians and health practitioners are often uncomfortable with asking people to buy their services and programs.

There definitely are some things that have hindered our ability to understand marketing and selling as a positive way to make an impact on people's lives, and how it’s critically important to share with people why they need to commit to, sign up for and take action on what you offer in order to change their health and their lives.

When it comes to your business and helping people make that decision, there are steps that need to come before they land on your website services or sales page and that includes creating a free lead magnet so that they can ‘try on’ what you offer.

Today, I’m giving you five strategies of simple things that you need to do right now to create a lead magnet and make it work for your business.

Here’s what I covered:

What a lead magnet is (it’s a free piece of premium content that is valuable for your audience to get to know, like and trust you!)
The importance of making sure your lead magnet is about the first step in the journey (since your ideal clients are at the beginning of that journey!)
How to make a lead magnet work in your business today (it needs to be the right size so it’s easy to consume!)
How you need to determine the delivery style that works best for your audience (so that your information gets them to take action and take that little step forward!)
What it means to have a landing page that converts (where it’s quick and easy for your audience to give you their details!)
The need to have a Call To Action - also known as a CTA - as the next step (you need to guide them where to go next!)

Your lead magnet is a very important part of your overall marketing funnel that's going to get people who are new to you to engage with your brand, like you, trust you and be interested in working with you. These five strategies that I outlined are necessary for you to get this lead magnet out in the world, so that people can get to know you, ‘try on’ what you sell and start making the decision to work with you.

The biggest question many health professionals have is on growing your audience and marketing your business so that followers turn into clients. SO you can:

✔️ Grow your audience with the RIGHT people who want to work with you

✔️ Have a consistent stream of new potential clients connecting with you and learning more about your business

✔️ Make more sales from the effort you put into your marketing

We've built the Online Marketing Bootcamp for Health Professionals, a 6-week live workshop with the TLP Team and myself to teach you how to build a marketing funnel for your business, get you taking action with our weekly plans and give you feedback.

If you need to have a step by step process to take your audience through to get to know, like and trust you so they are ready to work with you (YOU DO!), then grab one of the 30 spots at our founder's rate for this program. We start on Monday May 17th!

Join The Online Marketing Bootcamp here:
https://workshops.theleveragedpractice.com/courses/online-marketing-bootcamp

Whether you’re starting your business or have been running your practice for years, there usually are several things that we spend time on that either:

we don't need to do in our business
OR
don’t directly impact the results we’re working towards

One of these areas that often is a struggle is being productive with the time we spend on marketing.

Another one is having the strategy behind knowing how to find - and talk - with the right people.

Today, I’m giving you some action steps to effectively start to plan out and develop the content for all the different stages of your marketing, in order to attract the right people towards you. It's all about what you're sharing and the content that you're posting about.

Here’s what I covered:

How having a cohesive marketing funnel with relevant content will allow you to market yourself effectively (and not waste time, energy or money!)
The importance of having content that speaks to your ideal customer (this starts from the beginning when you are bringing new potential clients into your audience!)
Why you need to get clear on what the first steps of working with you are (so that you can talk to your ideal client who is just getting to know you and your process!)
How you need to continuously hear what your ideal clients are struggling with (and then bring that forward into your content plan!)
How content does not need to be reinvented over and over again (since it can be repurposed and reused - so you can be efficient with your time!)

It's incredibly important for you to master what the beginning of your ideal client's journey looks like. By doing that and listening to what they’re struggling with, you can start to build out a content plan that you can use throughout your marketing funnel to ensure you are reaching your ideal audience!

The biggest question many health professionals have is on growing your audience and marketing your business so that followers turn into clients. SO you can:

-> Grow your audience with the RIGHT people who want to work with you

-> Have a consistent stream of new potential clients connecting with you and learning more about your business

-> Make more sales from the effort you put into your marketing

We've built the Online Marketing Bootcamp for Health Professionals, a 6-week live workshop with the TLP Team and myself to teach you how to build a marketing funnel for your business, get you taking action with our weekly plans and give you feedback.

If you need to have a step by step process to take your audience through to get to know, like and trust you so they are ready to work with you (YOU DO!), then join the early Bird list now to be the first to know and able to register for one of the limited spots in this program.

Join the Early Bird List Here -> https://theleveragedpractice.com/omb

Does coming up with your marketing system to grow your audience and move them into becoming clients seem like a challenge for you?

If so, I’ve found that it’s one of the biggest challenges that often comes up for clinicians and health professionals.

Today, I want to talk about building or improving your marketing system that works to bring in your ideal audience and turn them into clients. I walk through the major steps and give you tips that you can use to identify where to start - or where you may have some areas to improve in your own marketing system.

Here’s what I covered:

-> What having a marketing system means for your business (and how you can use it to market yourself, grow your audience and move people over to your sales process!)

-> How to use your own marketing channels while also creating consistent content (and how to reach those who are interested in learning more!)

-> Ways to do public outreach using other people’s marketing channels (there are so many options to get in front of their audience!)

-> What you can do for ‘word of mouth’ marketing (and get referrals from other health professionals, colleagues or your own clients!)

-> How to know when you’re ready to run paid ads (including my recommended conversion number!)

-> What to do when people aren’t ready to buy (you build a loop into your marketing system to bring them back in!)

Your marketing efforts are going to move people from just hearing about you for the first time, to understanding and trusting you and your company, to giving them the opportunity to buy your program through your sales process - so it’s important that you build each step strategically and keep bringing people in who are the ideal clients you want to work with!

The Leveraged Practice Program is Now Open for Enrolment!

The Leveraged Practice Program is the complete A-Z process to develop, launch and grow your own online program. Whether you’re focused on a health or professional development program, everything is here for you.

This 12 month coaching program gives you all the tools, templates, training, support and feedback you need to create your own successfully leveraged practice.

This is the quickest, most effective way to build a successful online program and grow it so that you’re making revenue and changing lives. Using the The Leveraged Practice process, health professionals like yourself have launched in as little as 4 weeks.

Join The Leveraged Practice -> tlp2021.com

If you:

-> want to create an online program

-> are curious or nervous about starting an online program

-> or you're already running a program, but it’s not doing as well as you had hoped

...it’s so beneficial to hear the different stories, scenarios and businesses that your peers and colleagues have - and how they are successfully pivoting from the traditional model of one to one counseling to online group programs.

Through their stories we can see the possibilities that exist to provide impact driven group programs that can be delivered conveniently online, while still offering a customized experience for our clients.

Today, we have another amazing guest and client, Jenny Friedman, Registered Dietitian who works with parents of extreme picky eaters to help their kids learn to comfortably try new foods and expand their diet. She shares how she had been running her business as a side hustle for almost four years while working full time at her job, until a few months ago when she decided to become a full time entrepreneur. She covers the steps she took during that transition and explains how she launched her online group program.

Here’s what we talked about:

-> How Jenny was managing her side hustle while working full time and what made her decide to leave her job and go full time with her business (after becoming a new mom!)

-> How she had been thinking for a long time of how to expand, better help her clients and at the same time build a sustainable practice (and found that creating an online program was the answer!)

-> The details of her current 12 week program and how she’s now able to support more parents (while working with them live in a fun format!)

-> What the benefits are for clients who go through the group support model (and how it can empower them to take someone else's experience and apply it to their own situation!)

Jenny’s story can help you visualize the opportunities you have with the work you’re currently doing and reach more clients in an efficient way. By committing to creating a strategic online program for your practice, you’ll be working on a long term, sustainable, profitable business model - and you’ll be impacting so many more people!

The Leveraged Practice Program is Now Open for Enrolment!

The Leveraged Practice Program is the complete A-Z process to develop, launch and grow your own online program. Whether you’re focused on a health or professional development program, everything is here for you.

This 12 month coaching program gives you all the tools, templates, training, support and feedback you need to create your own successfully leveraged practice.

This is the quickest, most effective way to build a successful online program and grow it so that you’re making revenue and changing lives. Using the The Leveraged Practice process, health professionals like yourself have launched in as little as 4 weeks.

Join The Leveraged Practice -> tlp2021.com

Creating an online group program for your clients can feel a bit overwhelming...

Just like when our clients want to make a change in their lives, it takes bravery and courage for us to pivot the direction of our private practice to continue helping our clients in a different and improved way.

Today, we have another incredible guest and client, Selena De Vries, Registered Dietitian and owner of Health Bean Nutrition, a private practice where she works with individuals who have been diagnosed with celiac disease. She shares her story on how she got started and how she’s changed her approach for working with her clients by pivoting to a group program that includes personalized feedback, accountability, guidance and support.

Here’s what we talked about:

Selena’s experience of being diagnosed with Celiac disease (and wanting to provide the support to others that wasn’t available through the medical system!)
Why she decided a group model would be helpful for her one-to-one clients and her practice (while still providing one-to-one personalized feedback AND allowing more time flexibility for a better life-work balance!)
The structure of group programming and how we can really show up to support people (Selena breaks down how she offers and delivers her program, which she now has extended to 6 months!)
What she did differently this time that helped this program be a success (she had strategies throughout the whole process of creating and launching her program!)
The results of Selena’s first launch of her program at the end of last year (she sold out in 12 hours and created a paid waitlist for her next cohort!)

Selena’s story is a perfect example of how she took the work she was doing with her one-to-one clients, created a program using that framework, launched her group program and sold out. Since that first launch, she’s been running her program, supporting more clients and has the time flexibility to spend with loved ones, work on other projects or do anything else she wants to do!

Are you looking to serve more clients and increase your income without burning out? You need to attend the How to Scale Your Practice Workshop!

Join our free, LIVE 2-Day Workshop and learn how to effectively pivot your 1:1 practice online groups.

When you register, you’ll receive your workbook that includes the prep work needed before you build your program, do program development, map out the modules, and decide how you're going to give support.

You’ll work live with our team over several days to build a plan for taking your expertise online into a group program. You’ll learn how to attract ideal clients who want to buy your program, the technology & techniques to get clients results online, and position your company in today’s health landscape to scale beyond your brick & mortar.

Register at -> LeverageYourPractice.com

Does the idea of building a profitable, results-based online health program that attracts and supports your ideal clients - and gives you an improved life-work balance - seem out of reach?

Although it will take work, time and a strategic plan, it’s completely possible.. and those clients are currently looking for your expertise, support and accountability to help them solve their problem.

I'm talking about real clients - not just thousands of followers on Instagram who engage a bit with your posts and never buy anything.

Today, we're talking about creating an online program that people will pay for. We want to start with mapping out a program that your ideal clients will purchase and get results - while also building your practice and revenue income.

Here’s what I covered:

Our definition of a sustainable, profitable practice (which is having a reliable practice that will continue to grow and evolve on a long-term basis and provides recurring monthly revenue, without you having to work an extensive amount of hours or burning out!)
What worked for me to figure out who my ideal client was (until I got clear on that, it was hard to refine my exact message and get really specific on the problem that I solved!)
How the world doesn't need just another course, book, webinar or program (your potential clients need a program that serves as the solution to their problem and helps them reach their goal!)
The importance of sketching out your program before you plan your launch (so you can have a program that people will buy!)

The key to your success is committing to your business, your brand and your product for the long haul - and having a results-based program that clearly solves the problem that your clients are struggling with. Using your expertise, you can build, launch and grow your online program to reach those clients as well as achieving your revenue income goals!

Are you looking to serve more clients and increase your income without burning out? You need to attend the How to Scale Your Practice Workshop!

Join our free, LIVE 2-Day Workshop and learn how to effectively pivot your 1:1 practice online groups.

When you register, you’ll receive your workbook that includes the prep work needed before you build your program, do program development, map out the modules, and decide how you're going to give support.

You’ll work live with our team over several days to build a plan for taking your expertise online into a group program. You’ll learn how to attract ideal clients who want to buy your program, the technology & techniques to get clients results online, and position your company in today’s health landscape to scale beyond your brick & mortar.

Register at -> LeverageYourPractice.com

Whether you are just getting started in the health field or are growing your practice, hearing about the roller-coaster journey, lessons and wins that other health professionals have along the way, helps you to see the options you have for your own path.

Their business stories help us see that although business requires persistence, perseverance and continued action to keep growing, it’s incredible to hear about the impact that is created through these efforts.

Today, we have another amazing client, Dr. Katie Rose, Licensed Naturopath, who is passionate about fertility and helping couples conceive healthy babies while also having the healthiest pregnancies possible. She shares her story about how she needed to pivot from one-to-one work to offering a group program as her practice became busier, to better serve her clients.

Here’s what we talked about:

How Dr. Katie thought about launching a group program for almost three years (and how finding the right support and accountability helped her to make it happen!)
What made her realize that she could support her clients better in a group program format (especially since it would be more time and cost effective for her clients overall!)
What she took into consideration to decide on the length of her program (and how as the expert she knows what her clients need support with!)
What Dr. Katie learned about selling health over the last year (and how selling doesn’t need to include convincing someone to buy if you stay authentic!)
How often people who need help don't always know where to look (and by engaging with them through your marketing and sales process, you give them the opportunity to find out about your expertise and the solution you offer to their problem!)

Health professionals have the power to make a big impact on many lives, especially with a group program whether on it’s own or to go along with your one-to-one work. Having the option to get your personalized help while also accessing additional resources and the support of a community as needed, are the main benefits that you clients will experience in a group program. I encourage you to finally take that idea you’ve had in mind for a while and make it a reality - so you can reach more people who are looking for your help!

Are you looking to serve more clients and increase your income without burning out? You need to attend the How to Scale Your Practice Workshop!

Join our free, LIVE 2-Day Workshop and learn how to effectively pivot your 1:1 practice online groups.

You’ll work live with our team over several days to build a plan for taking your expertise online into a group program. You’ll learn how to attract ideal clients who want to buy your program, the technology & techniques to get clients results online, and position your company in today’s health landscape to scale beyond your brick & mortar.

Register at -> LeverageYourPractice.com

As health professionals, one of the biggest areas that most of us struggle with is not having a business or marketing background.

Your goals may be that you want to work for yourself, start a private practice, help more people and increase your income potential.

But in order to really scale a business and grow exponentially into multiple six figures, you have to look at how to position yourself and stand out in a saturated market.

Today, I'm going to give you three steps (plus a sub-step) of what you can do to have your practice stand out among the many health field options that people have to manage their problem.

Here’s what I covered:

Your unique advantage and position in the market (which is where you fit online, within your niche, and in the landscape of opportunities for people to improve their health!)
The core underlying pieces in your business that you want to continuously revisit (to ensure that your messaging is spot on!)
How you stand out in the market with your product (and the importance of making sure it clearly offers the solution that your potential clients have been looking for!)
The importance of how you market yourself and promote your practice (based on the way that you show up, connect with ideal clients and tell people about what you do!)

I truly believe that every health professional should have a quality, results-based group program that offers their clients the support, community and solution for their health problem. My hope is that you take these steps and make a plan to start to create the program you’ve been thinking about. The world needs your caring guidance, expertise and support to impact the lives of those who need your help!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about what to consider before you create your program:

Ep. 74 Know What You Sell Before You Build an Audience
Ep.97 Enriching 1:1 work with a Complete Group Program with Marie-Josée Rainville
Ep.103 Should I Charge $10 or $1000?

Are you looking to serve more clients and increase your income without burning out? You need to attend the How to Scale Your Practice Workshop!

Join our free, LIVE 2-Day Workshop and learn how to effectively pivot your 1:1 practice online groups.

You'll work live with our team over several days to build a plan for taking your expertise online into a group program. You'll learn how to attract ideal clients who want to buy your program, the technology & techniques to get clients results online, and position your company in today's health landscape to scale beyond your brick & mortar.

Click here to register

Listen on your favourite podcast app like iTunes or Spotify.

If you want to build an online program and pivot away from doing one to one and more towards group programs, hearing some of the lessons that other health professionals learn along the way is so beneficial.

Today, we have another amazing client, Lisha Knicely, Registered Dietitian and Integrative & Functional Practitioner specializing in hypothyroid conditions. She’ll be sharing her story about how she began with the one to one counseling and although she enjoyed it, she knew that her business had more potential.

Here’s what we talked about:

How Lisha was feeling as her social media presence grew and she was reaching more people (and knew she was already becoming burnt out with one to one sessions!)
The challenges she found as she grew her business and started looking for a new way to support her clients (and how as health care professionals, we're not taught how to run a business and do our own marketing and sales!)
Lisha breaks down the structure of her program offerings (and how creating a hybrid that includes her group program and one-to-one sessions is what a lot of her clients prefer!)
What she’s learned throughout launching her program several times (one of them is being okay with hearing the “NOs”’ and knowing that others will say “YES!”)
How even though you’re marketing to a large population, you still have to focus on the individual (and how much it helps to be there for each person through personalized messages!)

Although it can take several months or longer from when you first speak to a potential client to when they start working with you, it’s important to always keep learning what your audience needs and continuing to incorporate those things to get them the results they've been looking for!

About Lisha

Lisha Knicely is a Registered Dietitian and Integrative & Functional Practitioner specializing in hypothyroid conditions. Being a Thyroid Warrior herself, Lisha understands what it's like to both live with and treat this common yet complex condition. Lisha's approach is comprehensive and holistic in nature; taking into consideration the immense positive impact that lifestyle and nutritional changes have for managing endocrine and metabolic disorders, like hypothyroidism. Being a part of and serving this community is a true passion for Lisha making her work both enjoyable and extremely rewarding.

You‌ ‌can‌ ‌find‌ Lisha ‌online‌ ‌here‌ lishaloveslife.com ‌or‌ ‌on‌ ‌Instagram @lisha_thyroid_rd ‌‌

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about incorporating online group programs into your practice:

Ep.84 Pivoting a Full Practice To a Full Group Program with Marie-Pier Pitre-D’Iorio
Ep.97 Enriching 1:1 work with a Complete Group Program with Marie-Josée Rainville
Ep.98 Do Your 1:1 Clients Need a Group Program?

Want to discuss what you’re working on and your goals for your practice for this year? We’d love to hear more about your big dreams and find out how we can help! Book a call here

"What should I price my program?"
"Can I sell a lower priced product?"
"Do I have to sell an expensive program?"

Anything related to money can feel tricky - and these are the common questions I get asked often around pricing.

Today, I give you real actionable steps that you can take to determine the pricing of your program, because the truth is you don't have to choose the lowest or the highest pricing.

You can look at the market, look at your audience and decide what's right for you and your business.

Here’s what I covered:

How there is not a perfect way to sell your program or course (the world needs all kinds of options and solutions!)
The importance of thinking about the value of what you’re developing for your clients (and how that helps you stay away from basing your pricing decisions on fear!)
The truth behind offering lower-priced products for your audience (and whether you can really offer the support your clients need!)
What I learned by offering different products at various price points throughout the years (I believe there is a gap in the market for high quality, results-driven educational health programs!)
Looking at what you want to do within your business and what results you want to get your clients (I challenge you to think about your mission, your values and what you want your business to do in the world!)

Take some time today to take these steps to look at what you’re creating or already selling, and make some decisions about your pricing. Deciding on the pricing of your program is up to you, but you can figure it out by thinking about the value you want to provide to get your clients results, what the market needs and what your mission in this world is with your work!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about creating and pricing a full result program:

Ep. 54 Pricing Your Program
Ep. 87 A Full Result Program
Ep. 94 Q&A with Steph: How Do I Price My Program and Find Clients Who Will Pay For It?

Are you looking to scale your practice and serve more clients without burning out? You need to attend the Grow with Online Groups Workshop!

Join our free, LIVE 2-Day Workshop and learn how to effectively pivot your 1:1 practice online groups.

You'll work live with our team over several days to build a plan for taking your expertise online into a group program. You'll learn how to attract ideal clients who want to buy your program, the technology & techniques to get clients results online, and position your company in today's health landscape to scale beyond your brick & mortar.

Click here to register

Listen on your favourite podcast app like iTunes or Spotify.

Have you offered in person group programs before - and wondered how you could transition those to online?
If so, you’ll want to catch this episode about expanding your business by going virtual.

Today, we have another amazing client, Sharon Fast, Registered Dietitian and private practice owner of HealthStyle Solutions. She shares her story about where she was in her practice a year ago, what her goal was and how her first launch of her program went.

Here’s what we talked about:

What happened when Sharon was forced to go online last year (and how she expanded her reach - and her practice boomed at that point!)
Her plan to predominantly focus on offering group programs (and move towards a more sustainable and profitable business model!)
Why Sharon ended up building a longer program than she had first outlined (and she shares her program format!)
What her experience was in launching her program by reaching out to her network (and she was happy with the results!)
Ways to leverage work that you've done so far in your practice (by taking the work you’ve done with clients and putting it into a step by step group program!)

Sharon's story is a perfect example of the opportunity to grow your reach, your impact and your business by moving a practice online. She’s continuing to reduce her one to one work and is focusing on enrolling people in her group program - giving her the chance to support even more clients!

You‌ ‌can‌ ‌find‌ Sharon ‌online‌ ‌here‌ ‌‌healthstylesolutions.com ‌or‌ ‌on‌ ‌Instagram:‌ ‌‌@dietitiansharon

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about bringing your practice online:

Ep. 57 Adding Group Programs to a Brick and Mortar Practice with Suzanne Dietrich
Ep. 63 Adding an Online Program to a Full Brick and Mortar Practice with Kelly McDonnell-Arnold
Ep.84 Pivoting a Full Practice To a Full Group Program with Marie-Pier Pitre-D’Iorio

Want to discuss what you're working on and your goals for your practice for this year? We'd love to hear more about your big dreams and find out how we can help! Book a call here

Listen on your favourite podcast app like iTunes or Spotify.

As you start to think about how you can deliver an incredible service to your clients with online programs, there is an incredible feature that can make that program extra amazing - and that is incorporating audio.

Even though I come from a background in health science, I have studied program planning and focused on what can be done to ensure your clients start and complete their program, so they get the results they’re looking for.

Today, we have another special guest, Lindsay Padilla, Co-Founder of Hello Audio. She shares about her company and how to use her audio tool, which we currently use in The Leveraged Practice Program for our clients. Lindsay and I go deeper into audio and how you can use audio structurally in your business, whether it’s within your program or in how you market it.

Here’s what we talked about:

Lindsay shares about her background, what she was doing before becoming a business owner and the why behind the creation of her company, HelloAudio (and the steps her husband and her took to make it happen!)
What her experience as a college professor teaching mostly online courses made her realize (and how there was a need for more support for her students!)
How as an online program provider, you need to understand programming to provide a better student experience (and have people complete your program!)
How audio can help reduce the overwhelm and lack of time that people may feel as they go through a program (and how they often start to build habits around when they listen!)
What Lindsay sees about the future of audio (and how it ties with focusing on relationship marketing!)

The number one way that you are going to help someone be successful and get the result that they want and need is by going through your entire program. Sharing your content in audio format can make it easier for your clients to access it and increase the chance that they show up, make progress, move through and complete your program!

About Lindsay

Dr. Lindsay Padilla is an ex-community college professor who accidentally started a business while on the tenure track. Now, as the CEO and co-founder of the Hello Audio software, which takes your content and creates private audio feeds to make learning on the go much easier for your people, Lindsay challenges online industry norms of unfinished courses and unconsumed content with her product.

All of her business ideas were born out of her tenure-track years teaching adults online at a community college, the ridiculous amount of learning she's done in all things education, and the years spent growing her course creation business online.

You‌ ‌can‌ ‌find‌ ‌Lindsay ‌online‌ ‌here‌ ‌‌helloaudio.fm ‌or‌ ‌on‌ ‌Instagram:‌ ‌‌@drlindsaypadilla

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about tools to use in creating and marketing your program:

Ep. 40 Website Strategy with Shannon Shaffer
Ep. 62 Simplify Your Technology
Ep. 69 Video Production for Your Online Program with Holly Gillen

Want to try The Leveraged Practice Program for free?

We’d love to coach you on the biggest stumbling block we see… identifying the right program topic, so you actually get paid clients. Now you can do our first training, without being a paid client (This is the very first time I’ve ever pulled a training right out of the TLP program to share for free!).

You’ll accomplish these 3 things:

Identify the Problem: So that your program can be the solution and you can change lives.
Focus on the Right People: Define your ideal client who will actually want to buy your program (not just people wanting free stuff).
Position Your Program: Establish the key language to set you apart in the market and make sales.

You’ll also be held accountable with daily email check-ins connecting with you about your work, giving you feedback and additional resources to support you!

Get Access for Free Now

Today, we have a special episode for you. To mark our 100th episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast, I've asked you, our listeners and clients, for questions on what you want to hear from me - and asked Erica Drewry, from Aligned Nutrition to interview me!

We’re going to take you behind the scenes of my life to answer your questions and talk about the struggles of growing a business, lessons I’ve learned along my journey and how I’ve created my business to fit the life-work balance that works for me.

Here’s what I talked about:

What it was like during that first year of business (and how my desire to build something I loved that was profitable, where I could create the life I wanted to live and impact the world with my message kept me going!)
What changed for me once I started to have children (and how I’ve learned over time to build a really profitable and sustainable model to create more freedom in my life!)
How I transitioned from one to one to in-person group sessions to online group programs (and how I pieced together everything I was learning, struggled through testing it all and eventually created a proven framework!)
What my favorite thing is about running a business (and how I incorporated that to support my clients even more!)
How I manage my time for self-care, family and business (including our after-dinner family dance parties filled with a lot of Disney music!)

My hope is that you connected to a part of my story or learned something from my journey of struggles and successes - and are inspired to take action on what you learned, as we all continue on our own journeys to impact the world!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about pivoting from 1:1 work to creating an online program for your practice:

Ep. 57 Adding Group Programs to a Brick and Mortar Practice with Suzanne Dietrich
Ep.84 Pivoting a Full Practice To a Full Group Program with Marie-Pier Pitre-D’Iorio
Ep. 88 $0 to $40K with Online Group Programs

Want to try The Leveraged Practice Program for free?

We’d love to coach you on the biggest stumbling block we see… identifying the right program topic, so you actually get paid clients. Now you can do our first training, without being a paid client (This is the very first time I’ve ever pulled a training right out of the TLP program to share for free!).

You’ll accomplish these 3 things:

Identify the Problem: So that your program can be the solution and you can change lives.
Focus on the Right People: Define your ideal client who will actually want to buy your program (not just people wanting free stuff).
Position Your Program: Establish the key language to set you apart in the market and make sales.

You’ll also be held accountable with daily email check-ins connecting with you about your work, giving you feedback and additional resources to support you!

Get Access for Free Now

Listen on your favourite podcast app like iTunes or Spotify.

Is writing a book something you’ve been thinking of? Or have you already published a book?
If so, are you wondering how a book can be used as part of growing your practice?

Today, we have another incredible guest and client, Alissa Rumsey, Nutrition Therapist, Certified Intuitive Eating Counselor and a private virtual practice owner who has a book coming out this month. We're discussing how a book can fit into your business and how it can be leveraged as a part of your practice, specifically for an online group program.

Here’s what we talked about:

Overview of all of Alissa’s business offerings (including what happened last year when she pivoted from offering her retreats in person to virtually!)
All about Alissa’s upcoming book (and how the idea came to publish her own book!)
The process of writing her book (and how it was very similar to when she created her online group program!)
How a book can provide an affordable option for leading people through your framework (and an opportunity to build an interested audience!)
Ideas of how she can support those who want to go deeper with the book content (like a foundational group program with an ongoing community!)

Once you have a book based on the framework that you use with your clients, this structure can be used to create an online program that offers the deeper support they’re looking for. This not only gives them the information they need, it offers them a results-based program, accountability and a supportive community!

About Alissa

Alissa Rumsey MS, RD, CDN, CSCS is a New York City-based registered dietitian and Certified Intuitive Eating Counselor who is passionate about empowering women to reclaim the space to eat and live unapologetically. She is the founder of Alissa Rumsey Nutrition and Wellness, a weight-inclusive private practice that specializes in intuitive eating, body acceptance and disordered eating recovery. Through her virtual one-on-one coaching and online programs, she helps people break the dieting cycle and cultivate a healthy and peaceful relationship with food and their bodies.

You‌ ‌can‌ ‌find‌ ‌Alissa ‌online‌ ‌here‌ ‌‌alissarumsey.com ‌or‌ ‌on‌ ‌Instagram:‌ ‌‌@alissarumseyrd

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about leveraging your practice with an online program:

Ep.46 Program Content Overload
Ep.49 Leveraged Business with Deanna Wolfe
Ep.53 Create a Program Your People Need with Alissa Rumsey

Want to try The Leveraged Practice Program for free?

We’d love to coach you on the biggest stumbling block we see… identifying the right program topic, so you actually get paid clients. Now you can do our first training, without being a paid client (This is the very first time I’ve ever pulled a training right out of the TLP program to share for free!).

You’ll accomplish these 3 things:

Identify the Problem: So that your program can be the solution and you can change lives.
Focus on the Right People: Define your ideal client who will actually want to buy your program (not just people wanting free stuff).
Position Your Program: Establish the key language to set you apart in the market and make sales.

You’ll also be held accountable with daily email check-ins connecting with you about your work, giving you feedback and additional resources to support you!

Get Access for Free Now

Listen on your favourite podcast app like iTunes or Spotify.

One of the biggest conversations that we have with clinicians and health providers is about whether one to one services are better than a group model.

We often hear that people are hesitant to shift from that traditional one to one model or if they’re starting out, they want to do one to one first.

Today, I’m exploring what the research is saying about e-learning and online group models versus traditional one to one models, as well as sharing some of the best practices that we've learned as a company in supporting clinicians who are teaching health and professional development in an online group program.

Here’s what I talked about:

How we can make online learning enriching AND interesting for our clients, as well as in the health professional development space (instead of having boring lectures!)
How you can focus on effective results and a better experience for your clients by providing an online group program (and it’s a more efficient use of your own time!)
What I found when going through the research on e-learning (I know you're a researcher and want to understand the clinical research!)
The benefit that makes all the difference for long-term success (having that community element helps people not feel alone AND learn from each other!)
What we recommend you do to take clients through your framework (which allows your clients to use their time on the calls to get customized support from you!)

As you build or grow your practice, you may be looking at developing online learning for your clients. This gives you the opportunity to provide support in the different ways that people learn, while inspiring them to show up during the times that are convenient for them - so they have the chance to connect and clearly see the value of your expertise and support!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about creating a results-based online program for your practice:

Ep.84 Pivoting a Full Practice To a Full Group Program with Marie-Pier Pitre-D’Iorio
Ep.87 A Full Result Program
Ep.97 Enriching 1:1 work with a Complete Group Program with Marie-Josée Rainville

The Leveraged Practice Program is Open for Enrolment!The Leveraged Practice Program is the complete A-Z process to develop, launch and grow your own online program. Whether you’re focused on a health or professional development program, everything is here for you.

This 12 month coaching program gives you all the tools, templates, training, support and feedback you need to create your own successfully leveraged practice.

This is the quickest, most effective way to build a successful online program and grow it so that you’re making revenue and changing lives. Using the The Leveraged Practice process, health professionals like yourself have launched in as little as 4 weeks.

Join The Leveraged Practice

Listen on your favourite podcast app like iTunes or Spotify.

As you move from one to one client work to a group program business model, it’s important that your investment of energy, time and money contribute to building a business for the long-term - which is exactly what we focus on with our clients.

Today, we have another incredible guest and client, Marie-Josée Rainville, Nutritionist and founder of Rainville Nutrition. She focuses on intuitive eating and working with clients who have a difficult relationship with food and with their bodies. She's here to share all about her adventures with moving from a one to one practice to growing her business in a way that she can support clients differently in a group model.

Here’s what we talked about:

How Marie-Josée found that she was limited to the number of clients she could work with in terms of time (so it was natural for her to think about doing an online group program to support more people AND build a community!)
How she created her program framework (by reviewing her one-to-one client files to find those building blocks that she was using with them!)
The details of what’s included in Marie-Josée’s program (and how her members know their starting point and what their next steps are!)
How her vision of bringing in guest experts is evolving (by building relationships with them and getting clarity on their role within her program!)
Her biggest takeaways around building out a business for the long-term (including focusing on connecting with leads, tracking sales, conversion rates, and more!).

The goal when building an online program is to produce results for your clients, while also creating a profitable, sustainable business model. By taking Marie-Josée’s example as a case study and following these steps, you can work towards creating an online program that provides the guidance, support, accountability and community that people have been looking for!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about building an online program for your practice:

Ep.47 Transitioning to Online
Ep.50 Is Now the Right Time to Offer an Online Program?
Ep.52 Where do I start?

The Leveraged Practice Program is Now Open for Enrolment!The Leveraged Practice Program is the complete A-Z process to develop, launch and grow your own online program. Whether you’re focused on a health or professional development program, everything is here for you.

This 12 month coaching program gives you all the tools, templates, training, support and feedback you need to create your own successfully leveraged practice.

This is the quickest, most effective way to build a successful online program and grow it so that you’re making revenue and changing lives. Using the The Leveraged Practice process, health professionals like yourself have launched in as little as 4 weeks.

Join The Leveraged Practice

Listen on your favourite podcast app like iTunes or Spotify.

If you’ve launched your online program several times to the same audience - and are concerned about launching to them once again, this episode is for you!

We’re back with answering more questions from our audience members, and today we have Kendra Miller and Tiffany Ricci, Registered Dietitian Nutritionists who work with a variety of mother athletes to support them with their health and fitness goals through individual coaching, as well as in their group program.

Today, we’re answering their question, “How do we not oversell our audience the same program?”

Here’s what we talked about:

How Kendra and Tiffany began working together on their group program (and how both their process and perspective changed in 2020!)
The first step to take to avoid selling to the same people over and over again (and that’s audience building!)
Upselling their current members (and using a specific strategy to segment them from the rest of their audience!)
What to focus on next (it’s all about fine tuning their systems!)

Building your audience is important at any stage, especially after you’ve launched your online program and plan to continue relaunching it. Implementing the strategies we talked about will assist you in bringing in more program members, while continuing to provide them the support they’re looking for!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes where we answered audience questions about starting an online program:

Ep. 93 Q&A with Steph: Where do I start in offering an online program?
Ep. 94 Q&A with Steph: How do I price my program and find clients who will pay for it?
Ep. 95 Q&A with Steph: How Do I Launch My First Online Group Program?

Join our free, LIVE 2-Day Workshop and learn how to effectively pivot your 1:1 practice online with group programs. You'll work live with our team to build a plan for taking your expertise online into a group program, attract ideal clients who want to buy, and position yourself in today's health landscape to grow. Click here to register

Listen on your favourite podcast app like iTunes or Spotify.

Have you started to create your online program and wonder, “What do I need to do to launch it? What are the first steps for me to take to bring this out into the world?”

We’re back with answering more questions from our audience members, and today we have Donna Yurt Giovenco, who has been a Registered Dietitian for more than 25 years. She works full time, has a small private practice and is now focusing on bringing her online course idea forward.

Today, we’re answering her question, “How Do I Launch My First Online Group Program?”

Here’s what we talked about:

What to focus on when you have a small established audience (and you’ve been in business for a while!)
Using your current referral marketing system (based on your ‘word of mouth’ referrals!)
How running a live event is an opportunity to not only create sales, but also grow your brand (and it’s a sample of what it's like to work with you!)
The importance of connecting with your potential clients by using their words (and how they’ll feel like you’re in their head!)
How to position your program as the solution to the problem that your clients want support with (and show them why it’s different than what they’ve tried before!)

By speaking directly to your ideal clients, giving them the chance to get to know you and your business and showing them how your program can get them the results they need, you’ll have the opportunity to connect with more people, support them in your live event and have more people join your program!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about starting an online program:

Ep. 90 Start With The Vision
Ep. 93 Q&A with Steph: Where do I start in offering an online program?
Ep. 94 Q&A with Steph: How do I price my program and find clients who will pay for it?

Join our free, LIVE 2-Day Workshop and learn how to effectively pivot your 1:1 practice online with group programs. You'll work live with our team to build a plan for taking your expertise online into a group program, attract ideal clients who want to buy, and position yourself in today's health landscape to grow. Click here to register

As you’re thinking about creating your online program, is knowing how to price it and how to find clients to pay those prices something that you’re wondering about?

If so, you’ll want to listen to this bonus episode!

We’re back with answering more questions from our audience members, and today we have Whitney Crouch, Registered Dietitian who specializes in treating women with Hashimoto's thyroiditis.

Today, we’re focusing on her question, “How do I price my program and find clients who will pay for it?”

Here’s what we talked about:

What Whitney wants to accomplish with her online program (she’ll be helping women get to the root cause of their condition and manage their symptoms, so they can feel like themselves again!)
How to start taking steps towards achieving our bigger, long-term vision (by first getting clear on the foundational steps of an online program!)
How speaking specifically to your audience will help you reach those who are looking for the support you can give them (and you’ll also want to talk to them regularly about your program!)
Creating a marketing plan to get in front of your audience (including collaborating with other health professionals!)
Addressing additional costs that clients would need to make (like medical testing or purchasing supplements!)

Creating a results driven online program can feel like a challenge, but having the right plan to follow makes it possible to have a successful program - especially one that provides adequate support, community and accountability!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about health professionals who have successfully launched their online program:

Ep. 61 Moving a Professional Workshop Online with Michelle Archer
Ep. 63 Adding an Online Program to a Full Brick and Mortar Practice with Kelly McDonnell-Arnold
Ep. 65 Creating Authentic Connection in Online Programs with Rosanne Robinson

Join our free, LIVE 2-Day Workshop and learn how to effectively pivot your 1:1 practice online with group programs. You'll work live with our team to build a plan for taking your expertise online into a group program, attract ideal clients who want to buy, and position yourself in today's health landscape to grow. Click here to register

Whether you are someone with an established one to one practice or just starting to look at pivoting from working for someone else to working for yourself, this podcast series is for you!

We’ve been recently answering questions from our audience members, and today we have Mandy Yeary, Registered Dietitian whose specialty is in hospital care and rehabilitation. She’s been pivoting in the last couple of years towards teaching people how to cook to improve their disease process.

Today, we’re focusing on her question, “Where do I start in offering an online program?”

Here’s what we talked about:

How Mandy has been pivoting to her own online practice (and how she wants to build an online program around a need that her clients have!)
How to start identifying your ideal client (and make it narrow enough that you can really speak directly to that person!)
What the next steps are to create your online program (it’s putting the first structure of your program together!)

Taking these steps to get super clear on who you’re talking to and how your online program can help them, will help you reach the exact people who are looking for the support you can offer with your expertise!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about health professionals who have successfully launched their online program:

Ep. 73 Surpassing Goals with Your First Program Launch with Marilou Morin
Ep. 75 Build It As You Go with Beth Auguste
Ep.84 Pivoting a Full Practice To a Full Group Program with Marie-Pier Pitre-D’Iorio

Are you looking to serve and support your clients in 2021, without burning out? It's time to go online...
Join our free, LIVE 2-Day Workshop and learn how to effectively pivot your 1:1 practice online with group programs. You'll work live with our team to build a plan for taking your expertise online into a group program, attract ideal clients who want to buy, and position yourself in today's health landscape to grow. Click here to register

We’re back with the last part of the series where I'm walking you through my journey from being a sole proprietor to building an established business that's grown significantly, moving from zero dollars to $500K in sales, and on our way to making even more impact in the world in 2021.

In the last three episodes of this series, I talked about how I first focused on just making money, then moving up to that six figure mark by delegating and putting more systems in place and then over the last year I invested energy, time and money into building a team with full time employees, so that we could scale the business and help more people.

Today, I’m talking about four actions that were key to scaling the business last year to reach $500K in sales. These included evaluating the duration of our program, continuing to serve our clients, adopting a referral strategy and running paid ads.

Here’s what I covered:

The steps I took to hit that six figure income mark (and how glad I was that I was building my own business and wasn’t only depending on freelance work!)
How I took time to reflect on what was blocking me (and what I did to commit to my big vision!)
What changes I made to continue supporting my clients (by increasing the duration and value of my program!)
The process we built around client renewals (and how we wanted to keep supporting them as they continued to update and relaunch their online programs!)
How we focused on building a referral program into our business (and show our clients how to do the same!)
Accessing a larger audience by running paid ads (and being able to bring thousands of new people into our world!)

Last year was definitely a challenge and a time for growth. I was able to overcome some blocks and grow the business to reach new milestones. My goal for this year is to continue influencing the health industry as a whole, touching as many health professionals, practitioners and clinicians as we possibly can - to help them construct a business model and a life that doesn't have them burning out with one to one clients, and instead build a research based, results driven online program!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about increasing your impact and sales with an online program for your practice:

Ep. 88 $0 to $40K with Online Group Programs
Ep. 89 $40K to $100K with Online Group Programs
Ep.91 $100K to $500K Part 1: The People

Are you looking to serve and support your clients in 2021, without burning out? It's time to go online...
Join our free, LIVE 2-Day Workshop and learn how to effectively pivot your 1:1 practice online with group programs. You'll work live with our team to build a plan for taking your expertise online into a group program, attract ideal clients who want to buy, and position yourself in today's health landscape to grow. Click here to register

It’s our last episode for 2020 - and it has been an adventure this year!

I’ve been doing a series on taking my online group program business from zero dollars to reaching $500K in sales.

In the last two episodes of this series, I talked about how I first focused on just making money, then moving up to that six figure mark by delegating and putting more systems in place - and then over this past year I invested energy, time and money into scaling our business, so that we could help more people.

Today, I’m talking about the first main component that was essential to growing the business to $500K in sales this year. I’ll be breaking down the importance of having a team, how I began to bring in support and who we have on our amazing TLP team!

Here’s what I covered:

How I had to shift my thoughts around what I thought I was capable of, what my fears were and what risks felt too big (which led to hiring a mentor and seeking a supportive community!)
My journey with bringing in people to support the business (I began with volunteers as part of a mentorship program!)
How having people on your team as early as possible will free up your time to do more of what only you can do (but you need to hire with a plan!)
The benefits of hiring full time permanent employees (although it was scary to know that no matter what was happening in the business, I would be responsible for paying their salaries!)

As we head into the new year, take time to reflect on what is really holding you back from growing your business to reach the number of people that you want to support and the income you desire for your life. No matter what business growth and income phase you are in right now, you can always reach the next phase in 2021!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about increasing your impact and sales with an online program for your practice:

Ep. 88 $0 to $40K with Online Group Programs
Ep. 89 $40K to $100K with Online Group Programs
Ep. 90 Start With The Vision

Want to try The Leveraged Practice Program for free?

We’d love to coach you on the biggest stumbling block we see… identifying the right program topic, so you actually get paid clients. Now you can do our first training, without being a paid client (This is the very first time I’ve ever pulled a training right out of the TLP program to share for free!).

You’ll accomplish these 3 things:

Identify the Problem: So that your program can be the solution and you can change lives.
Focus on the Right People: Define your ideal client who will actually want to buy your program (not just people wanting free stuff).
Position Your Program: Establish the key language to set you apart in the market and make sales.

You’ll also be held accountable with daily email check-ins connecting with you about your work, giving you feedback and additional resources to support you!

Get Access for Free Now

As we end the year 2020, one of the most difficult years that we have ever faced together worldwide, nothing matters more than you reconnecting to your vision for your life and business.

Having a clear vision will allow you to feel confident in knowing why you continue to persist, show up and take action towards your goals and dreams.

Before we move into the next podcast in the series that I've created for you, about going from zero dollars to $500K in sales for your online group program, we need to talk about your vision.

Today, I’m talking about how that vision will drive you through the ‘roller coaster’ of ups and downs of owning a business and will take you towards making the income you dream of - while also making an impact on your clients and the world.

Here’s what I covered:

The importance of having a Vision and Mission for your business (that also reflects what’s important to you in your life!)
The questions you can use to reflect on what your vision is (Be sure you take time to do this!)
How to break down the mission for your business (what you want to accomplish with the work that you're doing!)
Some simple math to figure out what you want to aim for in sales to reach your desired income (and know if it feels doable!)

After you listen, be sure to establish your vision so you can reconnect with your purpose, and feel confident and optimistic that you can get there with the right plan!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about other health professionals (who are also my clients!) who have built a group program for their practice:

Ep. 61 Moving a Professional Workshop Online with Michelle Archer
Ep. 63 Adding an Online Program to a Full Brick and Mortar Practice with Kelly McDonnell-Arnold
Ep. 65 Creating Authentic Connection in Online Programs with Rosanne Robinson

Want to try The Leveraged Practice Program for free?

We'd love to coach you on the biggest stumbling block we see... identifying the right program topic, so you actually get paid clients. Now you can do our first training, without being a paid client (This is the very first time I've ever pulled a training right out of the TLP program to share for free!).

You'll accomplish these 3 things:

Identify the Problem: So that your program can be the solution and you can change lives.
Focus on the Right People: Define your ideal client who will actually want to buy your program (not just people wanting free stuff).
Position Your Program: Establish the key language to set you apart in the market and make sales.

You'll also be held accountable with daily email check-ins connecting with you about your work, giving you feedback and additional resources to support you!

Get Access for Free Now

I believe the first stage of launching an online program is getting proof of concept and building from $0 to $40K a year in sales.

Then you can focus on growing to six figures by modifying, improving and evolving the strategies that you’ve been implementing in your business (What I say to my clients in The Leverage Practice program is that we layer).

In this 3-part podcast series, I’m giving you a look behind the curtain of what a business looks like when it goes from zero dollars to half a million in yearly sales.

Today, I’m focusing on what you need to do to grow from $40K to $100K in sales, and how you can start to function more as a business as you move into the second or third version of your program.

Here’s what I covered:

The importance of getting evaluation feedback and evolving your program (you will not get to $100K+ if you don’t do this consistently!)
How I needed to start hiring help and who I hired first (since it started to become a challenge to switch from CEO to front line provider!)
Getting very strategic with your content and brand on social media (and positioning yourself as a real expert in your area!)
Your plan for selling consistently (this can mean selling weekly - or even daily!)

The points I cover, if implemented, can bring you into that six figure business model. Taking these steps will allow you to show what you sell, what you do, how you work with clients and how you can make an impact on their lives!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about building an online program for your practice:

Ep. 58 Continue to Serve Your Clients with These Types of Online Programs
Ep. 87 A Full Result Program
Ep. 88 $0 to $40K with Online Group Programs

Want to try The Leveraged Practice Program for free?

We'd love to coach you on the biggest stumbling block we see... identifying the right program topic, so you actually get paid clients. Now you can do our first training, without being a paid client (This is the very first time I've ever pulled a training right out of the TLP program to share for free!).

You'll accomplish these 3 things:

Identify the Problem: So that your program can be the solution and you can change lives.
Focus on the Right People: Define your ideal client who will actually want to buy your program (not just people wanting free stuff).
Position Your Program: Establish the key language to set you apart in the market and make sales.

You'll also be held accountable with daily email check-ins connecting with you about your work, giving you feedback and additional resources to support you!

Get Access for Free Now

Have you ever wanted to see inside a practice or a business that provides online group programs? It can be really helpful to understand what it takes to make a successful income in this type of business.

Over the next three podcast episodes, I’m giving you a look behind the curtain of what a business looks like when it goes from zero dollars to half a million in yearly sales.

Today, I'm starting by taking you on my journey from zero to $40,000 and covering what you need in your business to get started making sales with an online program.

Here’s what I covered:

What strategies to use to start increasing your yearly sales (and what I did in my business!)
How you first need a concrete idea that you have vetted (so you know that it’s a program that solves a problem and fills a gap in the market!)
How the next thing you're going to need is your product (just remember that this will not be your final version!)
Why it’s important to get in front of other audiences (this can even be colleagues and peers!)
The need for a very easy sales process (this helps you get started!)

The goal is to keep what you need as simple as possible as you move from zero to $40K. Things will change as you grow and what you're doing today doesn't have to be exactly what you're doing five years from now!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about building an online program for your practice:

Ep. 57 Adding Group Programs to a Brick and Mortar Practice with Suzanne Dietrich
Ep. 58 Continue to Serve Your Clients with These Types of Online Programs
Ep. 64 Should I Start with One to One Clients First?

Often being asked what we sell can make us feel uncomfortable. When we think about what we sell, we feel more like a business. Sometimes we need to be reminded that we are not just health practitioners, we are business owners too.

When you are developing a practice, serving clients, receiving payment for those services, growing that practice, and making more money, you are running a business.

Today, I’m talking about pivoting your one-to-one client business model to include an online program, and some of the elements that you want to think about building into a full result program.

Here’s what I covered:

What is a full result program (it’s where you take your services, expertise, experience, schooling and training and structure it into a step by step framework to get your clients from a problem to a solution!)
How you can take your existing one-to-one work and restructure it into an online group program (so that you’re selling people what they really need to solve their problem!)
How to figure out the length of your program (by thinking of what your clients need to achieve results!)
What to think about for your deliverables (and why stand-alone courses don’t really get results for your clients!)
Why providing a higher level of support is critical for your clients’ success (and how peer-to-peer learning is incredibly powerful to deliver higher results!)
What to consider when determining the cost of your program (and how a higher investment is going to increase commitment!)

Creating a full result online program and including the elements I outlined, can lead you to serving more people, giving them the long-term solution to their problem and changing more lives with your expertise!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about other health professionals who have successfully created an online program:

Ep. 63 Adding an Online Program to a Full Brick and Mortar Practice with Kelly McDonnell-Arnold
Ep. 65 Creating Authentic Connection in Online Programs with Rosanne Robinson
Ep. 75 Build It As You Go with Beth Auguste

The Leveraged Practice Program is Now Open for Enrolment! The Leveraged Practice Program is the complete A-Z process to develop, launch and grow your own online program. Whether you're focused on a health or professional development program, everything is here for you.

This 12 month coaching program gives you all the tools, templates, training, support and feedback you need to create your own successfully leveraged practice.

This is the quickest, most effective way to build a successful online program and grow it so that you're making revenue and changing lives. Using the The Leveraged Practice process, health professionals like yourself have launched in as little as 4 weeks.

Join The Leveraged Practice

Do you feel like you've been running this entire year?
Do you feel like you've just been surviving, and you're tired of it?
Has every single minute been accounted for?

We are getting close to the end of this year, 2020.

It’s time that we start thinking about how we can move from surviving to thriving, how we can go from having every single minute accounted, to having some space, some freedom and some air to breathe.

Today, I’m talking about how it's time to start looking at your future and take a step back and think about what's going on in your life and what you actually need - and how sometimes you have to slow down in order to speed up.

Here’s what I covered:

Taking time to reflect to figure out the ideal life you want to build (including outlining how you want to start your days!)
What a slowdown looks like (and how it allows you to remove yourself from that daily grind, so that you can make the space needed for those big ideas!)
The importance of reflecting on your business model and seeing what isn’t working (to then take real action to make those slight pivots that are needed!)
Figuring out your return on your energy (and where you wasted your time!)
What changes you can make for next year (including looking at what you can delegate!)

This year has tested our ambition, resilience, work model and just about everything else! Slowing down to reflect, decide and plan can help make those great dreams happen, so you can make that difference and impact on the world!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about thinking through priorities and using your time efficiently:

Ep.81 How To Be Efficient With Your Time
Ep. 83 Priorities To Succeed
Ep.85 3 Strategies to Work Less as a Parent-preneur

Are you looking to serve and support your clients in 2021, without burning out? It's time to go online...
Join our free, LIVE 2-Day Workshop and learn how to effectively pivot your 1:1 practice online with group programs. You'll work live with our team to build a plan for taking your expertise online into a group program, attract ideal clients who want to buy, and position yourself in today's health landscape to grow. Click here to register

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes with strategies for managing overwhelm and your time:

Ep. 66 Make More, Work Less with Systems and Your Team
Ep. 76 This is How You End Overwhelm
Ep.81 How To Be Efficient With Your Time

Are you looking to serve and support your clients in 2021, without burning out? It's time to go online...
Join our free, LIVE 2-Day Workshop and learn how to effectively pivot your 1:1 practice online with group programs. You'll work live with our team to build a plan for taking your expertise online into a group program, attract ideal clients who want to buy, and position yourself in today's health landscape to grow. Click here to register

It’s always amazing to hear other health professionals share their stories about how they’ve changed up their practice and professional careers by creating an online program.

Especially when they share what program model works best for helping their clients get the results they need, while at the same time working towards achieving their desired life-work balance.

Today, we have another incredible guest and client, Marie-Pier Pitre-D'Iorio, Registered Dietitian who has a private practice where she works with people with eating disorders and disordered eating. She is a great example of how she invested in herself to create an online program for her practice, not just financially but with the energy, time, commitment and grit to pursue it successfully - and now she feels like her business has grown tenfold in the last year!

Here’s what we talked about:

Why Marie-Pier began to consider creating an online program (she saw it was the perfect way to scale her practice, without endless hours of one-to-one client work!)
The questions to reflect on as you think of creating an online program (such as making sure that it’s something you're excited about!)
The details of what’s included in the online program that Marie-Pier created (and why it’s a 6-month long program!)
How to focus on getting results for your clients (and how to help them stay committed to your program!)
How Marie-Pier has evolved her marketing and sales (and how she started with a small audience and had an amazing first launch!)

Marie-Pier’s story shows us how pivoting her practice from one-to-one client work to an online program has given her the opportunity to grow her business, so that she can use her time and energy to reach and support many more clients!

About Marie-Pier Pitre-D'Iorio Marie-Pier, is an anti-diet Registered Dietitian with a B.Sc. in Psychology and the founder of The Balanced Dietitian. She is passionate about helping folx discover how to nourish their bodies without guilt, shame or restrictions. She strives to provide evidence based nutrition interventions to all her clients and support them in their recovery journeys. You can spot Marie-Pier on local news, radio stations and giving presentations to different organizations on nutrition! She is the host of The Balanced Dietitian Podcast where she provides listeners a different approach to nutrition. Marie-Pier offers one on one counselling as well as an online group program.

You can find her online here: thebalanceddietitian.com or on Instagram: @the.balanced.dietitian

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about building an online program for your practice:

Ep.47 Transitioning to Online
Ep.50 Is Now the Right Time to Offer an Online Program?
Ep.52 Where do I start?

Are you looking to serve and support your clients in 2021, without burning out? It's time to go online...
Join our free, LIVE 2-Day Workshop and learn how to effectively pivot your 1:1 practice online with group programs. You'll work live with our team to build a plan for taking your expertise online into a group program, attract ideal clients who want to buy, and position yourself in today's health landscape to grow. Click here to register

Ep.83 Priorities To Succeed (October 21, 2020)

When you're an entrepreneur or a business owner, there are SO many things to do...and it can be very overwhelming!

Especially for those of us who haven't been trained in marketing and sales. We've been trained in a health matter. We are experts, credentialed and experienced in a health issue.

Being business owners on top of that can feel exciting, but also can be exhausting.

Today, I’m talking about how to prioritize your limited time by breaking down the ‘non-negotiable’ parts of your life and business. If you're struggling with your schedule and feeling overwhelmed, here are some action steps you can take today that will help!

Here’s what I covered:

What the first step is in figuring out what you need to focus on (it all starts with setting your personal priorities to take care of yourself!)
How to best split up your business work time (you can split up the work into 2 ‘buckets’!)
The business activities that should take up 50% of your work time (while the other 50% goes to product delivery, which may include one-to-one appointments!)
The 3 essential marketing and sales areas to consistently keep up with (with the #1 priority being sales conversations!)

If you can start by accepting that you cannot do it all at once, and you're going to do your best to put your time into your top priorities, you’ll already start to feel less overwhelmed!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes with more tips about managing your time and avoiding overwhelm:

Ep. 76 This is How You End Overwhelm
Ep. 77 Avoid These 5 Mistakes to Save Thousands of Hours and Dollars
Ep.81 How To Be Efficient With Your Time

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now’s the time to get your plan together. Join me starting November 16th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

How many ideas just get forgotten? They’re either left somewhere, rolled up in a crumpled ball and thrown into a garbage can - or they’re left in the back of our minds to do ‘someday’.

How many wonderful ideas are forgotten about that will heal, help and improve the lives of hundreds, thousands or even millions of people?

There are lots of things that get in our way of making our ideas happen, especially this year. If there's been a year for obstacles or reasons to not take action, this is it.

But at the same time... if there's been a year to push yourself forward, take action, make a difference and to bring a light to a world that needs it, this is the year.

Today, I’m talking about making your idea for an impactful, results-driven online program a reality - and giving you actionable strategy and practical advice on how to launch your program in 30 days!

Here’s what I covered:

What you need to start doing today (as part of your marketing efforts!)
What teaching Live will show you (since you’ll be continuously changing, improving and evolving your program!)
The answer to one of the biggest questions I hear (I share what camera and microphone I recommend!)
Where the value of your program really is (and how this is really what people are paying for!)
The importance of launching a beta program (and what to expect of this first launch!)

Using these key strategies, you can go from sitting at your desk staring at your notebook to actually teaching clients a month from now. If you implement these steps, you’ll take the action needed to launch and get your program out in the world in as little as 30 days!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes with more tips about creating your online program:

Ep. 73 Surpassing Goals with Your First Program Launch with Marilou Morin
Ep. 75 Build It As You Go with Beth Auguste
Ep. 77 Avoid These 5 Mistakes to Save Thousands of Hours and Dollars

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now’s the time to get your plan together. Join me starting October 5th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

Managing our time just feels more challenging this year. There are only so many minutes and hours in a day and for some, it feels like they’ve lost time...

On the other hand, others have actually gotten time back by working from home and saving the time they used to need for their commute.

Although we can't create more hours in a day, we can definitely use our time more efficiently to free up time.

Today, I’m talking to you about your work hours, your overall schedule and how you can be efficient with your time with a few techniques and strategies.

Here’s what I covered:

The changes I’ve made to my business and life in the last few years to create more time for my family and myself (that included hiring a full-time nanny!)
What basic foundational pieces you need to reduce your time working and grow your business (including how creating an online program for your practice helps you do this!)
The importance of structure (it’s the key to keeping everything organized!)
My process for setting goals (even if setting a 12-month goal feels big to you!)
Time saving tips that help you implement what you learn (and help keep you focused too!)

After feeling chaotic in my business for years, building structure and processes using these strategies freed me from the chaos and helped me be consistent in my business. My hope is that you too can implement these strategies right away in your business, so you can work towards the goals you’ve set for yourself for the rest of this year and beyond!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes where I share more tips for goal-setting and saving time:

Ep. 66 Make More, Work Less with Systems and Your Team
Ep. 77 Avoid These 5 Mistakes to Save Thousands of Hours and Dollars
Ep.79 The Big Picture

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now’s the time to get your plan together. Join me starting October 5th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

If you've been let down recently or in the past by a business coach, your mentor or by someone who ran a program that you joined, you’re not alone...

I’ve been talking with several health professionals lately who experienced being burnt by someone who took their money, and didn't follow through with what they promised in their coaching sessions or program.

Today, we're going to talk about the action steps to take to continue moving forward with your career, if you’ve invested in a coach or program that didn’t go well or you were let down by the results.

Here’s what I covered:

Giving yourself grace for that past experience (and how it doesn’t mean you give up!)
The two main things that people experience when they’ve been let down by a coach or program (and what to do to avoid these!)
Some things to takeaway if you didn’t get the attention or support you were promised (so you can do a better job with your clients in your online program!)
How to learn about the model they use in their business (you have to figure out the business strategies and systems that connect to you!)
What to consider when choosing a coach, mentor or program (and what to ask them so you do your due diligence!)

If you've been burnt or let down in the past from a coach, a mentor or a program, take these recommendations and tips so you can find that person that's right for you!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about working through career and business challenges:

Ep. 13: Do I need a Coach?
Ep. 23: She Told Me It’s Never Been Done
Ep. 78 Fear of Failure

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now’s the time to get your plan together. Join me starting October 5th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

What comes to your mind when you think of the Big Picture??

What’s the big picture goal for your working life, your business, your online program, your family, and your personal life?

We often talk about setting goals in The Leveraged Practice Program with our clients, and it can feel really big to set big goals - to think about where am I going and why am I doing this?

Today, we're going to talk about your life and the big picture. I'm going to share my story of what happened when I looked at my big picture ideas for my life, give you some things to think about and action steps that you can take to start creating the life you’ve dreamed of.

Here’s what I talked about:

How a business failure made me step back to reflect on the business I was building (I ended up slightly pivoting by rebranding and relaunching my business!)
Why it’s so important to acknowledge your big dreams and what really matters to you (even if a part of you is afraid to!)
What to reflect on to reach those big picture visions (and take your business and life to the next level!)
Looking at the purpose of your business (so you know why you’re putting in your time, energy and work!)
How to review your financial goals (and where an online program can fit into that goal!)

I’m hoping that you can take a moment after listening to my story, to step back and reflect on your own story so you can start to create a plan to accomplish your big picture ideas. This can lead to clarifying the goals that fit your life and what you want for your business, for your personal life and to create the impact you’re looking for in this world!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about reaching your business and life goals :

Ep.33 When Your Dream Isn’t Your Dream
Ep.47 Transitioning to Online
Ep.50 Is Now the Right Time to Offer an Online Program?

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now’s the time to get your plan together. Join me starting October 5th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

Last week, I failed at something I did not want to fail at.

Maybe I set my expectations too high. Or it’s probably that I didn't take my own advice that failing is just a part of life, a part of learning and that failing happens every single day.

When I started this podcast, I committed to myself that I would never miss a week as this is my consistent, reliable content that I create to connect with people, share stories, help people learn, help you get to know me better and do good in the world.

As I've transitioned back into work after having my third baby, things have gotten challenging and full, so last week I didn’t release a podcast episode - and I’m disappointed.

Today, I wanted to talk about the fear of failure and failure as a whole. I talk with many people who are dealing with a fear of failure that’s stopping them from moving their practice online or taking certain necessary steps within their business. I share my own story of how I failed last week and how I took the action steps that I share with you today to reflect on that.

Here’s what I talked about:

What I hear most often that health professionals fear about creating an online program (you may be feeling this way too!)
The truth about failure (you will fail every day, even multiple times daily - AND that's okay!)
A question that we aren’t used to asking ourselves (I heard Sara Blakely, the Founder of Spanx share this in her story!)
The action steps you can take today as you think and reflect on what you feel you have failed at (and realize that deep down you’re not afraid!)
What you’re missing out on by being afraid of failing and not doing what you want to do (your options are to either beat yourself up or pick yourself up when you fail!)

Building an online program and launching it out in the world is challenging and it isn’t easy, but it's exciting, interesting and fun. By knowing that you can overcome this fear of failure, put yourself out there and learn by making mistakes every day, you can change so many people's lives - and it'll all be worth it!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about lessons I’ve learned in my life and business journey:

Ep.23: She Told Me It’s Never Been Done
Ep.33 When Your Dream Isn’t Your Dream
Ep.37 Working Mamas, I See You

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now’s the time to get your plan together. Join me starting October 5th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

Going through the process of starting, building and scaling a business will inevitably lead to us making mistakes along the way.

We're fortunate to be able to learn from each other’s mistakes and take the lessons from them, often without having to make those mistakes ourselves.

Today, I’m sharing with you five mistakes that I’ve made in my business that you can avoid to save thousands of hours AND dollars. By preventing these same mistakes, you can save the headaches, hassle, and stress - and get to your goals quicker.

Here’s what I talked about:

The mistake I made early on (by thinking that I knew exactly who my client was and what they were struggling with!)
The direction I took that didn’t bring in many sales (and how it often leads to a lower commitment from your clients!)
How I got really overwhelmed and scared of technology (and ended up wasting a lot of money, instead of starting with a simpler platform that already existed!)
How my lack of marketing and sales strategy led to not reaching the amount of people that needed my program (don’t just email your list or just create a post on Instagram!)
The outcome of not having a plan that was based on my goals (I was hustling, but didn't know when my next dollar was coming in!)

Through my business journey filled with highs and lows, I’ve created a business with an online program where I support more people, make an impact, work for myself and love what I do. I want the same for you - so you can build an online program that not only supports more people and brings in your desired income, but also meets your life-work goals!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about starting your online program:

Ep.50 Is Now the Right Time to Offer an Online Program?
Ep.52 Where do I start?
Ep. 58 Continue to Serve Your Clients with These Types of Online Programs

The Leveraged Practice Program is Now Open for Enrolment! The Leveraged Practice Program is the complete A-Z process to develop, launch and grow your online program. Whether you’re focused on a health or professional development program, everything is here for you.

This 12 month coaching program gives you all the tools, templates, training, support and feedback you need to create your successfully leveraged practice.

This is the quickest, most effective way to build a successful online program and grow it so that you're making revenue and changing lives. The Leveraged Practice Program has helped over 100 health practitioners develop (or re-develop) their online program and open enrolment successfully to make money and grow their practice - in as we little as 8 weeks.

Join The Leveraged Practice

I’ve been talking a lot about overwhelm lately – this feeling of too much on your plate and of not being able to find or make time for what you want or need to get done.

And this idea of overwhelm has been especially present this year, with childcare and schools being canceled and workplaces shut down or moving online.

Today, I’m talking about how to reduce, and even end, this feeling of overwhelm. I want you to move from chaotic to calm, from chaotic to consistent. Your life and your business don’t have to feel chaotic, and if they feel chaotic right now, that’s because you’re lacking structure and a plan. It starts with considering your long term plan – and then what needs to be done to get there.

Here’s what I covered:

The truth about why you feel overwhelmed (and how you can only focus on and be really successful in two things at a time!)
What I have found when I’ve slowed down (often in order to succeed, I actually needed to back up, sacrifice a little bit of time and money in order for me to achieve my goal!)
A simple way to reduce and manage overwhelm (and what to do to figure out your priorities and commit to those!)
How to make something a priority for a time (you need to sacrifice with intention and it doesn’t need to be forever!)
How it helps to have a plan and to have a structure (and to have someone on your side cheering you along, so you can see your dreams become a reality!)

It’s important to stop trying to do everything and decide how you want your life and your business to be five to ten years from now. If you want to be working less, having a well-structured business, serving lots of clients, making good money and enjoying yourself – and you want to do that with an online program, then it’s time to move forward and prioritize that.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about managing your goals and time:

Ep.43 Take A Rest
Ep.44 Stop Health Provider Burn Out
Ep. 66 Make More, Work Less with Systems and Your Team

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now’s the time to get your plan together. Join me starting Monday August 17th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

Hearing other people’s stories is such a great way to learn, connect, feel inspired and motivated. It’s fun to see how people started in their health career, made the decision to create an online program, launched their program and then share what they’re doing now.

Today, we have another incredible guest and client, Beth Auguste, Registered Dietitian Nutritionist, certified women’s fitness specialist and board-certified specialist in obesity and weight management. She shares her journey, what worked for her and how she implemented strategies to take action on her goal of creating and launching an online program.

Here’s what we talked about:

Beth’s story of creating her private practice and leaving her job (and feeling the freedom to manage her time to work on her online program!)
What to look for when considering investing in a coach (I always say that you need to do your research and get referrals!)
The importance of having a community to support each other as you grow your business (especially others who are focused and determined too!)
The steps she took to fast track creating her program (and launched it in one month!)
How she knew her program didn’t have to be perfect and focused on being able to continuously update it (as she got feedback from members on how to improve it!)
How she showed up every day for her audience (and surpassed her enrollment launch goal!)

Beth’s story is an amazing example of taking action on her dream by creating, launching and selling an online program where she continues to support her clients, while working towards the life-work balance that she desires!

About Beth Beth is a South Philadelphia-based registered dietitian nutritionist, certified women’s fitness specialist and board-certified specialist in obesity and weight management. She's also a mom who juggles maintaining a healthy, active lifestyle while chasing an adorable but exhausting toddler and running a business. Beth understands that nutrition and healthcare advice can’t happen in a vacuum. Life will always get in the way of the perfect routine. Her recommendations meet you where you are and integrate creative, effective solutions that fit into even the busiest schedule. She is more than your nutritionist-- she's an advocate and supporter for your wellness.

You can find her online here: BeWellwithBethPHL.com or on Instagram: @bewellwithbeth

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about transitioning your practice online:

Ep.48 Online Program Launch Success with Jay Baum
Ep. 63 Adding an Online Program to a Full Brick and Mortar Practice with Kelly McDonnell-Arnold
Ep.73 Surpassing Goals with Your First Program Launch with Marilou Morin

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now’s the time to get your plan together. Join me starting August 17th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

One of the main points that I see people struggle with before they decide to create an online program is thinking that they need to have a big audience before they can sell their program.

They believe that they have no one to sell to and feel unsure on how to approach audience growth.

Today I’m talking about how you need to get clear on what you’re selling and how you’re helping people - before you build an audience. Once you have this clarity, you’ll know who your audience is, the content you’re going to create for them and can build a strategic marketing plan based on an actual product, not just an idea.

Here’s what I covered:

My experience with building a big email list (and how I discovered they weren’t the right audience to purchase my program!)
How we strategically pivoted our content plan (to help our audience and also offer our program!)
What you need to be clear on before building an audience (so you don’t need to guess anymore about what content you’re sharing!)
How launching and running your online program helps you get even clearer on your ideal audience (as you work with real people in a group setting, you’ll continue learning about how to better serve them!)

Knowing what you sell before you build your audience will give you the chance to reach the people who are looking for your expertise and support. Building an online program with the right audience allows you to make a big impact, help lots of people with your knowledge and create a better work-life balance for yourself!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about transitioning your practice online:

Ep.28: Where Does an Online Program Fit Into My Practice?
Ep.35 Launch Without a List
Ep.47 Transitioning to Online

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now’s the time to get your plan together. Join me starting August 17th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

If you’ve been thinking of creating an online program and wondered, “Do I need a huge audience or email list?”, the answer is no.

Even though you’ll focus on growing your audience as you grow your business long-term, to have a successful first launch, you can use other strategies to get in front of the right audience.

That’s what my clients do to successfully launch their first program.

Today we have my wonderful guest and client, Marilou Morin, Registered Dietitian, soon to be Certified Intuitive Eating Counselor, and founder of Manger en Harmonie sharing her incredible story of getting started in her business and online program. She talks about how she launched her first program and surpassed her goal!

Here’s what we talked about:

Marilou’s first launch of her online program (she had to close the doors early!)
How she launched with a small list (and what she did to spread the word about her program!)
The rollercoaster of emotions that Marilou had as she created and launched her program (and how she’s now adjusted her offering and is focusing on launching it again!)
Whether you should run your first program for free (the answer is - I’m 100% against it, since the commitment level will be lower and you won’t get the appropriate feedback!)
What she learned from her first program members (they were grateful to provide feedback and see it incorporated into the program!)

Even though self-doubt creeps in when doing something new, like creating an online program, I’m sure many of you will connect with and feel motivated by Marilou’s story. She continued to work through the steps, created her online program and launched it successfully - and you can too!

About Marilou Marilou Morin is an anti-diet registered dietitian, soon to be Certified Intuitive Eating Counselor, and founder of Manger en Harmonie (a Francophone online business based in Quebec, Canada). With her online program based on Intuitive Eating, she guides people through the healing process of their relationship with food, mind, and body by helping them to connect and respect their body without guilt.

You can find her online here: mangerenharmonie.com or on Instagram: @mangerenharmonie

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about building an online program for your practice:

Ep.47 Transitioning to Online
Ep.50 Is Now the Right Time to Offer an Online Program?
Ep.52 Where do I start?

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now’s the time to get your plan together. Join me starting August 17th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

Social media is a key part of your marketing strategy. You can use it to educate, inspire, entertain - and to talk about your programs.

Having a social media strategy is an opportunity to connect with people, create conversations with them, answer their questions, and grow your audience so that more people are coming into your world and getting to know you and your business.

Today, I am going to share with you just some simple thoughts, insights and strategies for you to consider as you're thinking about social media.

Here’s what I covered:

The point of social media (even though it’s about reaching and growing your audience, it’s not about the vanity numbers!)
What to include in your strategic marketing plan (and how to keep it conversational allowing you to focus on building relationships!)
The importance of picking just one social media platform where your audience is (and getting a full understanding of how to use it!)
How to position yourself as a credible authority (and connect with your audience so they are getting to know you!)
Ways to promote your program (and giving your audience a call to action to allow them to take the next steps!)

By creating a social media strategy, you’ll have a plan on how you are showing up every single day in your business, the steps you are taking to grow your audience and how you are getting in front of more potential clients who need your services and programs!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about marketing strategy:

Ep.36 Grow Your Practice with Instagram featuring TLP Advisor Chris Emmer
Ep.38 Writing Better Copy with Katie Momo
Ep. 70 Connecting to Your Audience with Consistent Content

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now’s the time to get your plan together. Join me starting August 17th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

Is podcasting something that you’ve been thinking about recently?
Are you wondering if starting a podcast is the right next step for you to consistently create content?

Today we have my friend Jenny Suneson, owner of the Savvy Podcast Agency as our guest. She will be sharing her knowledge on whether a podcast is the right fit for you, if it suits your audience and will be giving tips on how to get started.

Here’s what we talked about:

How she pivoted her business to offering podcast management (we can always adjust our offerings over time!)
Whether a podcast can fit any type of health business (and the answer is yes!)
A niche podcast versus a general podcast (a niche podcast often does better and develops a loyal following!)
How to use your podcast to connect with your audience (people really get to know you!)
Ways to partner your podcast with other marketing strategies (and ideas for repurposing the content!)
Steps on how to get started with a podcast (including what equipment you need!)

Whether you’re thinking about creating a podcast or have started one already, we covered how a podcast can be an amazing part of your strategic marketing to connect with your audience and future clients!

About Jenny Jenny is a podcast launch strategist + managers that helps female entrepreneurs launch + grow their podcasts and start generating leads on autopilot. She also hosts Savvy Podcasting for Entrepreneurs which is a podcast for female entrepreneurs looking to get into the ears of their ideal clients and customers and learn about what's actually working in the podcasting world.

When she's not working on her business or recording podcast episodes, she's hanging out with her hubby and two goldendoodle pups.

You can find her online here: savvypodcastagency.com or on Instagram: @savvypodcastagency

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about content creation:

Ep. 32 Content Strategy for Program Launches with JessCreatives
Ep.38 Writing Better Copy with Katie Momo
Ep. 70 Connecting to Your Audience with Consistent Content

A struggle that many health professionals have is limited time to create consistent content, whether that’s a weekly podcast episode, a video, a blog post or dropping an IGTV.

To be successful in your business, you need to have a targeted effort and focus on your marketing system. This allows you to grow your audience while having the opportunity to nurture and connect with those who have shown interest in working with you.

Today, I’m giving you a plan for creating content on a regular basis that comes from a place of strategy and service, so you can start to support your audience and future clients.

Here’s what I covered:

The importance of consistent content in your business (and how it ties to your marketing system goal!)
How consistent content fits into your customer journey (and what to do if you feel uncomfortable sharing content regularly!)
What to look at when creating your content plan (and whether it’s the right way to reach your audience!)
A tip about what you want to make sure you do for every content piece (that’s having a clear call to action!)

By staying consistent in your delivery of content, it shows your audience that you are reliable and can be trusted, while also building authority. This can lead to business growth and more sales!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about content creation:

Ep. 32: Content Strategy for Program Launches with JessCreatives
Ep.36 Grow Your Practice with Instagram featuring TLP Advisor Chris Emmer
Ep.38 Writing Better Copy with Katie Momo

If your business plan includes building and launching an online program, we’d love to have you join us in the Leverage Your Practice Facebook Group. We have weekly trainings to help you know where to start, what to focus on and how to create a results-driven program, plus support, resources and training on the marketing and selling of your program!

Should I do face-to-camera?
Can I do a voice-over slide deck?
What kind of lighting do I set up in my work space?

These are common questions that I get from my clients who want to learn or improve the video portion of their online programs.

If you're wondering how to transition from teaching in person to teaching online using video, we have an amazing guest today who’s giving us video production tips and strategies for your online program.

Holly Gillen empowers high performing entrepreneurs to save time on both sides of the camera and teaches them the skills they need to create incredible videos they can use online.

Here’s what we talked about:

Holly's experience working as a camera operator, video producer and editor before transitioning into her own online business (she got her start during the housing market crisis of 2008!)
How she successfully transitioned to an online business supporting business owners with their video production (she found that people had the same questions and concerns when it came to video and used her expertise and experience to fulfill that need!)
Her advice for health professionals transitioning from in person to online teaching (whether you're teaching one to one in your practice or running a group program!)
The importance of long-term strategic planning for your videos (using Holly’s four pillars of pre-production: why, who, what and how!)
The biggest mistake Holly sees people making when it comes to creating videos (not having a plan means your video production will take a lot longer!)

We covered how you can start to create a purposeful plan for your videos, which will help you not only save time but also feel comfortable with creating videos. Having these tips and strategies will help move your online program creation forward, so you can better reach the people who need your expertise and support!

About Holly Holly Gillen empowers high performing leading lady entrepreneurs to save time on both sides of the camera & teaches them the skills they need to create not just video but Business Cinema™.

Business Cinema™ is the way she likes to describe the next level video. Not creating content for creating content, but creating videos that have a plan, a purpose and a strategy. Videos that move your business forward and have a bigger purpose.

Holly started her career video production in 2008 as a Camera Operator, Producer, and Editor working with big industry names including the Sundance Channel, Sony Music, Nick.com, HBO, Bono, Big Time Rush, Forest Whitaker and many others.

Her skills and experience run the full gamut from Producing and Directing to Shooting and Editing, and she has translated those skills into a range of educational courses and services to support high performing leading lady entrepreneurs in their quest for video stardom.

You can find her online here: hollygstudios.com or on Instagram: @hollygstudios

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes with other advisors from The Leveraged Practice Program:

Ep.36 Grow Your Practice with Instagram featuring TLP Advisor Chris Emmer
Ep.38 Writing Better Copy with Katie Momo
Ep.40 Website Strategy with Shannon Shaffer

As you’re establishing, growing and pivoting your business online, there are a lot of available resources, programs and pieces of advice.

It’s so easy to get caught up, overwhelmed and distracted with all of the advice there is!

There are podcasts, magazines, blogs and Facebook groups with people positioning themselves as experts and sharing business advice. The issue is when this advice is based on people taking guesses, and not based on actual results.

Today, I’m giving you tips on how to avoid taking bad business advice and how you can become more comfortable making business decisions.

Here’s what I covered:

How we must remember how important it is to look at the research (keeping quantity, quality and time span in mind!)
What questions to consider when you want to work with someone to guide you in your business goals (including what do you need next?)
The importance of narrowing down who you follow and making sure you’re picking someone who has achieved what you’re striving for (it’s better to keep it to 1-2 people!)
Getting clear on a focused plan for the next 12 months (and making sure you’re implementing what you’re learning!)

Remember, there is not just one way of doing something. There isn’t just one person, one tactic, or one system that you have to follow to get the results you want. You don’t need to learn everything all at once, just focus on what you need first to create that online program you’ve been envisioning!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about transitioning online:

Ep.47 Transitioning to Online
Ep.52 Where do I start?
Ep. 61 Moving a Professional Workshop Online with Michelle Archer

If your business plan includes building and launching an online program, we'd love to have you join us in the Leverage Your Practice Facebook Group. We have weekly trainings to help you know where to start, what to focus on and how to create a results-driven program, plus support, resources and training on the marketing and selling of your program!

For those new to selling online, they often receive the message that all they need to do is create a product, offer it and that they’ll make a lot of sales.

The truth is, the opportunities online are practically endless but they need to be approached strategically, to build a long-term product that both supports your audience and aligns with the lifestyle you desire.

Today, we have another incredible guest, Registered Dietitian Megan Boitano, private practice owner and founder of RD2RD, where she helps dietitians leverage their expertise and generate passive income with digital products. She considers herself a second career entrepreneur who saw the need for a digital marketplace where dietitians could buy and sell resources that they created - and brought this idea to life!

Here’s what we talked about:

The importance of continued market research and giving your audience what they need (it’s how you're going to stand out with any product that you bring to the market!)
How we’re continuously learning and how we can’t wait to have it perfect before we take action on our idea (if you're delivering a solution and you're resonating with your audience, you will continue to grow!)
The basics of selling online (by taking proven strategies, we can bring our ideas into the world!)
Online technology (it’s about focusing on what you need versus all that the tech tool or program can do!)
How a clear process allows you to be simple in your approach (it’s a good idea to have manual processes until you know that they're working, before automating!)

As health professionals, we have the extensive opportunity to create a solid income while supporting our clients. We need to narrow down our idea, validate it, commit to it and move forward with a focused plan!

About Megan Megan Boitano, MS, RD, LDN helps dietitians leverage their expertise and generate passive income with digital products. She is the founder of RD2RD, digital marketplace for RDNs to purchase and sell original, digital goods such as nutrition handouts, presentations, webinars, books and more. Megan is also a private practice owner specializing in pediatric nutrition and sensory-based feeding issues.

You can find her online here: rd2rd.com or on Instagram: @rd2rd_marketplace

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about selling online:

Ep.19: Show Up for Your Online Clients
Ep. 54 Pricing Your Program
Ep. 62 Simplify Your Technology

I want to talk about something that can be uncomfortable for many of us in the health profession...
Somewhere along the way, many of us started to feel guilty about wanting to make money while we help people with our expertise.

Whatever your financial dreams are, I want to validate them.

It's okay to want to make more money than you make right now.
It's okay to want to make more money than everybody told you you can make when you graduated.
It's okay to want to help people and make an incredible impact and make lots of money doing it, without burning yourself out.

Today, I want to talk about how as you grow, make more revenue and serve more people, it becomes incredibly important to put systems, processes and procedures into place - along with creating a team to assist you.

Here’s what I covered:

The first thing that you need to make more money in less time as a health professional in your practice (it’s making sure you have a scalable offer!)
How to figure out if you have a scalable offer (one that doesn’t require a lot of your one-to-one time, solves a problem people want to pay for and that it's something that you can commit to!)
What the next thing is that you need to do to create more money in less time (it can’t just be you!)
How delegating and building a team helps you focus on the work that only you can do (the more you market and the more you sell, the more money you're going to bring into your business!)
How having systems in place will help you save a lot of time (we started with creating email templates!)
The 3 action steps you can take today to move towards that goal of more money with less time (without the hustle and grind that it took me to get there!)

I believe that you have the gift, experience and expertise that the world needs - and with the right steps, you can create more money with less time . You just need the plan, techniques and strategies, along with your commitment to get your online program out there!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about planning for your online program:

Ep. 15: Investing in Your Business
Ep. 25: The Next 5 Years
Ep. 31: Embrace the Numbers

The Leveraged Practice Program is Now Open for Enrolment!

The Leveraged Practice Program is the complete A-Z process to develop, launch and grow your online program. Whether you’re focused on a health or professional development program, everything is here for you.

This 12 month coaching program gives you all the tools, templates, training, support and feedback you need to create your successfully leveraged practice.

This is the quickest, most effective way to build a successful online program and grow it so that you’re making revenue and changing lives. The Leveraged Practice Program has helped over 100 health practitioners develop (or re-develop) their online program and open enrolment successfully to make money and grow their practice – in as little as 8 weeks.

Join The Leveraged Practice

Have you been thinking about developing an online program - but feel stuck since it feels overwhelming?

I constantly hear this from many of you...and how it’s been months or even years before you start to build your online program. Hearing stories helps you to get unstuck by gaining the inspiration and the understanding of what works.

You’ll start to see there isn’t a point in delaying any longer. You just need to get out there and start doing it!

Today, we have an incredible guest, Registered Dietitian Rosanne Robinson, founder and co-owner of a private practice called Blueprint Nutrition, who also runs a specialized feeding therapy clinic with an Occupational Therapist for picky eaters. After opening her practice and seeing what the community needed in terms of pediatric care, she created an online program where she continued connecting authentically with her clients.

Here’s what we talked about:

The need for supportive online programs (despite all of the free resources you can find!)
The steps that Rosanna took to build her online program (while keeping authentic human connection!)
Ideas for pricing (and how to set sales goals no matter what size your audience is!)
Carving out the time to focus on building an amazing program (and knowing the right time to start!)

As a health expert in a world that’s saturated with questionable health information, you have such an opportunity to build an online program that provides an authentic, supportive experience for your clients!

About Rosanne Rosanne Robinson is a Registered Dietitian and is the founder and co-owner of Blueprint Nutrition, a private practice based in Waterloo, Ontario. Rosanne’s previous work experience in clinical pediatrics (and becoming a mom herself) ignited her passion to help parents feed their children, from babies to teenagers. Through virtual and in-person one-on-one counselling and online programs, she helps families move from a state of chaos to calm at the dinner table. She also runs a specialized feeding therapy clinic with an occupational therapist for picky eaters.

Rosanne's core nutrition philosophy encompasses an all-foods-fit approach to helping parents raise competent eaters. She is passionately committed to empowering parents with the knowledge and practical tools they need to nurture learning eaters who have a good relationship with food and their bodies.

Aside from her role as a clinician, she is a professional speaker, blogger and media spokesperson.

You can find her online here: blueprintnutrition.ca or on Instagram: @blueprintnutritionrd

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes with health professionals who created the online program their audience needed :

Ep. 14: Create a Program Your People Want with Nazima Qureshi
Ep.20: Build the Business for The People with Libby Rothschild
Ep.53 Create a Program Your People Need with Alissa Rumsey

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now's the time to get your plan together. Join me starting June 1st to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

One of the questions I've been getting a lot recently is, “Should I start with one to one clients in my business or my practice before I develop a group program?”

The short answer to this question is - No, you do not need to fill up your roster with one to one clients before developing a group program.

And...I strongly believe that online group programs can be better in most cases for your clients than one to one.

It’s overwhelming for people to make changes and that’s why building a results-driven online program can provide more support for your clients. When you create a step-by-step program with the customization, accessibility, accountability and feedback that clients need, you can better support and guide them from starting point A to ending point Z.

Here’s what I covered:

My experience with one to one coaching (and how within a few years, I realized that this model can be inefficient!)
What I discovered I was doing with my one to one clients (I’m sure you find you repeat yourself over and over again, too!)
Ways to build in supportive elements into your online program (like accountability check-ins, Q&A calls, community conversations and more!)
How you can give them more information, tools and resources in your program (versus them waiting until your next one to one session!)

Whether you're starting or you’ve been practicing in your field for one month, one year or ten years, you will continue to learn. Health will continue to evolve and the subject matter will continue to change. Everything will continue to move forward and you have the opportunity to share your knowledge and support in an online program, where you can reach people all over the world!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about continuing to serve your clients with an online program:

Ep.44 Stop Health Provider Burn Out
Ep.45 Your Business Model
Ep. 58 Continue to Serve Your Clients with These Types of Online Programs

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now's the time to get your plan together. Join me starting June 1st to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

I love to share stories - especially stories of health practitioners who have taken the career or business they're been dreaming of, created a plan and made it happen.

There’s one story that I share often with my clients, as an example of when developing an online program was the right next step and fit perfectly with a growing and successful practice.

Today, I’m excited to have our guest, my dear friend and client, Kelly McDonnell-Arnold, Sex and Relationship Therapist, Founder of a collaborative private therapy practice called Bliss Counselling, and Co-Founder of Sexology International, join us to share that story.

Kelly started recognizing through her client work that most people didn't have a reliable place to get the credible information and knowledge they needed. Her and her colleague saw how repeating this information to their clients was taking a lot of time, so creating an online program could fill this gap in the market while also offering more support for their clients.

Here’s what we talked about:

What to think about as you near your time and/or emotional capacity for seeing clients (especially if you’re thinking, “Wow, I don't want to see 30 clients a week or have 40 hours a week of client time, so what else can I do?”)
Kelly’s first version of her program (and what she learned about incorporating accountability and extra support as they go through the content!)
Knowing how much content to include in your program (and the difference between giving them everything you want to tell them versus what they want to hear and need!)
Kelly’s most important marketing tip (which involves leveraging other clinicians and supporting each other!)
How teaching online is really about speaking to the individual (and how that resonates so differently for your clients!)

Even if you have a busy, successful practice and it feels overwhelming, you can still create your online program to grow your practice, have an additional income stream and provide another option to support your clients!

About Kelly You can find Kelly online here: bliss-therapy.org or on Instagram: @blisscounselling

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about adding an online program to your practice:

Ep.51 Adding a Program to Your Successful Practice with Jennnifer McGurk
Ep. 55 An Online Business for Your Clients with Jaime Mass
Ep. 57 Adding Group Programs to a Brick and Mortar Practice with Suzanne Dietrich

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now's the time to get your plan together. Join me starting June 1st to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

When you think of creating your online program, do you feel uncertain about learning the technology - and worried about the costs?

It’s something that my clients and audience are often nervous about when they are considering building an online program.

Today, I’m talking about how you can take your training, current experience and professional expertise and create an online program in the simplest way possible. This is for you if you want to simplify technology, understand how to get your program created quickly and not let technology stop you.

Here’s what I covered:

How it’s totally normal to feel uncomfortable with new technology (and how we can move on and get what we need done for our business!)
My experience with building online programs (including what it was like back in 2013!)
What to look for in a program platform (including the ability for your clients to do submissions!)
Options that are available for you to start with (if you develop an incredible program, it actually doesn't matter as much which one you choose!)

With these strategies and simple tips, you’ll be able to get over that technology hurdle and start sharing your expertise with the world in a convenient, accessible online program!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about creating your online program:

Ep. 12: Membership vs. Program
Ep.17: Drip Content vs. Full Access
Ep.21: Which platform do I use?

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now's the time to get your plan together. Join me starting June 1st to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

Has your focus been on running in-person events, workshops or working one-to-one and you’ve wondered what the transition to online would be like?

Have you had an idea for a professional development event and have wanted to run it online so you can reach people outside of your community?

Today, I’m excited to have our guest, past client and fellow Registered Dietitian Michelle Archer, who mentors health care professionals by delivering the Diabetes Manager University. We worked together to successfully bring her in-person professional development programs online - and now Michelle’s focus has continued to be on growing her client base.

Here’s what we talked about:

How Michelle knew it was time to bring her program online (she didn’t want to put it off anymore!)
The surprising benefits of bringing her in-person training online (her clients felt less overwhelmed!)
The results her clients are getting from her online program (and the impact of including interactive assignments!)
The difference between offering lower-priced vs. higher-priced programs (and how it affects the level of commitment of your clients!)
What she’s doing to grow her audience and sell her online program (including expanding her reach with professional associations and online groups!)

With an online program, you can reach an even bigger audience who are looking for your expertise, guidance and support. After listening to Michelle’s inspiring journey from having in-person programs to successfully launching them online, you’ll know that it’s absolutely possible for you to do the same!

About Michelle Michelle Archer, RD, CDE has worked as a diabetes educator for over 15 years where she has witnessed how a person centered approach makes a difference in the lives of people living with diabetes. She is passionate about helping people to use their own life experiences to guide their health journey. Michelle also delivers the Diabetes Manager University (DMU) training program to mentor health care professionals to more effective interactions with their patients living with diabetes. Now she is helping even more people all across Canada Learn to Make a Difference in diabetes.

You can find her online here: diabetestraining.ca or on Facebook: @diabetestraining101

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 interviews with health professionals who have created an online program:

Ep.22: Taking My Practice Online with Samantha Scruggs
Ep.26: Getting Started with Charlene Kennedy
Ep. 55 An Online Business for Your Clients with Jaime Mass

Don't forget to get your free copy of the The Perfect Program Idea Workbook! These simple 3 steps will help you nail down the right program idea for your audience. Click here to download.

What is going on with the world??

I know for many of us, it is completely different and it feels really strange and uncertain. There are hard moments, but in all of this, I know many of you are finding some silver linings.

It’s challenging us to think about what we're currently doing, how it's changing the world and how to reach the people who are looking for our help right now.

Today, I’m talking about the huge opportunity you have to get your online program out there quickly and the long-term impact of what this means for our entire planet. It’s interesting how our world is changing and how people are consuming information, seeking support services, and what help they're willing to pay for.

Here’s what I covered:

What I’ve been reflecting on and what this all means for health (whether you’re planning to start a health practice or have had one for 20+ years!)
How people are now turning even more to the internet (what an incredible opportunity for the world to move forward!)
What it was like when I started to offer online programs (I didn’t even have a brand or website!)
3 action steps to take right now towards making your online program idea a reality (including specifically reflecting on the changes in the health area that you work in!)
How there are no limits on your income goals with an online program (as long as you're fulfilling a need!)

If you've been thinking about creating an online program for a while, there has never been a better time to do so. It’s time to be innovative and creative and change your business, change the way you support people and change your life. Take this opportunity where we're all in our homes connected to the internet more than ever - and bring your online program into the world!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes answering common questions about creating an online program:

Ep.47 Transitioning to Online
Ep.52 Where do I start?
Ep. 54 Pricing Your Program

The Leveraged Practice Program is Now Open for Enrolment!

The Leveraged Practice Program is the complete A-Z process to develop, launch and grow your online program. Whether you're focused on a health or professional development program, everything is here for you.

This 12 month coaching program gives you all the tools, templates, training, support and feedback you need to create your successfully leveraged practice, no matter what is going on in the world.

This is the quickest, most effective way to build a successful online program and grow it so that you're making revenue and changing lives. The Leveraged Practice Program has helped over 100 health practitioners develop (or re-develop) their online program and open enrolment successfully to make money and grow their practice - in as little as 8 weeks.

Join The Leveraged Practice

As you probably already know if you’ve been listening to this podcast, I’m a big believer that we need more practical, strategic, amazing professional training programs for health professionals.

What I often see getting in the way of health professionals creating these programs are the same fears, worries and blocks that many of my audience and clients have.

If you feel these too as you think of doing something different in your practice, you're definitely not alone.

Today, we have an amazing guest and client of mine, Registered Dietitian Allison Riederer, founder of Root and Rise Coaching. Allison works with other dietitians to help them find their way through their career path with less frustration, pain, and confusion. She shares how this idea came to her and how she built up her business, while continuing to work full time in a job that she loves.

Here’s what we talked about:

Allison’s experience as she listened to what she felt was a calling to help fellow dietitians (it can be scary when you listen to that voice deep inside!)
What really helped Allison move past the fears (by investing in who could help her!)
Running live professional events (That's what helped me grow my business!)
The importance of sharing your message even when you don’t have an audience yet (It's all practice for when people will be listening!)
What happened when Allison gave herself the space to create (and how that made her realize that she could launch her program!)
Strategies to deal with ‘negative’ comments and feedback (we see it as just information!)

As you work through these fears that often pop up as you work on something new, committing to yourself, laser focusing and doing what you need to do to get there, will allow you to build an online program to create the impact, support and income that you’ve been dreaming of!

You‌ ‌can‌ ‌find‌ Allison Riederer ‌online‌ ‌here‌ ‌‌rootandriseacademy.com ‌or‌ ‌on‌ ‌Instagram:‌ ‌‌@rootandriseacademy

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes with health professionals who have created online programs:

Ep.48 Online Program Launch Success with Jay Baum
Ep.49 Leveraged Business with Deanna Wolfe
Ep. 57 Adding Group Programs to a Brick and Mortar Practice with Suzanne Dietrich

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now's the time to get your plan together. Join me starting Monday April 20th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

As we navigate our new circumstances, health professionals have an even greater opportunity to create convenient support in an online program that people can access from their own homes.

There isn’t just one way to do an online program. Many of us are offering customized solutions that get our clients the results they’ve been looking for.

And you can too!

Today, I’m talking about how to continue serving your clients with the types of programs that have a higher chance of success in this economic downturn.

Here’s what I covered:

My prediction on what type of programs will excel during this time (like live workshops!)
What people are looking for right now (they want a step by step plan!)
What to focus on during this time (so we can continue to move the world forward!)
Available options for building community into your program (to give people the support they need - especially now!)

I know it’s a challenging time and you are dealing with your own frustrations and worries. I encourage you to focus on what you can control, how to keep showing up for your clients, and how you can use your expertise to contribute to the world.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes with health professionals who have created online programs:

Ep.48 Online Program Launch Success with Jay Baum
Ep.49 Leveraged Business with Deanna Wolfe
Ep.53 Create a Program Your People Need with Alissa Rumsey

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now's the time to get your plan together. Join me starting April 20th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

If you're wondering how to transition from one-to-one brick & mortar style coaching, consulting or counseling to running an online group program, that’s what we’re covering in this episode.

Today, we have one of my clients, Suzanne Dietrich Registered Dietitian and owner of Gut Instincts Nutrition Counselling sharing with us about her journey of moving from a one-to-one client business model to adding in a group program to her practice.

Suzanne has found that it’s an amazing way to offer clients flexibility in their schedules while giving them the information, support and community they need to help them with their health.

Here’s what we talked about:

What it was like for Suzanne to transition to an online program (and how it brought her more clients from around the world!)
How she’s been able to provide increased access to her clients (it allows them to take part in the program even if they can’t make it to the calls!)
Deciding which program delivery option to use (there are so many possibilities!)
Increasing client value (and retaining your current clients!)
How seeing clients online compares to seeing them in person (you can still feel people's energy on a video call!)
What to think about if considering a business partner (it’s like having a colleague to brainstorm together!)

The first thing in growing your business is the desire to support people. The best products or programs that we sell are the ones that come from a true need. Having an online program can make that happen in a way that works for you and your business as you reach people all over the world who are looking for your support, expertise and answer to what they're struggling with.

About Suzanne Suzanne Dietrich is a Registered Dietitian and the owner of Gut Instincts Nutrition Counselling in Uptown Waterloo. She specializes in empowering people (of all ages) to unfold their own definition of health, and develop a way of eating that is sustainable and makes sense for them, be that through intuitive eating, improved gut health or eating disorder recovery. She started her career in the not for profit social sector after obtaining her degree in Social Development Studies from the University of Waterloo. After 10 years working in a variety of roles in community settings she returned to school to study nutrition at Ryerson University. She worked for 8 years in primary care and then started doing her private practice soley over 2 years ago. She sees clients in her clinics in Waterloo & Guelph. She is a Mama of 2 boys who have taught her much about eating and inspired her to develop a new online course with a colleague called Growing Intuitive Eaters.

Suzanne believes that all foods fit and the best way of eating for everyone is one that takes into nutrition but just as importantly access, time, life situation/trauma, health conditions, financial ability, food skills, sustainability, preference and pleasure.

You‌ ‌can‌ ‌find‌ ‌Suzanne ‌online‌ ‌here‌ ‌‌www.gutinstincts.ca ‌or‌ ‌on‌ ‌Instagram:‌ ‌‌@food.peace.mama

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about other health professionals who have moved their practice online:

Ep.48 Online Program Launch Success with Jay Baum
Ep.49 Leveraged Business with Deanna Wolfe
Ep.51 Adding a Program to Your Successful Practice with Jennnifer McGurk

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now's the time to get your plan together. Join me starting April 20th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

I wanted to take some time to talk about this whole change that we've seen in the economy, our lifestyles and in the way that the world is currently working, from all the way from China through Europe, and right here in North America.

There's a lot of anxiety, there's a lot of fear and that's all natural. It's normal and it's okay to have it. It’s about what we choose to do with it.

Today, I’m sharing 3 strategies that you can do right now to pivot your practice to continue helping your clients. I talk about how we can choose to look at the extra opportunity that we have to be creative and innovative in the market and continue to show up and support people when they need us most. So many of you have been thinking about creating an online program for a long time - and now you've been given an opportunity to spend time on it.

Here’s what I covered:

What to do if you’re feeling challenged with working and pivoting in your business (Go back to your Why!)
The need to revisit your product offer (and pivot it slightly to focus on one offer that’s clear for your audience and solves a problem for them!)
Targeting the right audience with your offer (and how there are people still prioritizing their spending on health so they can solve their problem once and for all!)
What I’ve observed about some people’s spending habits right now (and how they’re being effective with their money!)
How to think of selling right now (and how selling from a place of service applies all the time!)
Strategies to continue getting work done (especially if you have kids!)

It’s time to have grace, give yourself space and be kind with yourself. Showing up right now will take some commitment. You have something special, creative and innovative so please keep showing up - and more than ever, get that online group program out there. The world needs you.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about moving your practice online:

Ep. 15: Investing in Your Business
Ep.28: Where Does an Online Program Fit Into My Practice?
Ep.45 Your Business Model

If you want to move your business online and keep your practice thriving no matter what’s going on in the world around you, now's the time to get your plan together.

Join me starting April 20th to get the exact steps you need to create an online program and have the chance to join in discussion, ask questions and get advice from the industry expert! Click here to register

By hearing other people's stories and seeing how they brought their health practice online, it helps us visualize how we too can move online and create great programs for our clients.

Today, I’m excited to have our guest, fellow Registered Dietitian Jaime Mass, founder of Jaime Mass Nutritionals LLC. Jaime works with registered dietitians to help them build their dream business and dream life from the ground up. She shares her struggles with going virtual at a time when it wasn’t very common, how she’s constantly evolving her offerings to give her clients what they need and what she’s doing next in her business.

Here’s what we talked about:

What it was like for Jaime when she opened her first private practice online (and her relentless commitment to picking herself up and continuing, even when she had no one to ask questions to!)
Niching down and coming from a place of service (figuring out and focusing on who you want to specifically work with will allow you to serve them better - so they'll have better outcomes and results!)
Tips for all of you who are multi-passionate and have many ideas (it’s all about figuring out the one service that you can put your full attention on!)
A simple way to do market research which will guide you on what your audience needs (keep those running documents of what people are asking for!)
Marketing tips as you transition to an online virtual practice (it also involves trying things along the way!)

We break down a few different ways to expand your practice online to show the many possibilities that exist. As Jaime said, “This is your opportunity to teach someone today, something that might change their world, or their day that you might think is so simple, because you're a clinician that's educated with all of this knowledge. You have a chance today to change someone's life!”

About Jaime

Jaime Mass is a Registered Dietitian and founder of Jaime Mass Nutritionals LLC. Jaime built and ran her own virtual nutrition private practice for 7 years and manufactured her Dietitian Developed and Delivered supplement line from the ground up. Jaime is now on a mission to empower sister Dietitians to nourish their confidence, passion, and soul by teaching them to create online businesses that will elevate their life, their worth, and their ability to impact the world. Jaime works full time with RD’s and RD2B’s helping them create the nutrition business and life of their dreams!

You‌ ‌can‌ ‌find‌ ‌Jaime ‌online‌ ‌here‌ ‌‌jaimemass.com ‌or‌ ‌on‌ ‌Instagram:‌ ‌‌@jaimemass.rd

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about other health professionals who have transitioned online :

Ep.49 Leveraged Business with Deanna Wolfe
Ep.51 Adding a Program to Your Successful Practice with Jennnifer McGurk
Ep.53 Create a Program Your People Need with Alissa Rumsey

Don't forget to get your free copy of the The Perfect Program Idea Workbook! These simple 3 steps will help you nail down the right program idea for your audience. Click here to download.

Have you been wondering, “How do I price my program? What if I price it too high? Or too low?”

You’re definitely not alone...It’s one of the biggest questions that I get asked from my audience and in calls with my clients.

Today, I’m sharing how you can approach this question so you don’t undervalue yourself and underestimate what people will pay for. There are a lot of gaps in the marketplace and a lot of people are searching for better care, better services, more access, more convenience - and ultimately better support for what they are struggling with.

Here’s what I covered:

What I recommend as your first step when thinking of what to price your program (it all starts with a person who has a real problem that you can solve!)
My thoughts about pricing too low (it’s hard to create a low-priced quality, supportive program that gets people results!)
How pricing relates to commitment levels (the higher the price, the higher the commitment!)
Whether it’s a good idea to change your prices and how to do it (Absolutely you can and you should!)
Examples of how to add more value to your program (and increase your pricing!)

Creating a results-driven program that is based around the people who really need it, is an incredible business model. It not only helps you reach your financial goals and gives you a better work-life balance, it also gives people real results that they love and finally the support for what they were struggling with!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about business financials:

Ep. 15: Investing in Your Business
Ep.30: The $100K Mat Leave
Ep. 31: Embrace the Numbers

Don't forget to get your free copy of the The Perfect Program Idea Workbook! These simple 3 steps will help you nail down the right program idea for your audience. Click here to download.

Talking with other health practitioners, professionals and clinicians helps us learn through their stories and experiences - while talking with our audience helps us create a program that fits exactly with their needs.

Today we have an amazing guest, Alissa Rumsey, Registered Dietitian and Certified Intuitive Eating Counselor and founder of Alissa Rumsey Nutrition and Wellness. She shares her business journey, what changed for her when she connected with her audience and how adding an online program has greatly benefited her business.

Here’s what we talked about:

The 2 reasons why Alissa wanted to create an online program (so she could scale and reach a different audience who couldn’t afford her one-to-one services!)
The clarity that Alissa got from doing market research (it’s not worth putting energy and time into creating a program unless you know the market wants it!)
The first online program she created (and the benefits of taking on dietetic interns for support in getting it done!)
What she found by running her program with live sessions, instead of doing it as a self-study program (she got amazing feedback since they liked having the support of the group!)
What running live events has taught her (especially since she had no prior business training!)

One of the biggest things I talk about all the time is how you cannot be perfect. You cannot launch perfectly and you cannot create the perfect ideal program the first time out of the gate... But if you go through the process of doing your market research, listening to your audience and narrowing down your program idea and content, you’ll create an online program that can serve exactly what your clients are looking for!

About Alissa

Alissa Rumsey MS, RD, CDN, CSCS is a New York City-based registered dietitian and Certified Intuitive Eating Counselor who is passionate about empowering women to reclaim the space to eat and live unapologetically. She is the founder of Alissa Rumsey Nutrition and Wellness, a weight-inclusive private practice that specializes in intuitive eating, body acceptance and disordered eating recovery. Through her virtual one-on-one coaching and online programs, she helps people break the dieting cycle and cultivate a healthy and peaceful relationship with food and their bodies.

You‌ ‌can‌ ‌find‌ ‌Alissa ‌online‌ ‌here‌ ‌‌alissarumsey.com ‌or‌ ‌on‌ ‌Instagram:‌ ‌‌@alissarumseyrd

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about building an online program for your practice:

Ep.28: Where Does an Online Program Fit Into My Practice?
Ep.45 Your Business Model
Ep.50 Is Now the Right Time to Offer an Online Program?

Don't forget to get your free copy of the The Perfect Program Idea Workbook! These simple 3 steps will help you nail down the right program idea for your audience. Click here to download.

The question of, “Where do I even start?” is one of the biggest obstacles and struggles that many health providers have when they want to start an online program - and I don't want it to keep you stuck.

Because it is just about getting started.

It is just about taking one step at a time and getting your expertise, your advice, your amazing knowledge up on the internet, and in a group coaching program.

Today I’m talking about how to get started and giving you further resources, so you can take the incredible work that you are doing in the health field and increase your support for your clients and your impact on health!

Here’s what I talked about:

Helping you understand where to start (and taking that first step!)
Resources to work through these first steps (including what book I highly recommend!)
The 3 questions to ask yourself to get really clear on how to get started (it all starts with Why!)
What to think about if there are already online programs in your area of health (reflect on why are people still struggling with that specific health issue!)
How to break down the right idea for your first program (which will be for a specific audience with a specific need!)

If it is the right time to create your online program, really figure out your why and where you want to go with your business. And don't be afraid to take the steps needed to get it done. If you want your own successful, profitable business, and you don't want to work 50-60 hours a week, then having an online group program is an incredible thing!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about building an online program for your practice:

Ep.28: Where Does an Online Program Fit Into My Practice?
Ep.45 Your Business Model
Ep.50 Is Now the Right Time to Offer an Online Program?

Don't forget to get your free copy of the The Perfect Program Idea Workbook! These simple 3 steps will help you nail down the right program idea for your audience. Click here to download.

Connecting online with clients and other health professionals has been such a fun experience! It’s an opportunity to learn both about their area of expertise AND how they help grow their clients’ knowledge about their bodies, while supporting them in their health.

It’s amazing to see how we’re all here to lift each other up and create an impact on health!

Today, we have a guest who has done just that. Jennnifer McGurk, Registered Dieititan Nutritionist, created her business, Pursuing Private Practice while continuing to run her private practice, Eat with Knowledge. She shares her journey about growing her private practice AND building a business to pursue her dream of helping other dietitians.

She shows us that you can work for yourself successfully without the need of working for someone else for a long time!

Here’s what we talked about:

How Jennifer began creating her online program (as she continued to grow her practice!)

Her tip on how to continuously improve your program (your clients are your best market research!)

The breakdown of what her program includes (and what tech she’s been using!)

Connecting and marketing online (Jennifer feels the most important thing is to be authentically You in your messaging!)

Differences between marketing a health based program and a professional program (and how staying consistent is important for both!)

The goals of your content (they center around inspiration, education and entertainment!)

When starting an online program or a business, the most important decision that you can make is knowing that you're going to start and knowing that you're going to work through the ups and the downs. You start small and then you build up so you can have the bigger impact you’ve been dreaming of!

About Jennifer

Jennifer McGurk, RDN, CDN, CDE, CEDRD-S is a Registered Dietitian Nutritionist whose mission is to help people heal from diets, and find peace and balance with their food choices. She is the owner of Eat With Knowledge in Nyack, NY. She leads a team of dietitians who support the philosophy, “Feel fabulous about food!”

Jennifer has created the business, Pursuing Private Practice, along with authoring a book series of the same name, to help other healthcare professionals reach their goal of owning their own business. She loves being involved in her professional community and takes great pride in helping other dietitians achieve their goals and have an amazing career!

You can find Jennifer online here pursuingprivatepractice.com or eatwithknowledge.com or on Instagram: @jennifermcgurkrdn.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 episodes about other health professionals who also added a program to their practice:

Ep. 24: Grow Your Practice with Counselling and Online Programs with Vanessa Perrone

Ep.48 Online Program Launch Success with Jay Baum

Ep.49 Leveraged Business with Deanna Wolfe

For so many of us health professionals, doing less one to one hours and doing more leveraged group programming sounds great. In fact, it sounds fantastic!

But one of the biggest concerns or questions I get is, when is the right time to create an online program?
When is the right time to invest my energy, time and money?

You want to create the life that works for you - but you’re struggling to identify if you should take the leap to create an online program that is also engaging and results oriented for your clients.

Today, I’m answering that question. You’ll know if it’s the right time to build a program that becomes a key component of your business or practice - while giving you freedom in your schedule AND the ability to serve and make an impact in a professional way for your clients.

Here’s what I covered:

How I got started with my practice and teaching (At first, it filled up all my time!)
What caused me to finally make the jump to online programs (I realized my limited energy and time!)
My first launch of online programs (and what I learned from those!)
What to look for to know if now’s the right time to create your online program (while also thinking about what you want for your life and business!)
What’s most important for your marketing (whether or not you have a strong social presence or a huge email list!)

If it’s the right time for you to create an online program, you’ll have the opportunity to continue to do great work, support people to help make change in their lives and make an impact on the world!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other episodes about creating your online program:

Ep.35 Launch Without a List
Ep.41 4 Steps to Create a Profitable Online Program
Ep.47 Transitioning to Online

Hearing other people’s stories is so helpful, practical and inspirational!

Especially when it’s about health professionals and their journey from what work they did after their schooling to what they have done in the online space, especially with online programming.

On today's episode we have another of my amazing clients, Deanna Wolfe, registered dietitian nutritionist and founder of Dietitian Deanna, LLC. We’ll be hearing about Deanna’s journey as a speaker, coach, lifestyle blogger, media spokesperson, and about her thriving Instagram community - and how an online program offer is now supporting her audience and growing her business!

Here’s what we talked about:

Deanna’s experience with being transparent online (and showing that she’s a person first!)
Her business journey from one-to-one work to creating an online program (after growing at a rate she couldn’t keep up with!)
Working with brands who are looking for health experts (and what to do if they want you to post for free!)
Why she pivoted from her original program idea to offering live support (staying connected with her audience helped so much!)
How online health education focuses on getting results in as little time as possible (and reaches way more people!)

Deanna shares how 2019 was the year where she no longer saw her business as a ‘side hustle’ and knew she had to get over her ‘imposter syndrome’ and focus on the huge impact she was making. By empowering health professionals to think outside of the box and see the many opportunities available for us, we can reach more people who need our expertise to support them in improving their health!

About Deanna Deanna is a nationally recognized registered dietitian nutritionist and founder of Dietitian Deanna, LLC. Deanna is a pioneer in the online space, creating a loyal followership and community through her Instagram @DietitianDeanna and blog, dietitiandeanna.com and her audience trusts her with sound nutrition advice and inspiration.

As a speaker, coach, lifestyle blogger and media spokesperson, Deanna has represented top brands like Kellogg’s, Jeep, and KIND and been featured in popular online and print resources like Health Magazine and Women’s Health. Deanna is an influencer in the nutrition field, coaching other registered dietitians and speaking at national conferences.

Deanna’s core philosophy encompasses an all-foods-fit approach and she continues to help her audience overcome rules and stress around food. Deanna is passionate about everything she does and continues to empower dietitians and end-consumers in all that she does.

You can find her online here: dietitiandeanna.com or on Instagram: @dietitiandeanna

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast interview episodes with health practitioners who are also increasing their impact through online programs:

Ep. 14: Create a Program Your People Want with Nazima Qureshi
Ep.20: Build the Business for The People with Libby Rothschild
Ep.48 Online Program Launch Success with Jay Baum

One of the things I love hearing is other people's stories, since they give me inspiration, strategy and help me get unstuck from where I am!

Today's inspirational episode with my client, Jay Baum, Registered Dietitian and owner of Pommetta Nutrition will help you break through what is keeping you where you are right now, instead of going out there and creating your online program.

Jay shared her business journey, love for what she does and we talked about the future of online education - which has been giving health practitioners the opportunity to provide education, training and accountability for those clients who are looking for our support.

Here’s what we talked about:

The gradual steps that Jay took to create an online program (and how she felt about it along the way!)
How an online program greatly benefited her audience and clients (it’s all about building that support and community!)
What’s it like working with a business partner (and how important it is to decide on financials, ownership and duties right from the start!)
How to use the complementary strengths of each partner (I share my experience of having a business partner in a previous business too!)
What it was like for Jay to have a strategy and framework plus support during her launch (including strategies around segmenting her audience!)

It’s been amazing working with Jay as she has built her business in a way that better supports her clients, while also gaining flexibility in her schedule for a better work-life balance!

About Jay Jennifer (Jay) Baum is a Registered Dietitian and the owner of Pommetta Nutrition, a private practice based in Toronto that focuses on infant, toddler, and family nutrition. Jay uses an intuitive eating approach with an emphasis on eating competence to help families meet their nutrition and mealtime goals. Above all, Jay encourages families to have fun with feeding and bring joy and laughter back to the table.

You can find her online here: pommetta.com or on Instagram: @feeding.kids_intuitive.eating

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast interview episodes with health practitioners who have created online programs:

Ep.22: Taking My Practice Online with Samantha Scruggs
Ep. 24: Grow Your Practice with Counselling and Online Programs with Vanessa Perrone
Ep.26: Getting Started with Charlene Kennedy

A question I often get from my peers and clients is about what it's like to transition from a brick and mortar practice to having only an online practice.

The short answer: It took time to figure out - but was completely worth it!

The long answer is what I give you in today’s episode, and describes the road I took to eventually arrive to where I currently am, teaching group programs online and using online methods to market them.

That transition to online can feel huge, overwhelming and scary and usually you have no idea how to start. If that's how you're feeling, remember it’s because it’s something new and we haven't been taught how to run our practice online.

Here’s what I covered:

How I felt when I worked doing one-to-one patient work at a family health team (I didn't think that I was making much impact and wanted to create my own system to help people!)
My first business idea was teaching people health through real food in person (I had this giant toolbox for all of my supplies that I would bring to my cooking demos!)
Transitioning to my own brick and mortar practice (and what led me to start to work online!)
3 questions to find out if you should transition to online (they’re all based around your clients - where are they? how are they learning? and what do they need?)
Your marketing strategy can be multi-faceted (so don’t give up your connections or assets that you currently have in that transition to online!)

Although the transition to online feels difficult at first, be sure to pick something where your clients are showing up and learn, experiment and grow from there to finally create that online program you’ve been thinking of!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about transitioning your practice online:

Ep. 24: Grow Your Practice with Counselling and Online Programs with Vanessa Perrone
Ep.28: Where Does an Online Program Fit Into My Practice?
Ep.41 4 Steps to Create a Profitable Online Program

Have you ever been thinking about what content you could include in your online program - and you end up feeling completely overwhelmed?

You probably feel like you have a lot of things you want to teach your clients and have a lot of content and concepts that you know can help them.

It can feel like a lot!

Today, I give you a few tips and strategies that you can use as you're starting to think through your ideas, so you can avoid program content overload.

Here’s what I talked about:

How every time I ran an online program, it changed (sometimes even right in the middle of the program!)
The first thing I advise my clients to do before starting to plan their content (identifying the main problem their client is struggling with will bring a lot of clarity!)
Figuring out what problem you’re going to solve for your clients (they need your expertise and experience!)
The steps for brainstorming your content (it’s all about the sticky notes!)

My goal is to help you get unstuck and one step closer to developing the online program you’ve been thinking about!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about creating your online program:

Ep.28: Where Does an Online Program Fit Into My Practice?
Ep.41 4 Steps to Create a Profitable Online Program
Ep.45 Your Business Model

If you’ve been listening to my podcast for a while, you know I'm a big proponent of growing and scaling your business in a way that is effective with your time.

The beginning of the year is a great time to reflect on your current business model in your practice and review how you're making money, what services you're offering, and how your business model may need to change this year.

Today, I talk about what needs to happen to your business model and give you options to change it so you can leverage your business AND your time.

Here’s what I covered:

The two ways to grow your business (a tip I learned from my mentor years ago!)
An alternative way to grow your business (how you can increase your availability by increasing your capacity with a team!)
What leveraged offers you can use to grow your health practice (and my experience with each!)

I discuss your business model, things to consider, and how you can change it with different products, programs, and services for 2020, so that you can actually grow, make more money, and make a bigger impact - without more hours of your time.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about what leveraged offers you can add to your health practice:

Ep. 12: Membership vs. Program
Ep. 24: Grow Your Practice with Counselling and Online Programs with Vanessa Perrone
Ep.28: Where Does an Online Program Fit Into My Practice?

Let's talk about something that isn’t addressed as often as it should be and can easily happen with health service providers...Burnout.

Are you feeling burned out right now? Are you feeling like you're getting close to it, or you are very aware that it's possible for you to get to the place where you feel burned out?

If that's you and you're feeling burned out because you are doing one-to-one, while trying to juggle running and growing your business, managing a team, assistant or another healthcare provider that works for you, developing new programs, being an expert in your field, as well as doing this one-to-one work.

This can get exhausting fast AND you are not alone. So many of us hit this point.

Today, I’m not talking about money, your offers, your programs, your products, or your marketing - I’m talking about what you are going to do about feeling burned out and how to avoid it.

Here’s what I talked about:

Taking control of health service provider burnout (it starts by looking at your business model!)
How to start delegating (what do you not have the brainpower for anymore that you can just let go of?)
What I realized about vacation and what I’m doing differently (after not taking one at all for 3 years!)
How I changed my workweek (it’s the day-to-day and the week-to-week that matters!)

With the action steps I give you, you can stop the cycle of feeling burned out or avoid getting there. By taking the time now to make these changes, you can build your health practice so you can go from feeling exhausting to feeling excited again - and continue to make the impact on health that you’ve always wanted.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about setting up your ideal business:

Ep.33 When Your Dream Isn’t Your Dream
Ep.39 Planning for a Successful 2020
Ep.43 Take A Rest

Taking breaks. This is something I have struggled with forever.

I’ve always overworked, over committed and did everything. I filled every single minute and second of my day with something.

I still struggle with it now, but I'm a bit more aware. I know what it's going to take to change that and I'm working on it.

Today I want to talk to you about taking a rest. We often get into this place where we're so driven and we're so ambitious and we just push ourselves - but this can negatively affect every area of our lives.

Here’s what I talked about:

How my last vacation didn’t go as planned (I couldn’t relax!)
What I learned from that vacation (I need consistent weekly and daily breaks!)
How I changed my work schedule (Fridays are my open days!)
What my days are like (including my ‘people days’!)
4 things I’m doing differently (and which one I’m still working through!)

Maybe some of this will inspire you or it'll give you some ideas to sort through, so that you can continue to be driven and ambitious and work hard on making your dreams real - making your business grow and reaching more people and making more money and having the kind of life that you want!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about creating a business around your life:

Ep.33 When Your Dream Isn’t Your Dream
Ep.37 Working Mamas, I See You
Ep.39 Planning for a Successful 2020

If you've done your first launch, have you wondered what comes next after you've opened and closed your first enrolment and you're running your first health online program?

Have you been thinking to yourself, “How do I make more money the next time?” or “How do I make sure I don’t make less money than the first launch?" or “How do I grow this?”

Today, I cover all the things that you want to think about and you want to do after your first launch. For those of you who have not done your first open enrolment, this will still be valuable for you because you'll learn what comes next and you’ll know where you’re going, so you can plan ahead.

Here’s what I talked about:

What you need to learn after your first launch (including how to sell!)
How to debrief after your launch (digging deep into your data and figuring out what worked and what didn't work!)
Creating processes and delegating so you can be making more sales (even if it’s just 5 hours a week to start!)
Evaluating and improving your program (using the feedback you collected throughout the program!)
The 3 big pieces that you'll be working on long-term (they’re improving your sales copy, marketing messaging and growing your audience!)

Remember, we're putting our energy and time so our online program can grow and we can change the way we work. By doing the steps I’ve outlined to improve our launches, we can work differently, show up in our lives and with our families differently and make more money while helping more people. That's why we're here.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes from our The Leveraged Practice Advisors:

Ep. 36 Grow Your Practice with Instagram featuring TLP Advisor Chris Emmer
Ep. 38 Writing Better Copy with Katie Momo
Ep.40: Website Strategy with Shannon Shaffer

Online health education is impacting and continues to impact health as a whole around the world. We need to continue to be innovative on how we are reaching our clients, our patients, and our customers - and know how we can best serve them.

My mission is to help health professionals create an online health program or an online program for other professionals, so that we all can work together on impacting people who need our expertise.

On today’s episode, I wanted to help you get started by giving you four really important steps that come right out of the framework of The Leveraged Practice program.

Here’s what I shared:

The 4 main pillars of creating an online program (it’s been so much fun helping over 100 health professionals create and launch their online programs using this framework!)
How to know if your online program idea will work (we need to step back from it and identify the problem that we want to solve!)
The way to discover your program framework (it starts with a download of all the ideas you have in your head!)
Ideas to simplify the delivery and setup of your program (I don’t want you to get stuck because of the tech!)
My number #1 enrolment strategy (all around building a waitlist - and not pre-selling!)

These proven strategies are all about how you can create something that's going to change your life and change the lives of your clients. We do it for them, to help solve their problems with our expertise!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about Launch Strategy:

Ep. 29: The Launch Process
Ep. 32: Content Strategy for Program Launches with JessCreatives
Ep.40: Website Strategy with Shannon Shaffer

Have you ever wondered if your website is doing its job? Or maybe even what your website’s job is?

The main thing to remember is that your target market needs to know that you’re speaking directly to them and can support them through their problem - and to accomplish this, you need a website strategy.

Today we have an incredible guest who is also an advisor within The Leveraged Practice Workshop, Website Strategist Shannon Shaffer of Purple Finch Studios. She helps us think about our websites a little bit differently and talks about how to get a strategy in place before designing your website, so you can speak to the right audience.

Here’s what we talked about:

What the purpose is of your site (and the pages within it!)
The call-to-actions on your site (your site visitors only do what you tell them to do!)
How to figure out who your ideal client is (you can always start with who you don’t want to work with!)
The questions to answer before you even start to build your website (Shannon breaks down her framework: The Who, What, Why, Where and How!)
A simple exercise you can do to check the health of your website (and if your message is clear for your ideal clients!)

Most of the time your clients only know what their problem is and that they want to feel better. Being strategic about your website will help communicate that you have the solution to their problem.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about content strategy:

Ep. 29: The Launch Process
Ep. 32: Content Strategy for Program Launches with JessCreatives
Ep.38 Writing Better Copy with Katie Momo

Prefer reading? Here’s the transcript below

2020 is coming soon so you probably already started to think about what next year is going to bring you and what you're going to do in your health practice.

If you haven't, I know the ideas are popping around your head so now is the time to start thinking about 2020 and what you want to accomplish next year.

In today’s episode, I go through the action steps you can take to both reflect on the past year and begin to set goals for what you want to do next year.

Here’s what I talked about:

What to reflect on before planning your goals for next year (you’ll want a pen and your favourite notebook for this!)
Looking at the past year (and what you loved and what you didn’t love!)
Reflecting on any gaps in serving your clients (including what’s missing from your client experience!)
Setting goals for how you want your business to be (and balancing it with your personal goals too!)
How to shortcut creating your online program (this can mean different steps!)

It’s time to genuinely reflect on this past year and the questions I share will help you see what worked and what didn't - and then you can dream and plan for an amazing 2020!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about goal setting and planning:

Ep.30: The $100K Mat Leave
Ep. 31 Embrace the Numbers
Ep.33 When Your Dream Isn’t Your Dream

Our words are some of the most powerful things that we have control over.

As health professionals, we learned how to counsel, how to communicate and how to talk with clients in our practices and our offices.

But we didn’t learn a lot about the written word outside of what we wrote for our professors.

As you are thinking of what to write on your website, in your emails and in your social media posts, how you felt lost between the world of academic writing and this new way of writing online?

Today we have another amazing guest, Copywriter and Launch strategist Katie Momo, and she shares her insights and strategies to use with your written words online, to make that connection with the people that you’re wanting to help.

Here’s what we talked about:

What exactly is copy? (and the difference between content copywriters and sales copywriters!)
Tips on how to write copy that your ideal clients will resonate with (you always need an end goal for your sales copy!)
Ways to think of sales conversations (you’re helping them avoid a bigger problem!)
The different kinds of guarantees that you can offer (and how health professionals can approach testimonials!)

Your business online is almost fully built on written words. Your goal is to connect with people in a way where they know what you offer is the solution to their specific problem, so you can reach and support more people with your expertise.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about content creation:

Ep. 05: Do I need an email list to launch an online program?
Ep. 06: How to Grow an Email List as a Health Practitioner
Ep. 32: Content Strategy for Program Launches with JessCreatives

If you’re a parent, does this sound familiar?

Feeling guilty when you’re working because you’re not with your kids, and then feeling guilty when you’re with your kids because you’re not working?

It can come down to your definition of success. Everyone has a different definition of what it is, and you are allowed to claim yours and create your own plan for work-life.

What I’m talking about in today’s episode applies to you if you have kids or not, since it’s about your dreams, goals and expectations - and we're going to talk about the grind and hustle, because it's not for everyone.

Here’s what I talked about:

How I worked before I had my kids (and what changed after they were born!)
Claiming your own goal (whatever that is!)
The discrepancy between our expectations and our goals (and whether your work-life plan matches up!)
What I’ve learned about staying productive (this involves naps!)
Getting to your work-life goal (and know that you're taking care of yourself!)

I know you are interested in making a big impact in your group programs and helping many people. The world needs you, so take care of you first and go towards what your definition of success is, no matter what others are doing.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about taking your next step towards your dream:

Ep. 02: When Your Practice is Maxed Out
Ep.30: The $100K Mat Leave
Ep.33: When Your Dream Isn’t Your Dream

Feeling overwhelmed and unsure on how to use Instagram to connect with your audience? Or how to promote your online health program without feeling pushy?

When it comes to social media, my advice to my clients is to do everything strategically. Let's not do anything for vanity numbers, but let's be really smart about the actions we take in our business so that we can be effective with what we put into our work.

Today we have an incredible guest, Social Media Strategist and Educator Chris Emmer from Sweaty Wisdom. She does an amazing job teaching not just about Instagram, but how we use social media to connect with real people - and then convert them into joining our online program and working with us.

Here’s what we talked about:

How health professionals can balance between being authentic AND staying professional when posting on social media (Chris’ tip: Keep it simple and connect online in the same way you do with your clients in person!)
What numbers we need to aim for on social media (it’s really about your engagement rate!)
How to know what to post (It comes down to two main types of content: valuable & promotional!)
The types of valuable content we can include in our strategy (Chris breaks down four categories!)
Helpful tips on using Instagram Stories and DMs to connect with more people (nowadays people are spending more time in Stories!)

Your social media strategy will be as unique as yourself. If you think about how you connect in person, you already know how to do it online. It's just a little bit of fine-tuning and creating your strategy - and you'll be on your way to building stronger connections with your audience!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about steps to take to market your online program:

Ep. 06: How to Grow an Email List as a Health Practitioner
Ep. 32: Content Strategy for Program Launches with JessCreatives
Ep.35 Launch Without a List

The idea of having to build an audience first before creating an online program is a bit of a myth.

If you have an existing audience, it’s super useful but it’s not the only way to create an online program, get it out in the world and get people to enrol.

I would challenge all of us to think out of the box, whether you have an existing audience or not, if you are running a business and you’re selling anything, from products or programs to services.

In today’s episode, we’re going to talk about what you can do to get in front of your ideal audience, if you are launching without a list. For those of you that have any kind of audience, you can use these strategies to get more people in the door, help increase your client load, and increase the money that’s coming into your practice.

Here’s what I talked about:

Strategies to build your client list (whether you have an existing audience or not!)
What others have done to grow their businesses faster than expected (by using other people’s audiences!)
What I did when I started to grow my practice to get clients (within six months, my practice was where I wanted it to be!)
How to know where your audience is (these are the steps to take before creating an online program!)

The great news is that even if you don’t have a list yet, you can still serve people and make a huge impact on your community, on your clients, and get people into your program now!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about where to start when creating an online program:

- Ep.05 Do I Need an Email List to Launch an Online Program?
- Ep. 07 Start Small to Go Big
- Ep. 29 The Launch Process

I wanted to get into health to just help people and to make a difference in people's lives. But as I have learned over the last 10 years of being a registered dietitian - there are a lot of things that can be a bit tricky to navigate!

Especially anything legal - it’s one of those things that we need someone to be answering our questions about.

Today we have an amazing guest, my lawyer Glenford Jameson and together we’re giving you a better understanding of some of the legal questions that you need to ask - and some of the things to think about in the legality of having an online program in your practice, and this world of teaching online.

Here’s what we covered:

What legal aspects to consider before creating an online health program (Glenford does an amazing job of breaking this down!)
How to know if you can have clients from outside of your state/province (it depends!)
Do regulated health professionals need a lawyer? (I’ve worked with Glenford since early in my business!)
The importance of creating Terms & Conditions, Disclaimers, etc (and how they are there to protect you!)
What to consider when you’re offering free content online (in addition to disclaimers!)

We help you understand what you need to think about, action steps to take, questions that need to be asked as you consider adding an online program to your practice to reach and support more people online.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about other investments to consider for your business:

- Ep. 09 Do I Need More Training?
- Ep. 13 Do I Need a Coach?
- Ep. 15 Investing in Your Business

It's tricky in life to think you know what you want, and work so hard to get it. And then to experience it, is something completely different. Maybe this has happened to you?

These are all the things that you don't see when you dream a dream.

When you have this vision of the work you want to do or the things that look glorious, maybe even the things that you think you should want or the things that other people tell you you should want.

It might be work that you actually do right now, and you really love it. Or maybe you're someone who wants to do it, and you will love it - or you might not.

I get a little more personal in this episode and share with you my story and help encourage you along your own path by sharing about my own dream and what happened when I achieved it.

Here’s what I share:

What my dream was for my health business (and what really happened when I got it!)
The type of work I did in the last 10 years (I did it all! - spokesperson, in person workshops, one to one, published a book, speaking and was on national television!)
What began to change for me (and how I started to be honest with myself!)
Where I am now in my business (and how I’m developing it into my dream business!)
I give you some action steps on how you can decide when you're in something if you like it or not (this means being brave!)

If you're doing work right now that you thought and fought for and thought was your dream, but isn't, it's okay. Be brave and be honest with yourself and know that it's okay to change. Dream your own dream.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about creating goals to reach your dreams:

- Ep. 16: Two Years Teaching Online with Shawna Melbourne
- Ep. 23: She Told Me It’s Never Been Done
- Ep. 25: The Next 5 Years

If you’ve been looking at your website or thinking of creating your website and would love to know how to best set it up and have a strategy behind it that will help lead people to your online program, you’ll want to hear this episode.

Today we have an incredible guest, Jess Freeman from Jess Creatives, award-winning web strategist and designer who helps health and wellness coaches get better clients.

What we're talking about is the strategy of how you can use your website and the content on your website, as well as what content you're putting out there, as you encourage people to join your online program.

Here’s what we covered:

The real purpose of your site (and how it will differentiate you!)
Jess shared the top website mistakes that she commonly sees in the health and wellness industry (including how not to overwhelm your website visitors!)
Where the website and our content fits throughout the customer launch journey (you need to first get clear on that customer journey!)
The common question of how much content to give away (give people information that they need before they would join the program!)
How to approach our website during the 4 launch phases (and what to do with our content during these phases!)

Understanding how your website and content fits into your business from stage to stage helps you align with how you’re developing, releasing, launching and closing your online programs over and over again.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes that can help you start to create your customer journey:

- Ep. 05: Do I need an email list to launch an online program
- Ep. 06: How to Grow an Email List as a Health Practitioner
- Ep. 29: The Launch Process

When we want to look deeper at our business (or our side business), it can seem overwhelming to think about looking at the numbers, doing projections, figuring out what it is that we want to build, how it will affect our bottom line, what kind of profit we're going to have, how much it's going to cost to do that kind of work, the expenses related to it and how much time it's going to take.

I want to focus on looking deeper into the numbers to show that they're not scary, but they're actually going to give us a lot of clarity and reduce anxiety around making money, around planning things and especially around trying to make the right decisions on what to do next.

This episode is the last of the two part series on the numbers, where we’re talking about what to look for in the numbers so you can make the right plan for what you want in your business and life.

Here’s what I talked about:

How to look at how to spend your most important resource (it’s your time!)
Looking at your revenue (I keep it super simple!)
What action step you can take to start figuring out your finances (it’ll help you know where to put your energy into!)
Breaking down your expenses (I show you what they can be for an online business!)
Getting down to your actual profit (I use examples from my past and current business model!)

My goal with this episode is to really laser focus you on what information you should be engaging with, consuming, working on - and we need to look at the numbers to do that.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about how to plan for your business:

Ep. 25: The Next 5 Years
Ep. 26: Getting Started with Charlene Kennedy
Ep. 30: The $100K Mat Leave

Some of us are afraid of the numbers and we don’t look at the spreadsheets. Some of us are not and we look at the spreadsheets.

I know that financials can be an uncomfortable topic, but we have to talk about it.

I want to challenge everyone to look at the financials, when you are thinking about the work that you do now and the work that you want to do in the future.

This episode is the beginning of a two part series on the numbers, where we’re going to dig a little deeper into the money. I share my mat leave story with you and go deep into what those numbers look like to help you take a step back and look at your own ideas for business.

Here’s what I talked about:

The actual process of how I made that much money (and the changes I made when I looked at the numbers!)
How many hours I worked that year (it’s less than what most people would expect!)
Hiring a dietitian to help with my clients (and what I did when she quit!)
Your first step towards outsourcing (you can start with 5 hours a week!)
The 3 things you need if you want to work less and make more (it is work to get there, but for me it was work that I loved!)

This experience of my first mat leave and seeing what the financials showed me allowed me to change the model of my business forever!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes about how to start creating a leveraged income:

Ep. 03: Where Do I Start?

Ep. 25: The Next 5 Years

Ep.28: Where Does an Online Program Fit Into My Practice?

Have you wondered what exactly is a launch?
And if it’s necessary to even have a launch?
Did you know there are four phases in a launch?

I’ve found that most people have those questions and aren’t sure what is all included in a launch. So please know that if you’ve launched before and no one bought, that’s okay.

It’s probably because you didn’t know what a launch included, and maybe it was your first one. That’s okay. I have you covered in this episode, which is ALL about the Launch Process.

Here’s what I talked about:

Why a Launch is important (Yes, even if it’s your first online program launch!)
What a Launch even is (and why we need to build up a launch process)
Examples of my past launches (it’s true that we learn through our ‘failures’!)
The 4 phases of a Launch (including what to do during post launch!)
Behind the scenes of how I launch my program, The Leveraged Practice Workshop (also why I launch it the way I do!)

Launch are so important since most of the time, people don’t just hear about you and buy from you. They can often be a little scary and overwhelming, but they don’t have to be.

With a proper launch process in place, you’ll be building up your customer journey, learning from each launch and tweaking as you go, so you can get your program in front of more people, make a bigger impact and grow your practice!

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes where other health professionals and I talk about launching their programs:

Ep. 08: How to Pre-Sell Your Online Program with Erica Julson
Ep.16: Two Years Teaching Online with Shawna Melbourne
Ep.18 Get it Out in the World with Martha McHenry

A couple of years into my practice, I started to wonder if I could do things a little bit differently – and about my love for teaching.

I wanted to give my clients more by continuing to educate them and share with them information that I thought was really important, but they just didn’t have the time for more in person appointments.

It got me thinking, “Where does an online program fit into my practice?” It’s a question I get all the time and that’s what I’ll be answering in this episode!

Here’s what I covered:

The gap I was finding in my private practice (maybe you’re noticing the same things!)
The many ways I have run my IBS program (all with my one topic!)
3 kinds of online programs (and which one helps increase engagement and results!)
5 different ways you can do an online program (remember there’s no one right way to create an online program!)
Questions to reflect on what would work best for your clients and your practice (and you!)

I walk you through the process of figuring out where an online program can actually fit in your practice and give you lots of examples, so you really get an idea of how you can make your online program idea a reality.

If you’ve been wondering what exactly do I do within The Leveraged Practice Workshop and have questions about it, today’s episode is all about addressing the common questions I get, especially what we do in the workshop and who it’s for.

It’ll also help you understand a way of teaching online, even if you’re not quite ready yet to join our current session.

I go over the framework we use in The Leveraged Practice Workshop - along with our amazing community, tools, resources, step-by-step workbooks and personal access to me.

By the end of the episode, you’ll know exactly what you get when you join, how to show up for it and how much time to put aside to get your online program out into the world!

Here’s what I covered:

Our BIG business mission (and how it involves you, the health practitioner)
A bit about my background in creating programs (I started quite young!)
What’s unique about The Leveraged Practice Workshop (and why our community is amazing!)
I answer the question, Why do I teach it live? (It wasn’t my plan at first...)
Complete outline of The Leveraged Practice Workshop (you know what you’re getting both during AND after as an alumni)
Who The Leveraged Practice Workshop is for (and who it’s not for)
How much time should you set aside to go through The Leveraged Practice Workshop (you’ll know exactly what to work on today, tomorrow, next week)
What's expected of those who join (like how to show up)
The 4 sections of The Leveraged Practice Workshop (from building a foundation to actually launching it! - with my support)

By you listening, my goal is to help you visualize and picture what your online program might look like and the different pieces of creating it.

After listening to this, if you want to sign up, you can go to theleveragedpractice.com. If you're listening to this when enrollment is not open, you can join up for the waitlist for the next session that we'll offer.

If you enjoyed this podcast, you may enjoy these 3 other podcast episodes where I answer common questions that health practitioners have when thinking of creating an online program:

Ep. 15: Investing in Your Business

Ep. 21: Which platform do I use?

Ep. 25: The Next 5 Years

Prefer reading? Here’s the transcript below

Stephanie: I thought that in today's episode, I would go deeper with you on what The Leveraged Practice Workshop is. So, if you've been listening to the podcast for months and months, but you haven't signed up for our workshop, and you're kind of thinking, "What is this thing Stephanie does?", this is going to give you some insight into what the workshop actually is. Especially if you're someone who's thinking about joining and you have some questions about it. And it's also going to help you, if you're not quite ready to join the workshop, understand a way of teaching online.

So I'm going to go through today, what The Leveraged Practice is - as a company, our history and what the workshop is - the format and why I do it in the format that I do, and the framework. So what we teach in the workshop, what's expected of our clients and students, like how to show up, and what you get.

So this is helpful for you if you are planning an online workshop, or training, or professional training especially, or any kind of online program, because you're going to see the flow of how my company mission affects the workshop. Also, why we chose this particular way of delivering the content, along with what the framework looks like.

All this stuff that I'm going to tell you today that I just said, is going to help you visualize and picture what yours might look like. So that's one reason why I'm doing this.

And the second is because I have a lot of people who are interested in the workshop and end up having a lot of questions. So they want to know what we do in the workshop. And you know, how much time they need to save and stuff like that.

So, if you are listening to this, and you're considering joining me for a live workshop, I'm so honored and I would love for you to join our small group live workshop this next time around. This podcast is being released in September, when enrollment is open for our fall semester of The Leveraged Practice Workshop. So after listening to this, if you want to sign up, you can go to theleveragedpractice.com. If you're listening to this when enrollment is not open, you can join up for the waitlist for the next online program that we'll offer. And if you're listening to this far, far in the future, know that we offer these workshops quarterly, and they're small group so we can provide really intimate and customized feedback for our clients.

What is The Leveraged Practice Workshop? So the starting place, my friend, what is The Leveraged Practice company all about? Well, the mission of The Leveraged Practice is to help as many health practitioners and clinicians as possible, so that you, the health practitioner and clinician can go out into the world and help as many people as you can. So our vision and our mission is really to change the landscape of how we deliver health information, how we can leverage technology in order to impact people in a more effective way, and impact more people.

We love the idea, and I say 'We' because I'm putting myself in the shoes of the company. The company, as a whole, has this mission and this love for the fact that online education can help reach more people with health education. With online programs, we can reduce pricing of what would be costly private health care. We can reduce pricing for companies and health units and the government as a whole by delivering a more leveraged way of helping people through their health. I'm such a big fan of group programs because they can be built to deliver effective results in a really efficient way that helps both the client and patient and the teacher, which is you.

So our mission really comes down to empowering as many health professionals, because we and I know that you will go out there and help hundreds, maybe thousands of people. And by doing our job, we can help impact so many more people. So that is our mission and that is why this company was formed. That is what we're doing with these workshops.

It's really about changing the health landscape and taking our position as experts in online health education, to lean in and help more people who don't really know how to create an online program to do it, and to make this health impact.

My Experience in Creating Online Programs So that leads into the history. You may know a little bit of the history of myself and the company, because I talked about it a little bit in some of the earlier podcast episodes and sometimes I mentioned it in a podcast episode.

I myself am a registered dietitian. I became a registered dietitian in 2009 after graduating from the University of Toronto. However, what I realized is that my whole life, I've been creating programs. I was a lifeguard and a camp counselor as a young person. I ran a lot of cooking programs. I just loved programming. So I've been creating programs since I was like six years old and created a neighborhood book club. Oh my, I'm not even going to go into it. I was on Student Council in high school, like I just created program after program after program. And so when I became a dietitian, and I was honored and lucky to get into a master's program where I learned more about, you guessed it, program planning.

My very first job as a dietitian was first researching, developing, implementing and evaluating a program for kids in cooking to help reduce diabetes and obesity in the children population. I created that program and within 12 months had submitted it for an award. We won that program on a national award. So I am such a program planner at heart and it's taken me decades to actually realize that I've always loved creating programs. And then I myself in my career, besides what I shared with you working for other people, have created in my private practice, when I've been working for myself, 10 online programs and launched many, many times because that's what you do when you create a program. You launch over and over and over again.

So I've actually created a lot of online programs, and I started to coach dietitians several years before founding The Leveraged Practice. As I was coaching dietitians, I was helping them to create programs. Many of my client dietitians created online health programs, or online professional programs, and I just loved it. I could help my clients create their program, choose technology, launch it out in the world to get lots of people to sign up, and just understand how to transfer their incredible expertise in nutrition, or whatever their health area of expertise was, into this online teaching platform.

So, over the last few years before forming the company. I realized this was my real specialty. I was really good at it, just from that program planning mindset I've always had throughout my life, but then as actually implementing it in my practice.

This company and I, as a facilitator, I think comes from a very unique perspective that I've done it before. I've created five professional programs. I've created five clinical client based health programs. I've been in program planning. I have a master's in health science that has helped me to get the education I need to know more about program planning and know how to use the research to help you to create an online program. So as a facilitator, as a teacher, as you know, someone who coaches and encourages my students along, that's my story and that's what I think is a very interesting expertise to bring to the world of online education.

I see a lot of people out there teaching how to create a course or a program that don't really have this position. So when you join The Leveraged Practice, or listen to the podcast, or engage with me at all, that's who you're getting. That's who you have in front of you, is someone with that experience, both from the books at school, as well as personal experience creating the programs, and testing them, and tweaking them, and growing them, and in helping my students as well and my clients over the years.

I also have scaled a program. So I work personally with a company who sells my program to corporations. So we've put thousands of people through the program at this point, which I think is really rare. So that is what led me into founding The Leveraged Practice, and specifically and very clearly helping health practitioners to create an online program for their practice, just specializing in that.

How The Leveraged Practice Workshop Began Now the workshop is really interesting, because when I started this company, I really wanted to do in-person, live two or three day workshops. Where it would be intensive, and you would come meet me in the city, work on creating all of your content, and then go back and launch your program. What I realized when I launched my first workshop was that was really tricky for people to take the time away from their business, their clinic, their work life, their kids and their family.

The cost was quite prohibitive to enroll in a live workshop that was costly, as well as to travel and to stay - all of it. Since my mission is to impact as many health practitioners as possible, the cost kind of stopped people from coming in person. So our very first workshop and ever since has been live, but online. So the online format, which is funny, because I'm teaching you how to teach online, the online format works best for my people as well. As you know, in hanging out with me, the people are the most important thing as you create your program and your product, and you want to grow your practice. So, that's what we do.

We created and have launched this online program. It's eight weeks long and it includes covering four main areas of work, where I work you through building a foundation and then launching an online program. So I just wanted to lean in and let you know, that's why it's an online format.

Why The Leveraged Practice Workshop is Live The other question I get a lot is, "Why is it live?" Like, why am I teaching live? I know many of my clients, and maybe many of you are thinking, I want to have passive income. I want to work less, why am I teaching live? Listen, if you have 20 people in a live class, you're still leveraging your time - and you don't have to do live.

I love live. I think it's fun to teach and I enjoy showing up for my students in a live format so I can customize the workshop to everyone's unique practice and goals. So, that's really important to me, that when people join The Leveraged Practice Workshop, it's not just a DIY self study course, that you work through week by week on your own time, it actually is something where you show up and you follow a plan week by week. And you get instant feedback so you know that you're doing it right. You also get someone who's done it before that can help you feel a little better about the overwhelm.

I actually ran a course similar to this. The idea was to help people create online courses. I ran it several times in more of a self study fashion where there were pre-recorded videos and workbooks, and just live Q&A calls. I found that my clients that enrolled in that program didn't get success. Well, it's not that they didn't get success, it's that they didn't complete the program. That's what it was about. Some of those clients did complete the program and got great success in launching an online course or program or workshop. But many people in that format didn't complete the program and so that's not really what I want to do.

I don't want people to just give me money, and then never do what they want to do. I want people to get the result and I'm invested in you to get an online program out in the world. That's why I show up live every week for eight weeks.

I teach the content live and we actually use workbooks. Like I said, there's four main sections and so there's four workbooks. I teach straight from the workbook so that it's very easy to follow along and people are taking notes along the way. They're bringing their work from their workbook from the week before to get feedback and ask questions.

Everyone in the workshop has the opportunity to chat with me, to connect with me and to get feedback. If they're stuck, they can hop on a call with me or hop into email or in our community. The goal is to get results. So I show up very actively during our live workshop, and it's kept to being a small group.

I never see these workshops as having 200 people in them as our company grows. They will always be small group so that I can answer questions. I think this experience is rare. I think there's lots of $2000, $3000, $4,000 coaching experiences or online courses that don't give you this kind of intimate care.

The reason that I do it is because I want the results for my clients. That's the whole point and that's what I teach. That you actually create an online program that works for your clients or patients. It may not be live. It really may be pre-recorded, because that depends on your audience. So we're not going to go into that today. But that is why I've developed the workshop in this format for you, the health practitioner.

Now there are replays available within a very short time. So our clients who can't attend the live session can watch the replay. And they can access me via email and via our Facebook group to ask questions and to get follow up. They can pre-submit questions as well. And so there's still that support if people can't make each workshop live.

The Time Investment to Create an Online Program Why is it eight weeks? Well, because if I let people procrastinate and do it over four months, they won't get it done. And so the eight weeks allows us to continue that momentum and work through the program.

If you're wondering about how long it takes, or how much time to block off, this is a great question. I highly recommend that when people enroll in the program, they block off three, two to three, it's up to you, but two to three, about three hour chunks of time. Because each week you'll be working on creating your program. You'll be working on doing market research, creating your program, creating that content, mapping out the delivery, putting the technology in place, and then building out your launch process. And so there's actual work to do each week.

I don't recommend that you sign up, if you don't have the space to do the work to actually create and launch an online program. This workshop is for people who are ready to create and build and then launch an online program. If that's what you want to do, you have to be here. This is where we make it happen for you.

There's accountability and there's resources. I make you pick a launch date, this is for you to do that. It's tricky but I support you every way with every tool I have. I give you resources and templates, and examples to save you as much time as possible. Like I said, lots of feedback to help you keep your momentum going forward. It's not for the people who maybe want to do an online program one day, and if that's you, that's okay, come and join me when you're ready.

So when you sign up for the workshop, really make sure that you look at your calendar. I know things come up so sometimes people fall behind, and that's okay. But see if you can map out two to three, three hour chunks of time. So maybe like the morning or the afternoon, two to three days a week, block it off of patient work and anything else that you have to do. Maybe it's the weekends, maybe it's the evening, it's totally up to you, but block off that time. So you can actually do the work as we work along. Because I really encourage people to do that, and not just join and not build an online program.

The Benefits of The Leveraged Practice Workshop Community The community and the people that you're around in this workshop is like no other. You're not around a bunch of people who just signed up and aren't doing anything with the program. You're in a community of real health practitioners, real experts, who are actively creating and delivering and launching online programs, which I think is the most special part, beyond me being helpful and being your teacher. This community of health professionals doing this incredible thing. There's nothing like it anywhere.

We're a community to learn from and a community to ask questions from, and people that are actively invested in creating and launching their online programs. I've been in a lot of different courses on the internet and a lot of people are doing nothing with those courses. So this is a really cool place to do that.

The Framework to Create an Online Program So I started to mention the framework. The first of the four sections is actually market research. So you do this part first with a workbook where I teach you how to do some market research on your audience. You get clear on the people you're serving, the problem you're going to solve and your vision for this online program.

I walk you through my techniques and ways to connect with people, interview people and chat with people to get this research down and to collect those real words from people - that we then can use for marketing to connect with them in the future - when we want to sell our program and encourage them to enroll. So that's the first unit, getting really clear on that work.

That work is the most important because we want to help you build a program that people want to enroll in, right? You can build a program. You can put it out on the internet any day you like. But if no one signs up, it's a waste of time. I don't want to waste your time, and so that's why we do that first part of it, where we're getting really clear on the people and the problems. So when you go to launch, people do sign up, right? That's the most important thing.

The second section that we spend a couple of weeks on is the transformation and outline in your programs. This is where we create the content, the lessons, the modules and we decide on the delivery of it. So will you teach live? Will you do pre-recorded? You know, what's the journey you're going to take people through online.

Then the third section is delivery. So this is a sticky section for a lot of people. We spend three weeks on it, where we are talking about how you're going to deliver this incredible content you have. I can't really, I don't want to say, can't help you with content. I don't know your content. I don't know your specialized interest, your expertise you bring - but I can help you outline your content, and decide on what goes where.

But more so where I'm the most helpful is in the delivery of it. So how to actually teach it online. What technology to use, the logistics, the timing, the different tools and how to support your clients. So there's some different pieces in delivery where there's the main content and how you're going to deliver that. If it's in print, audio, video, pre-recorded, live, all of that.

Then there's also how you're going to support people. So you might have a DIY program. But you're still going to need support, because people are going to have questions. So what are you going to do with questions? Are you going to do live Q&A calls? Are you going to have a forum? A community? Are you going to be on social channels? Are there going to be office hours with you? Are you going to provide Voxer? Email support? We go into a whole section on identifying the support pieces and your delivery, and then logistics of delivery and how to offer it, and give people feedback on their course outlines and delivery, and all that kind of thing.

What is also really fun is that other people are there too, sharing the outlines and delivery of their programs. So you get these great ideas that you can't get anywhere else, because you're learning in this group workshop environment and hearing these incredible questions from other people, and these incredible programs from other people and learning from them as we go as well.

I just think this workshop is so special because of the people that are in it. Not me. I mean, I'm very helpful. I think I'm good at what I do. But the people in the workshop, the community that you're a part of, it doesn't exist, if you work with a coach. It doesn't exist, if you're in another course, not like with the health professionals and practitioners that we enroll, and that we work with, and the questions they ask and what they deliver and put out in the world, gosh, it's just such a great place. So I'd love for you to be a part of it, if you feel like you're ready to create your online program.

And the fourth section is launching. So you've heard me say before, do not just put a post on Facebook, or send an email out to your list. When it's time to bring your online program out into the world, we need to plan a launch.

A launch has four phases, which I have recorded in a future podcast episode that is coming soon. So I teach that four phase launch process with my clients. We do that for a couple of weeks and we build out their launches. We build out their launch calendars. We build out the strategies that they're going to use. We build out what they're going to include in all four phases of the launch process, how they're going to encourage people to purchase now and not wait until later.

I give lots of examples of calendars and actually set dates with people. I give examples of emails, examples of landing pages, all kinds of stuff. Everything I can to help reduce the time and pain it is for you to do a launch, because I know it can be scary the first time around. And I do launch plan reviews. So that's the framework that I walk people through, my clients through, in The Leveraged Practice Workshop over those weeks. I mentioned a little bit about what's expected.

What You Get in The Leveraged Practice Workshop What you get is lifetime access to the program content, the community, the resources, the workbooks, all of that. You are a part of this program, and you get all of that for life. When I say life, I mean the lifetime of our company, and as long as we deliver the program. And so you get that.

You also get like I said, access to the community. There are four workbooks that you just work through one at a time. I'm working you through it, it's not like you're just watching videos, and then you have to go off and do some work that you're unclear about. It's very clear on what you need to do, step by step. And you know what? It should be, because I'm teaching you how to create an online program. This should be the best damn online program you've ever done. And I think it is, because I've done a ton of online programs, and a lot of them are terrible. Let me tell you, I give them feedback.

A lot of people do not know how to create an online program. They want to make money, or they think they know something and they put a bunch of videos out and it's terrible. You're unclear of what to do next. There's missing pieces. It's awful. That's not what I do and it's not what I teach you. And so my online program, this workshop is done very well.

I'm collecting feedback the entire time, and I'm showing you how to do it. I use a lot of different tools in order to engage. Like I said, I like to do it live. The workbooks and the content works you step by steps. You know exactly what to work on today, tomorrow, next week. You know where you're going and there's a way for you to always get feedback and ask questions.

I show you how to do a great job at teaching online. If nothing else, people come into this program and they look at the way that I've built it. I've built each week, and each module, and each piece, and each feedback form, and all the things, and they're like, "Whoa, okay, I'm gonna do it like this."

So, that's what you get. You get that lifetime access. You get these four workbooks, working through this four sections of content. You get feedback, real life feedback, and customization of the content. If you're teaching a professional workshop, if you're teaching in the mental health field, if you're teaching physiotherapy, nutrition, medicine, whatever it is, you get customization of the content to your program, because it's live.

You get access to all the replays. If you can't make it, you get to pre-submit questions. You get to email me if you need help. You get access to our community, so other people. You get support as you launch. I write down your date and I support you during it. I hold you accountable but I also am there for you, if you need me. And those are the main pieces.

You also get to be a part of our alumni community. The thing is, for our alumni, they're always creating and launching online programs. So instead of just creating a workshop, and then letting them figure out their future, we offer online workshops. And so our students, our alumni need help as they continue to launch. So we do launch debrief workshops, where I help people understand what worked and what didn't work in their launch. I help my clients by bringing in experts with copywriting, website strategy, building funnels, branding, just whatever, legal. We have a lawyer on staff, as one of our advisors who helps our clients understand the legality and regulation part of it. Only by being a part of our alumni do you get access to those ongoing workshops.

So, then that is what The Leveraged Practice is. I've gone over, how you show up, how much time you're going to need to do it, that we have access to replays and there's lifetime access. You know who it's for and who it's not for. These are all important things that you need to do as you create an online program, advertise it and market it. Get clear on all these steps.

The Best Time to Launch an Online Program If this is something that you're ready to do, if you're ready this fall to create an online program, and let me tell you, it's a great time to do it. Because my fall clients are going to launch at one of the best times of the year to launch, which this might sound crazy, but it's holidays. During the holidays or post holidays, is one of the best times to launch an online health program. Because the holidays stir up pain for people. If you want to lose weight, if you have digestive symptoms, if you're feeling sluggish and tired with all the food and all the parties, everyone falls off the plan. And so it's a great time for you to stand up and say, "Hey, I have a way for you to take control of whatever this health problem is. I'd love for you to join me." So for a lot of people, it's a great time to launch.

So my clients who are joining this workshop in the fall are going to launch either mid-to-end December or January. So New Year's, that's when they're going to plan their first launch for now. Of course, we'll customize it to you and your audience. But it is a great time of year for you to join this group. It's going to be a good one and get you all launched at an incredible time of the year.

If you have any questions, please find me at theleveragedpractice.com. If you're not already listening to this podcast on the site, come on over to theleveragedpractice.com, hit on Contact and book a time in my calendar. Let's chat on the phone or on zoom. or send me an email if you have questions. You can also find me on Instagram @theleveragedpractice, shoot me a DM over there. If you're more comfortable, we can shoot some voicemails back and forth if you have questions.

But this really gives you a good outline of what this workshop is. And if you have any other questions, of course, I'm here to answer. But the goal here is, are you ready to do this or not? Do you think I can help? I would love to be of service to you. I'd love to walk you through this and help along the way. We do offer small group. So I'm not sure if it will fill up or not. I'm not sure if we'll run out of seats. But I definitely recommend that if you want to do this, that you get on right away. And you save your seat and you sign up, and we can start getting to know you and what your goals are.

All right. I hope this was helpful if you are thinking about joining me for a workshop, but also I hope it's helpful if you're not ready to join me and you're just thinking things through, understanding what the offer looks like for your online program and the different pieces that it has. It's always my goal to help you no matter what you decide in working with me or not. But I do hope that you sign up for our workshop and work with me. I would love to work with you and help you do this. Again, hope this was helpful and I will see you back here next time.

If you have so many ideas or so many things that you want to do, you’re not alone. This is a natural entrepreneurial trait that your head is full of projects or programs or all these different things.

Today we have one of my past clients and serial entrepreneur, Charlene Kennedy, Registered Dietitian and expert in the field of pediatric nutrition, who runs a successful private practice, is co-founder of Nutrition Masterclass AND is about to launch another business.

Wow, three businesses!

It’s amazing what you can do when you focus on one thing, build that one thing and then do all the things!

We had fun chatting about what Charlene is working on and some of the things we’ve learned along the way, especially the ones that we didn’t expect.

Here’s what we covered:

How to know when it’s time to create an online program (hint..look at your email)
The thoughts that kept Charlene from taking action on creating her first online program (and what actually pushed her to do it!)
The obstacles that delayed Charlene from getting started (like feeling overwhelmed about time, tech and online marketing)
What it’s like doing it on your own versus getting the support you need (no more rabbit holes!)
What she recommends you look at when choosing someone to work with (especially in the health field)
How market research will help you figure out the best way to launch (something Charlene wishes she had done earlier)
One thing to really keep in mind when creating your course (it’s not about you, it’s about your students)

Charlene shares that having an online program has definitely helped her see new future opportunities to continuously improve how she serves her clients in her business and practice.

I’m so excited to see what else Charlene will do in the near future!

It’s my birthday week - and one way I celebrate is by taking space to reflect, visualize and plan what I want the next five years to look like, in all areas of my life. I create my vision.

I find many of my clients struggle with the idea of creating a vision and when I first started I didn’t have one either. It’s common to be clear on your reason for starting a business - like working for yourself, making your own hours, having flexibility, making more money than working in a regular job and/or staying home with the kids - but having a clear vision of exactly where you want to get to is so important, whether you’re starting out or have been running your practice or business for years.

This week on The Leveraged Practice Podcast, I take you through the three ways how having a vision will help you, the steps to create a vision and I go over my own five year vision. I share the big question that freaked me out when I first starting working through my vision and how it helped me realize what I needed to do in my business. I also talk about my goal setting process and how it ties to getting to my vision.

When you have a vision, you’ll feel more in control of what you’re doing and know where to direct your energy. You’ll have a clear path to building more impact, helping more people, making more money, all while having more time to do what you love!

So many of you have shared that hearing stories of those who have launched online programs is so useful to understand when’s the right time to create an online program, how it fits into your practice and how to optimize your enrollment, so all your work reaches the right clients and grows your practice.

Today I have another amazing guest and one of my closest friends in the Dietitian world, Vanessa Perrone, Registered Dietitian Nutritionist behind Motive Nutrition sharing her story. We connected years ago and it was great to finally have someone who understood what it was like back then to create and run an online program - without the platforms there are nowadays that make it a whole lot easier.

As a creative, who loves to envision, create and bring things to life, Vanessa wanted the freedom to help people in a different way, that offering strictly counselling wouldn’t allow. She describes her journey from doing 1:1 counselling at a gym to having a private practice with a few locations and a team of dietitians to doing a full leap into adding an online program to her practice.

Vanessa and I talk about how to start by adding to what your practice already does, how to know what program to create and we share what’s working now - so you too can have the freedom to go beyond your local city limits and reach more of the clients you love to work with!

We all have a story - or many stories - of this journey through life. Our life takes shape through all of these different phases - and each phase is like a different story with twists, turns and a variety of outcomes.

In this episode, I share my story that I haven’t really shared much, outside of family and close friends. It’s a story of not just how I entered into health but helps to show what we’re capable of, even when our story is full of heartbreak. I wanted to tell my story to inspire, motivate and encourage you, especially if you’re in a place where you feel like you’re stuck or like you can’t get anywhere.

Sharing this story reminds me of what it is to have a dream, especially one of helping people to be well, be healthy and have better lives. What it’s like to keep that dream alive, even when we face discouragement from others and challenging situations in our lives. I knew I wanted to help others be well and felt that health and nutrition were an exciting way to make that happen - and I did.

Whatever you’re coping with, I believe in you. I believe that you have everything you need to make that vision happen. As you hear my story in this episode, I want you to realize that if I can go through that phase in my life and make my dream happen - I know you can too and I'm here to support you!

Are you wanting to create an online program but are thinking, what is my online program going to be on? If so, you’ll want to listen to this episode for tips on how to finally answer that question.

Today we have another one of my amazing past clients, Samantha Scruggs, Registered and Licensed Dietitian who specializes in helping women overcome Anxiety. I helped her create her online program which had begun as a side hustle for her to work on her passion, and led to her deciding to take it full time last year. She shares her experience of what she went through as she was creating her online program, what she learned and some lessons that can apply to any health professional who wants to or is currently creating an online program.

In today’s episode, we have tips on how to know what program to create, whether to create it live or not and who to make that program for. We discuss what helped Samantha clarify her direction and what made her decide to go full time with her side hustle - along with the numerous pros of the one-to-many business model and my analysis of what has worked when selling my programs.

Online programs can include a lot of work up front but after you have all of the pieces, you can really see how to scale it. It all starts by having a vision of where you want your practice or clinic to be - and then committing to it. It’s definitely worth looking at the current transformation and solution you offer and how an online program can give you the opportunity to go beyond your local practice to help, educate and support more people worldwide.

With so many online options available to us, are you left wondering, ‘Which platform do I use when I want to host an online program?’ It’s a question I often get...but it’s not the first question you should be asking. I asked this question too when I was moving my business online and went through hours of research!

I recommend you step back first and go through the steps to learn how to create an incredible learning experience for your clients - which is the most important part. If we focus too much on figuring out the platform, it can block us from moving towards where we really need to start.

In this episode, I’ll give you the answer to this question so that when you’ve gone through the foundation of creating your program, you’ll be ready to build it and offer it to the world. I go through four different ways you can teach online along with my experience and recommendations of each, and what I’m currently using. I share the few things you’ll need to make a decision between them - once you’re ready.

Figuring out the tech and getting your online program out into the world can seem overwhelming, but it’s not. You just haven’t done it before. Depending on your program, goals, clients and experience, any of these can be an appropriate solution for you. There’s no one right way and you can always move or change. Remember, what your program looks like today will be different than it will in a year!

How do we get our audience excited to know about us, hear about us, connected to us - before we get them into an online program? There are so many components to creating, offering and supporting an online program, but just as important are the conversations that we’re having with our clients before they sign up - whether it’s a free program or not.

Today we have fellow Registered Dietitian and Business Coach Libby Rothschild, who works with Registered Dietitians and Nutritionists to grow and leverage their business. What she shares in this episode is SO valuable and relative for the entire health space, including those shifting from a local practice to a worldwide audience.

In today’s episode, Libby goes over what happens before you get people to enroll in your program and the ways to grow your audience. This is incredibly important and so connected to their success with your program, helping them complete it and getting great results. She shares incredible tips on how to implement the three basic marketing concepts: share your authentic story, know your target market and consistency.

By following the action steps that are outlined while remembering to dig deeper into and using what’s been working, your audience will get to know you - and you’ll be on the way to spreading your message and changing more lives!

Have you ever looked at how far you’ve come in your profession and wondered, is there another way? Another way to support more clients? Another way to keep getting them great results? Another way to leverage your time?

Years ago as I grew my practice and clients were driving hours to come see me, I sure did. I began to wonder if there was another way to reach my clients and help more people. I felt there was a gap between those who took time out of their day to drive to see me and those who wanted my help, but it didn’t quite fit into their busy schedule.

In today’s episode, I look back on my journey from having an in-person practice to creating and delivering an online program with significant results for my clients. An online program with the right content, tools and resources can help support more people, make a bigger impact, continue to get your clients great results, all while making a leveraged income.

Although there is a great potential to make more income, we don’t want to miss the importance of delivering an incredible resource to our clients. We still want to create a program that gets people engaged and excited to go through the content and offer them the right additional support. A way to deliver education in an engaging way. I cover examples of what you can include in your online program AND show up in a way that impacts people. I know you all can take your expertise and deliver incredible results with an online program!

It’s true that it can feel scary when you are first creating and launching your online program. Sometimes we even step back and wonder if it’s worth the work to build the course and to learn about doing this new thing, because it feels challenging and we’re not even sure if we even want to go through all of that! If you’ve had thoughts like these, you’ll want to listen in to this episode to hear what happens after putting this fear aside and finally creating that online program.

Today we have another one of my amazing clients, Martha McHenry, Founder of Smart Billing Bootcamp, who has been running her online program for the last couple of years. I was fortunate to work with her and help her get her amazing idea out into the world and see where it has taken her, after she faced that initial fear and did that upfront work.

In today’s episode, Martha shares exactly how she came up with the idea for her online program, how she implemented it and how it’s been going after running it more than once. Even though it felt scary at first and she wondered if her clients would find value in what she created, it’s been a challenging but fun experience. She gives her insight on the foundational difference between marketing and advertising that has helped her successfully approach how she promotes her online program to her ideal clients.

There’s no one way or formula to create your online program and there will definitely be tweaks and changes as you create, launch and test it. You just need to create it, work with real people and understand what they need from it – and you’ll figure it out, just as Martha did.

Have you been wondering what the difference is between dripping your online program content and giving full access to it? And how to know which one is better for YOUR program?

Asking these questions, though they’re a bit advanced, is still valuable. When you can picture what your online program will actually look like, you can make it happen!

In today’s episode, I cover the answers to these questions AND give you tips, tricks and insights that you can use to figure out how you can deliver your program. I cover what exactly dripped content is and how it differs from all-access, the benefits for your clients and share examples of which option worked better in my programs.

My biggest goal is to help you see that you can serve more people and make a bigger impact on the world with your brilliant brain and all of the expertise that you have. So you can help more people with their health, to feel better in their bodies and get those desired results from you!

Many professionals have an idea for a program for quite some time in the back of their mind, but haven't taken the steps to create it, yet. If that's you, you'll definitely want to listen in to this episode to hear how you can start your own program to reach and support more clients.

Today we have a guest who is close to my heart, my first coaching client Shawna Melbourne, Founder of EDs for RDs, who took her idea and worked with me to support her in launching her first online program! Since that first launch two years ago, it's been so fun to see how Shawna continues to build her business with new product offerings.

In today's episode, Shawna shares what pushed her to take the steps needed to launch her program, her thoughts on competition, what she's learned along the way, what was key for her to expand her product offerings, and much more. What Shawna shares is so useful as you are thinking of building your own program for your practice - to not only make sweet money but to build a business and brand that allows you to support more people.

Starting a business is an investment. An investment of your time, your energy and your money. It's not just about how much money you spend, because the most valuable thing you have is your time. Isn't it?

Money is a means to help give you more time. And investing in yourself, whether that's in education, credentials, experience or in making your business better, it can give you more money and more time in the long run.

In today's episode, you'll hear more about when it's a good time to invest in your business, and how to identity where to place your money. There are so many things that you can invest in from a coach, to software, to marketing materials, it can feel overwhelming and expensive.

It doesn't have to be. Listen in to this week's episode to hear more about how to make important investments in your business to help you grow and reach your goals.

Stephanie

Just because you have a brilliant idea for a program, doesn't mean people will actually want to pay for it. Hard Truth. Totally real.

I can tell you that the first time I launched a digital program, I had a list of 5,000 people and thought my life was about to change. It didn't. I sold one $97 program. And I'm not the only one. You can listen to Erica Julson's story here on episode 08 as she shares her story learning how to create an online program people wanted to buy. And we are not the only two!

I hear this often from new clients joining The Leveraged Practice Workshop, or thinking about joining. You see, it's common for us to have a brilliant idea, think we know what people want, create it, and then crickets. Actually I would say most people who try and launch an online program on their own are focused too much on the technology, the platform, and what camera to use then what really matters.

If you find yourself tempted to hire a designer to create pretty slides, or not doing anything because you don't know which software to use to record yourself. JUST STOP. Listen to this episode with one of my clients Nazima where she shares how her first launch went and what she did differently to launch her next program and get almost 4x the enrolments.

Let me know what you think!

Stephanie

Business coaching? When did that become a thing? ... ok maybe it's been around for decades, but doesn't it seem like everyone is coaching right now and everyone has a coach?

I hear this question all the time in Facebook groups, and among colleagues - do I need a business coach? And not just that, but then who is the right one to hire. There are so many options and so many people are doing business coaching, you want to make sure you're spending money on the right program, mastermind or coach. Right?

This week I wanted to release a BONUS episode of the podcast, to help you with this decision. In this episode you'll hear my own experience in hiring coaches and what I would change. You know I love sharing my own lessons to save you time and money!

I'll walk you through three important questions to think on, which will help you decide if right now is the time to hire a coach and help you assess what you really need to take the next step in your business.

Finally if you decide you need a coach, I'll help you figure out how to find the coach that's the right fit for you.

As always, I hope you find this episode super practical and useful. Let me know what you think!

Stephanie

Well hey there,

If you're wondering what "type" of online program you should create, you've come to the right spot. As a health professional, wanting to create an online health program you have quite a few options.

Online programs can take a variety of different forms:

Program
Membership
Course
Workshop
and any other format you can dream up!

This week's episode, I talk specifically about the difference between an online membership and an online program and how to choose which one is best for you, your practice and your audience. I'll share my personal story on creating the SAME PROGRAM in different formats from an eBook to a 12-week program to a membership to it's current format and help you understand what you need to do next to figure out the format of your own program.

Tune in this week to listen. Then DM me on Instagram @theleveragedpractice to let me know what you think!

Here's a bonus resource you might like... If you're looking specifically for a list of different types of online or digital products you can create as a health professional, click here to download the free guide: 9 Offers to Build a Leveraged Practice

True Story.

When I started my business my goal was to create a job that I loved. I didn't think it would be that hard (insert hearty belly laugh here). I put up a website, charged $90 for a one hour, in-home visit with me and BOOM, my first client booked.

As I parked in front of her house, I thought it was interesting the neighbourhood she lived in. I thought I was charging a high price that would attract a certain clientele, those that would invest in many appointments with me for ongoing support. I wasn't sure this was her - but I was excited to have my first appointment and see how I could help.

As I entered into her home, I noticed a large table in her front living room, covered with a plastic table cloth and three plastic supplement jars. HUH... I thought. That's weird. But I continued to sit down on her couch and start my assessment.

What happened in this visit with my first client? How did she try to sell me? And what did I learn about this experience about being an entrepreneur and finding the right audience for my practice? Listen to this episode to find out! It's an interesting story, that helps you walk away with REAL action steps as you build your practice and grow to reach more of the ideal audience that wants the work you do.

Do you have all the ideas? I mean... ALL. THE. IDEAS. when it comes to creating an online program for your practice? Perhaps you're thinking of a membership for your clients, and also thinking about a great course for people with just the basics and also want to run a workshop for professionals.

The Leveraged Practice philosophy is to start with your people, the client and dig deeper into understanding their problem before even creating an online program. And the second program should come after serving those people for a little while to really get what else they need.

It's not about you and your great idea remember, it's about creating a solution for a problem that a certain group of people have. And this is what Heather Neal of DietitianHQ has done so well. On this week's podcast you'll hear about how Heather connected and served her audience over time before building out a second offer. You're going to get so much out of this episode on really getting to know your audience and how you can create great offers they WANT to buy, so you can impact more people.

About Heather Heather Neal, MS, RD, LDN, CLT is an avid nutrition entrepreneur teaching dietitians how to master the seemingly mysterious world of marketing and business training directly relating to building and growing your nutrition business, helping take your nutrition career and turning it into the job of your dreams. Taking a somewhat unconventional approach to her career as a RD, Heather teaches you to use efficient and scalable business strategies through the RD Entrepreneur Symposium and The DietitianHQ Society coaching and mastermind program so you can maximize living your life and loving what you do.

You can find her online here: dietitianhq.com or on Instagram: @dietitianhq

2 years after I completed my Masters of Health Science from the University of Toronto (and finishing paying off my loans), I went back to school. I enrolled in 10 weeks of culinary school and spent another $7000! I felt like at the time, I really needed that culinary training to start the business I wanted to start. I wanted to be taken seriously and have the skills needed to teach cooking.

As a health professional, you also value continued education. Heck, your college or governing organization might even demand CEU’s from you on a regular basis. So you may feel the draw to get MORE TRAINING before you start your business. You might be wondering what courses, or programs would help you become a better business owner. Interested to hear what my experience says? You’ll love this episode of the podcast.

Oh and want to know if I really needed to spend that money? Or where did that investment get me? You’ll love the story… I never could have imagined it! Listen to find out.

Stephanie

The idea of putting all this work into creating an online program wondering if people are going to want to enrol, may stop you in your tracks. In the TLP model, we highly recommend validating your idea first and there are a couple ways to do that.

This week I talk to Erica Julson of popular The Unconventional RD Community on Facebook about her last launch where she really wanted to make sure she was creating the right product for her audience before dedicating hours of time planning and developing. Erica launched her program and did an incredible job hitting almost $20k in revenue with this first launch to this group. We’re proud of her hard work and that she’s developed a program that supports her audience. That’s what we all must do – focus on our people and what problem we will help them solve. Great job Erica!

This is such a great strategy for some of us, but it’s not for everyone. Choosing a launch strategy really depends on your business model, audience and strategy. If you’re wondering about what the “pre-sell” model looks like, pros and cons and if it’s right for you, tune in to this episode.

About Erica Julson Erica is a registered dietitian and blogger with a passion for functional nutrition and online entrepreneurship. She runs two websites, Functional Nutrition Answers and The Unconventional RD, where she shares nutrition articles and helps other wellness professionals create passive income online. When she’s not at the computer writing, Erica can be found in the kitchen, rocking out to good music and cooking up a storm.

You know you want to create an online program for your practice and you want to run a business that doesn't require all one-to-one counselling time. Perhaps its because you want more time for your family or personal life. It may also be because you want to make a bigger impact and help more people. For some of us, we just love teaching, we love presenting and we work best with groups.

Creating an online program in your health practice is an incredible idea that will help so many more people than what you can do with one-to-one counselling. Don't let all the details bog you down. From platforms to technology to tools and costs... there is a lot to think about. That's not where you need to focus your energy.

If you really want to create an online health program that people WANT to sign up for and get incredible RESULTS from, you need to start small. In today's episode, I'll walk you through how the initial steps you must take if you want to create a program with BIG impact.

As a follow-up to our last episode, we talk about email marketing and it's place in the health industry. In this episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast, you host Stephanie Clairmont simplifies the concept of an email list.

If you're thinking of creating an online program for your practice or if you've already launched but aren't getting the momentum you want in registrations, this episode is for you. You'll understand what an email list is, if you need one, and how you can use it effectively to grow your practice and enrol clients in your online program.

If you have an idea to develop an online program, you may get overwhelmed by the details, specifically the marketing details. How will you reach people? How will you advertise the online program?

In this episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast, your host Stephanie Clairmont will answer one of the most common questions she is asked. Do you need to have an email list, do you even need to use email marketing to launch your online program? Listen to find out.

So you think you're an expert and you know what the people need to know? You probably do. But that doesn't mean people will actually want to join your program.

In this episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast, your host Stephanie Clairmont will help. You'll learn how to take this incredible health expertise you have and leverage it into a great program. Stephanie will specifically focus on the strategy you'll need to position your program in a way that have your clients want to join and work with you.

If you're thinking about developing and delivering an online program, you'll get your first steps here. In this episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast, your host Stephanie Clairmont will help you with that common question - where do I start?

It can feel overwhelming when you think about all the things you don't know. Sure you have some learning to do, but what if the process could be simple and easy? It can. You can get your program online in a simple step-by-step way, listen to learn how.

In this episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast, your host Stephanie Clairmont will talk about that ceiling you hit when maxed out. You may be at this point right now in your practice, making money but not quite hitting those financial targets.

You can quickly get maxed out when you take time to work IN your business as well as ON your business. The time we spend on our business is usually admin time, whereas the time we work in our business is with clients. Learn what to do when you're maxed out so you can continue to grow your practice and make an impact on the world.

In the first episode of The Leveraged Practice Podcast, host Stephanie Clairmont takes you on a journey. Learn about how she started her practice and then "accidentally" created an online program. You'll hear how she progressed from her first in-person group program to brining her teaching online. Then over the years grew her practice to running a multiple-six-figure business supporting clients around the world online.